Technical Manual

*ARMY TM 10-1670-296-20&P
AIR FORCE T.O. 13C7-49-2
TECHNICAL MANUAL
UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST)
FOR
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR
LOW VELOCITY AIR DROP SYSTEM (LVADS)
Line, Multi-Loop (Extraction Lines, Deployment Lines, Bag Clustering Lines, Riser Extension,
Suspension Slings): NSNs 1670-01-062-6301; 1670-01-062-6306; 1670-01-062-6304; 1670-01-
062-6305; 1670-01-062-6311; 1670-01-063-7760; 1670-01-062-6310; 1670-01-062-6303; 1670-
01-062-6307; 1670-01-062-6312 1670-01-063-7761; 1670-01-062-6308; 1670-01-062-6302;
1670-01-064-4453; 1670-01-107-7651 1670-01-062-6309; 1670-01-064-4451; 1670-01-064-
4452; 1670-01-107-7652; Coupling, Extraction Force Transfer: NSNs 1670-00-434-5783; 1670-
00-434-5785; 1670-00-434-5787; 1670-00-434-5782; 1670-01-326-7309; Release, Cargo
Parachute, M-1: NSN 1670-01-097-8816; Release, Cargo Parachute, M-2: NSN 1670-01-097-
8817; Link Assembly, Single Suspension, Type IV: NSN 1670-00-783-5988; Assembly, Heavy
Duty: NSNs Link, 4-Point 1670-00-006-2752; Cover, Link, Type IV 1670-00-360-0329; Clevis,
Aerial Delivery: NSNs 4030-00-360-0304; 4030-00-678-8562; 4030-00-090-5354; 4030-00-432-
2516; Cover, Clevis: NSN 1670-00-360-0328; Strap, Parachute Release, Single Knife: NSN
1670-01-207-7223; Strap, Parachute Release, Multi-Knife: NSN 4340-00-040-8219 ; Link
Assembly, Coupling, 3-Point: NSN 1670-01-307-0155; Bracket, Suspension: NSN 1670-01-207-
7223; Bracket, Suspension: NSN 1670-00-078-4319; Plate, Suspension: NSN 1670-01-141-
1522; Tie-down, Cargo, 10K: NSN 1670-00-937-0271; Tie-down, Cargo, Quick-Release: NSN
1670-01-333-6082; Tie-down, Cargo, Aircraft: NSN 1670-00-545-9063; Drive Off Aid, Type IV:
NSN 1670-01-344-0825; Link, 2-Point, 3 ¾-IN.: NSN 1670-01-493-6418; Link, 2-Point, 5 ½-IN.:
NSN 1670-01-493-6420; Break Away Static Line, Main: NSN 1670-01-487-5461; Jettison
System, Parachute, Extraction: NSN 1670-01-475-1990; Link, Parachute Connector: NSN 1670-
01-483-8259; Jettison Device, Parachute Extraction, Heavy: NSN 1670-01-544-7425
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

*This manual supercedes TM 10-1670-296-20&P, dated 15 September 1995
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY AND AIR FORCE 30 OCTOBER 2002

Change 2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
WARNING SUMMARY
This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous material warnings that must
be understood and applied during operation and maintenance of this equipment. Failure to observe
these precautions could result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Personnel performing instructions involving operations, procedures, and

practices that are included or implied in this technical manual will observe
the following instructions. Disregard of these instructions can result in
serious injury or death.
WARNING
FIRST AID
For artificial respiration, refer to FM 4-25.11.
WARNING
The squib has a 5-year shelf life assuming it remains in the approved
packaging. Once brought into the service, its storage life is 1 year. Failure
to follow storage conditions can result in injury to personnel.
WARNING
Squib must be installed with squib cable and safety cap installed. DO NOT
SEPARATE SQUIB CABLE WITH SAFETY CAP FROM SQUIB. Failure to
follow precautions can result in injury to personnel.
a Change 2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
WARNING
After the squib has been installed in the EPJD, handle EPJD from the
bottom only. Failure to do so can result in injury to personnel.
WARNING
The squib is a pyrotechnic device. The squib must be handled and installed
with the squib cable and safety cap attached. DO NOT SEPARATE SQUIB
CABLE WITH SAFETY CAP FROM THE SQUIB UNLESS INSTRUCTED BY
THIS TECHNICAL MANUAL. Use care when handling the live squib to
prevent accidental firing of the device. Avoid dropping or jarring the squib and
avoid static electricity. Failure to follow precautions can result in serious burn
or eye injury to personnel.
WARNING
Wear safety goggles and hand protection when handling the squib
WARNING
Defective, unsatisfactory or expired, unfired squibs must be repackaged in

original packing material including the OEM shorting clip. Install shorting clip in
squib BEFORE removing from EPJD. Disposal of defective, unsatisfactory, or
expired unfired squib MUST ONLY be through the local Explosive Ordinance
Disposal unit accompanied by the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).
WARNING
Ensure that the safety pin is locking the cutter blade into the cutter block of
the EPJD-H before the squib is installed. Ensure knife blade is pointed in a
safe direction. After the squib has been installed, only handle the EPJD-H
from the bottom. Failure to do so can result in serious hand injury to
personnel.
WARNING
Trapped gases. When removing a fired squib, there may be residual gases
trapped inside the cutter block. Back the squib out of the cutter block slowly
to allow any gases built up inside the cylinder to escape at a controlled rate.
Change 2 b
ARMY TM 10-1670-296-20&P
HEADQUARTERS,
CHANGE DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY AND THE AIR FORCE
NO.2 WASHINGTON, D.C., 8 February 2008
TECHNICAL MANUAL
FOR
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR LOW VELOCITY AIR DROP SYSTEM (LVADS)
LINE, MULTI-LOOP (EXTRACTION LINES, DEPLOYMENT LINES, BAG CLUSTERING LINES, RISER
EXTENSION, SUSPENSION SLINGS): NSNS 1670-01-062-6301; 1670-01-062-6306; 1670-01-062-6304;
1670-01-062-6305; 1670-01-062-6311; 1670-01-063-7760; 1670-01-062-6310; 1670-01-062-6303; 1670-01-
062-6307; 1670-01-062-6312 1670-01-063-7761; 1670-01-062-6308; 1670-01-062-6302; 1670-01-064-4453;
1670-01-107-7651 1670-01-062-6309; 1670-01-064-4451; 1670-01-064-4452; 1670-01-107-7652;
COUPLING, EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER: NSNS 1670-00-434-5783; 1670-00-434-5785; 1670-00-
434-5787; 1670-00-434-5782; 1670-01-326-7309; RELEASE, CARGO PARACHUTE, M-1: NSN 1670-01-
097-8816; RELEASE, CARGO PARACHUTE, M-2: NSN 1670-01-097-8817; LINK ASSEMBLY, SINGLE
SUSPENSION, TYPE IV: NSN 1670-00-783-5988; ASSEMBLY, HEAVY DUTY: NSN LINK, 4-POINT 1670-
00-006-2752; COVER, LINK, TYPE IV 1670-00-360-0329; CLEVIS, AERIAL DELIVERY: NSNS 4030-00-
360-0304; 4030-00-678-8562; 4030-00-090-5354; 4030-00-432-2516; COVER, CLEVIS: NSN 1670-00-360-
0328; STRAP, PARACHUTE RELEASE, SINGLE KNIFE: NSN 1670-00-998-0116; STRAP, PARACHUTE
RELEASE, MULTI-KNIFE: NSN 5340-00-040-8219; LINK ASSEMBLY, COUPLING, 3-POINT: NSN 1670-
01-307-0155; BRACKET, SUSPENSION: NSN 1670-01-207-7223; BRACKET, SUSPENSION: NSN 1670-
00-078-4319; PLATE, SUSPENSION: NSN 1670-01-141-1522; TIE-DOWN, CARGO, 10K: NSN 1670-00-
937-0271; TIE-DOWN, CARGO, QUICK-RELEASE: NSN 1670-01-333-6082; TIE-DOWN, CARGO,
AIRCRAFT: NSN 1670-00-212-1150; DRIVE OFF AID, TYPE IV: NSN 1670-01-344-0825; LINK, 2-POINT,
3 ¾-IN.: NSN 1670-01-493-6418; LINK, 2-POINT, 5 ½-IN.: NSN 1670-01-493-6420; BREAK AWAY
STATIC LINE, MAIN: NSN 1670-01-487-5461; JETTISON SYSTEM, PARACHUTE, EXTRACTION: NSN
1670-01-475-1990; LINK, PARACHUTE CONNECTOR: NSN 1670-01483-8259; JETTISON DEVICE,
PARACHUTE EXTRACTION, HEAVY: NSN 1670-01-544-7425
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
TM 10-1670-296-20&P, 30 October 2002, is updated as follows:
1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.
2. This change is a result of new unit maintenance procedures for the Extraction Parachute Jettison
System-Heavy (EPJS-H) NSN 1670-01-544-7425.
3. New or updated change information is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.
4. Added illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the figure number. Changed illustrations
are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the changed material and adjacent to the figure number.
5. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below:
Remove Pages Insert Pages

Cover Cover
a-b a-b
A-B A/(B Blank)
i-iv i-v/(vi Blank)
Index 1-6 Index 1-6
2020 Instructions 2028 Instructions
Sample 2028 Front/Back Sample 2028 Front/Back
2028 Front/Back 2028 Front/Back
2028 Front/Back 2028 Front/Back
ARMY TM 10-1670-296-20&P
6. Replace the following work packages with their revised version:
Work Work Work Work

Package Package Package Package
WP 0001 00 WP 0044 01 WP 0106 00 WP 0124 00
WP 0002 00 WP 0059 00 WP 0110 00 WP 0125 00
WP 0005 00 WP 0064 00 WP 0115 00
WP 0006 00 WP 0099 00 WP 0122 00
WP 0044 00 WP 0100 00 WP 0123 00
7. Add the following work packages:
Work Work Work Work

WP 0100 01
WP 0106 01
C-02
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
GEORGE W. CASEY, JR.

General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0803102
DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with initial distribution number (IDN) 256283 requirements for TM 10-
1670-296-20&P.
ARMY TM 10-1670-296-20&P
HEADQUARTERS
CHANGE DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY AND THE AIR FORCE
NO.1 WASHINGTON, D.C., 31 MARCH 2006
TECHNICAL MANUAL
FOR
LINE, MULTI-LOOP (EXTRACTION LINES, DEPLOYMENT LINES, BAG CLUSTERING LINES, RISER
EXTENSION, SUSPENSION SLINGS): NSNS 1670-01-062-6301; 1670-01-062-6306; 1670-01-062-6304;
1670-01-062-6305; 1670-01-062-6311; 1670-01-063-7760; 1670-01-062-6310; 1670-01-062-6303; 1670-01-
062-6307; 1670-01-062-6312 1670-01-063-7761; 1670-01-062-6308; 1670-01-062-6302; 1670-01-064-4453;
1670-01-107-7651 1670-01-062-6309; 1670-01-064-4451; 1670-01-064-4452; 1670-01-107-7652;
COUPLING, EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER: NSNS 1670-00-434-5783; 1670-00-434-5785; 1670-00-
434-5787; 1670-00-434-5782; 1670-01-326-7309; RELEASE, CARGO PARACHUTE, M-1: NSN 1670-01-
097-8816; RELEASE, CARGO PARACHUTE, M-2: NSN 1670-01-097-8817; LINK ASSEMBLY, SINGLE
SUSPENSION, TYPE IV: NSN 1670-00-783-5988; ASSEMBLY, HEAVY DUTY: NSNS LINK, 4-POINT
1670-00-006-2752; COVER, LINK, TYPE IV 1670-00-360-0329; CLEVIS, AERIAL DELIVERY: NSNS
4030-00-360-0304; 4030-00-678-8562; 4030-00-090-5354; 4030-00-432-2516; COVER, CLEVIS: NSN
1670-00-360-0328; STRAP, PARACHUTE RELEASE, SINGLE KNIFE: NSN 1670-01-207-7223; STRAP,
PARACHUTE RELEASE, MULTI-KNIFE: NSN 4340-00-040-8219 ; LINK ASSEMBLY, COUPLING, 3-
POINT: NSN 1670-01-307-0155; BRACKET, SUSPENSION: NSN 1670-01-207-7223; BRACKET,
SUSPENSION: NSN 1670-00-078-4319; PLATE, SUSPENSION: NSN 1670-01-141-1522; TIE-DOWN,
CARGO, 10K: NSN 1670-00-937-0271; TIE-DOWN, CARGO, QUICK-RELEASE: NSN 1670-01-333-6082;
TIE-DOWN, CARGO, AIRCRAFT: NSN 1670-00-545-9063; DRIVE OFF AID, TYPE IV: NSN 1670-01-344-
0825; LINK, 2-POINT, 3 ¾-IN.: NSN 1670-01-493-6418; LINK, 2-POINT, 5 ½-IN.: NSN 1670-01-493-6420;
BREAK AWAY STATIC LINE, MAIN: NSN 1670-01-487-5461; JETTISON SYSTEM, PARACHUTE,
EXTRACTION: NSN 1670-01-475-1990; LINK, PARACHUTE CONNECTOR: NSN 1670-01483-8259
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
TM 10-1670-296-20&P, 30 October 2002, is updated as follows:
1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.
2. This change implements changes in unit maintenance procedures for the Squib, Squib Cable and
EPJD for the Extraction Parachute Jettison System (EPJS) NSN 1670-01-475-1990. The Parachute
Connector Link NSN 1670-01483-8259 has also been added.
3. New or updated change information is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.
4. Added illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the figure number. Changed illustrations
are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the changed material and adjacent to the figure number.
5. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below:
Remove Pages Insert Pages

a/b a/b
A/(B Blank) A/B
i-iv i-iv
Index 1-6 Index 1-6
Sample 2028 Front/Envelope Sample 2028 Front/Back
2028 Front/Envelope 2028 Front/Back
2028 Front/Back
2028 Front/Back
ARMY TM 10-1670-296-20&P
6. Replace the following work packages with their revised version:
Work Work Work Work

WP 0002 00 WP 0044 00 WP 0110 00 WP 0123 00
WP 0005 00 WP 0064 00 WP 0115 00 WP 0124 00
WP 0006 00 WP 0099 00 WP 0120 01
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and Air Force:

C1
PETER J. SCHOOMAKER
Chief of Staff
Official:
JOYCE E. MORROW
0607514
JOHN P. JUMPER
General, USAF
Chief of Staff
GREGORY S. MARTIN
General, USAF
Commander, AFMC
DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with initial distribution number (IDN) 256283

requirements for TM 10-1670-296-20&P.
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
INSERT LATEST UPDATED PAGES / WORK PACKAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED DATA.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

NOTE: The portion of text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margins of the
page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the title. Change to wiring
diagrams are indicated by shaded areas.
Dates of issue for the original manual and changed pages/work packages are:
Original 30 October 2002

Change 1 31 March 2006
Change 2 8 February 2008
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 32. THE TOTAL NUMBER OF
WORK PACKAGES IS 131, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page/WP No. Change No. Page/WP No. Change No.
Cover 2
a–b 2
i – vi 2
Chapter titles 0
WP 0001 00 – 0002 00 2
WP 0003 00 – 0004 00 0
WP 0005 00 – 0006 00 2
WP 0007 00 – 0043 00 0
WP 0044 00 – 0044 01 2
WP 0045 00 – 0058 00 0
WP 0059 00 2
WP 0060 00 – 0063 00 0
WP 0064 00 2
WP 0065 00 – 0098 00 0
WP 0099 00 – 0100 01 2
WP 0101 00 – 0105 00 0
WP 0106 00 – 0106 01 2
WP 0107 00 – 0109 00 0
WP 0110 00 2
WP 0111 00 – 0114 00 0
WP 0115 00 2
WP 0116 00 – 0120 00 0
WP 0120 01 1
WP 0121 00 0
WP 0122 00 – 0125 00 2
WP 0126 00 – 0127 00 0
Index 2
A/(B Blank) Change 2

USA
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
HEADQUATERS, DEPARTMENTS OF
THE ARMY AND THE AIR FORCE
WASHINGTON, D.C., 30 OCTOBER 2002
TECHNICAL MANUAL
FOR
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR LOW VELOCITY AIR DROP SYSTEMS (LVADS)
Line, Multi-Loop (Extraction Lines, Deployment Lines, Bag Clustering Lines, Riser Extension,
Suspension Slings): NSNs 1670-01-062-6301; 1670-01-062-6306; 1670-01-062-6304; 1670-01-
062-6305; 1670-01-062-6311; 1670-01-063-7760; 1670-01-062-6310; 1670-01-062-6303; 1670-01-
062-6307; 1670-01-062-6312 1670-01-063-7761; 1670-01-062-6308; 1670-01-062-6302; 1670-01-
064-4453; 1670-01-107-7651 1670-01-062-6309; 1670-01-064-4451; 1670-01-064-4452; 1670-01-
107-7652; Coupling, Extraction Force Transfer: NSNs 1670-00-434-5783; 1670-00-434-5785; 1670-
00-434-5787; 1670-00-434-5782; 1670-01-326-7309; Release, Cargo Parachute, M-1: NSN 1670-
01-097-8816; Release, Cargo Parachute, M-2: NSN 1670-01-097-8817; Link Assembly, Single
Suspension, Type IV: NSN 1670-00-783-5988; Assembly, Heavy Duty: NSNs Link, 4-Point 1670-
00-006-2752; Cover, Link, Type IV 1670-00-360-0329; Clevis, Aerial Delivery: NSNs 4030-00-360-
0304; 4030-00-678-8562; 4030-00-090-5354; 4030-00-432-2516; Cover, Clevis: NSN 1670-00-360-
0328; Strap, Parachute Release, Single Knife: NSN 1670-01-207-7223; Strap, Parachute Release,
Multi-Knife: NSN 4340-00-040-8219 ; Link Assembly, Coupling, 3-Point: NSN 1670-01-307-0155;
Bracket, Suspension: NSN 1670-01-207-7223; Bracket, Suspension: NSN 1670-00-078-4319;
Plate, Suspension: NSN 1670-01-141-1522; Tie-down, Cargo, 10K: NSN 1670-00-937-0271; Tie-
down, Cargo, Quick-Release: NSN 1670-01-333-6082; Tie-down, Cargo, Aircraft: NSN 1670-00-
545-9063; Drive Off Aid, Type IV: NSN 1670-01-344-0825; Link, 2-Point, 3 ¾-IN.: NSN 1670-01-
493-6418; Link, 2-Point, 5 ½-IN.: NSN 1670-01-493-6420; Break Away Static Line, Main: NSN
1670-01-487-5461; Jettison System, Parachute, Extraction: NSN 1670-01-475-1990; Link,
Parachute Connector: NSN 1670-01-483-8259; Jettison Device, Parachute Extraction-Heavy:
NSN1670-01-544-7425
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
ARMY
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the
procedures, please let us know. Mail you letter or DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to
Publications and Blank Forms) directly to: Commander, U.S. Army Tank-automotive and Armament
Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LC-SECT, Kansas St., Natick, MA 01760. You may also send in your
recommended changes via electronic mail or by fax. Our fax number is (DSN 256-5205 and
Commercial number 508-233-5205). Our email address is [email protected].
AIR FORCE
Reports by U.S. Air Force units should be submitted on AFTO Form 22 (Technical Order Publication
Improvement Report and Reply) and forwarded to the address prescribed above for the Army. An
information copy of the prepared AFTO Form 22 shall be furnished to WP-ALC/TILTA, 420 2nd Street,
Suite 100, Robins AFB, GA 31098-1640.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
*This manual supercedes TM 10-1670-296-20&P, dated 15 September 1995
i Change 2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WP Sequence No.
WARNING SUMMARY A
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL V
CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
General Information .............................................................................................................................. 0001 00

Equipment Description and Data .......................................................................................................... 0002 00
CHAPTER 2 – OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Service Upon Receipt ........................................................................................................................... 0003 00

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS), Introduction .................................................. 0004 00
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS), Before Procedures ....................................... 0005 00
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS), After Procedures .......................................... 0006 00
CHAPTER 3 – UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Inspection .............................................................................................................................................. 0007 00

Cleaning and Drying ............................................................................................................................. 0008 00
Salt/Fresh-Water Contamination Test ................................................................................................... 0009 00
Sewing Procedures ............................................................................................................................... 0010 00
Marking, Restencilling, and Repainting ................................................................................................ 0011 00
Multi-Loop ............................................................................................................................................. 0012 00
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling ...................................................................................................... 0013 00
EFTC Adapter Link Assembly ............................................................................................................... 0014 00
EFTC 3-Point Adapter Link Assembly .................................................................................................. 0015 00
EFTC Connector Latch Assembly ......................................................................................................... 0016 00
EFTC Latch Assembly Coupling ........................................................................................................... 0017 00
EFTC Cable Assembly .......................................................................................................................... 0018 00
EFTC Actuator Assembly ...................................................................................................................... 0019 00
M-1 Cargo Parachute Release ............................................................................................................. 0020 00
M-2 Cargo Parachute Release ............................................................................................................. 0021 00
Parachute Connector ............................................................................................................................ 0022 00
Timer Delay Assembly .......................................................................................................................... 0023 00
Type IV Single Suspension Link Assembly .......................................................................................... 0024 00
Heavy-Duty Link Assembly ................................................................................................................... 0025 00
4-Point Link ........................................................................................................................................... 0026 00
Type IV Link Cover ............................................................................................................................... 0027 00
Aerial Delivery Clevis ............................................................................................................................ 0028 00
Clevis Cover .......................................................................................................................................... 0029 00
Single Knife Parachute Release Strap ................................................................................................. 0030 00
Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap .................................................................................................... 0031 00
3-Point Coupling Link Assembly ........................................................................................................... 0032 00
M-35 Suspension Bracket ..................................................................................................................... 0033 00
M-59 Suspension Bracket ..................................................................................................................... 0034 00
Change 2 ii
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
CHAPTER 3 – UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS- continued
Suspension Plate .................................................................................................................................. 0035 00

10K Cargo Tie-Down ............................................................................................................................ 0036 00
Quick-Release Cargo Tie-Down ........................................................................................................... 0037 00
Type IV Drive-Off Aid ............................................................................................................................ 0038 00
Aircraft Cargo Tie-Down ....................................................................................................................... 0039 00
3 ¾-IN., 2-Point Link ............................................................................................................................. 0040 00
5 ½-IN., 2-Point Link ............................................................................................................................. 0041 00
Release Away Static Line Assembly .................................................................................................... 0042 00
Extraction Parachute Jettison System (EPJS) ...................................................................................... 0043 00
Extraction Parachute Jettison Device (EPJD), Squib, and Squib Cable ............................................... 0044 00
Extraction Parachute Jettison Device (EPJD-H), Squib, and Squib Cable ........................................... 0044 01
Y-Connector .......................................................................................................................................... 0045 00
Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-130, C-141, C-17, C-5) ........................................................................ 0046 00
Control Box ........................................................................................................................................... 0047 00
Platform Cable (All)/4-Foot Extension Cable (C-5 and C-17 only) ....................................................... 0048 00
10-Foot Interconnect Cable .................................................................................................................. 0049 00
50-Foot Main Cable .............................................................................................................................. 0050 00
20-Foot Power Cable ............................................................................................................................ 0051 00
Protective Cover ................................................................................................................................... 0052 00
Kit Bag .................................................................................................................................................. 0053 00
Y-Connector Mounting Box Tie-Down Bracket (C-5) ............................................................................ 0054 00
20-Foot Power Cable Extension (C-17 only) ........................................................................................ 0055 00
1-Foot Power Cable Adapter (C-5 only) ................................................................................................ 0056 00
Safety Cap ............................................................................................................................................ 0057 00
Initiator Simulator .................................................................................................................................. 0058 00
Squib Tester .......................................................................................................................................... 0059 00
28 VDC Power Supply .......................................................................................................................... 0060 00
CHAPTER 4 – SUPPORTING INFORMATION
Preparation For Storage ....................................................................................................................... 0061 00

Preparation For Shipment ..................................................................................................................... 0062 00
References ............................................................................................................................................ 0063 00
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) ................................................................................................... 0064 00
Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL), Introduction .................................................................. 0065 00
RPSTL Group 01 Multi-Loop Line ......................................................................................................... 0066 00
RPSTL Group 02 Extraction Force Transfer Coupling ......................................................................... 0067 00
RPSTL Group 0201 Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Adapter Link Assembly ................................ 0068 00
RPSTL Group 0202 Extraction Force Transfer Coupling 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly .................. 0069 00
RPSTL Group 0203 Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Latch Assembly Coupling ............................ 0070 00
RPSTL Group 0204 Connector Latch Assembly .................................................................................. 0071 00
RPSTL Group 0205 Coupling Cable Assembly .................................................................................... 0072 00
RPSTL Group 0206 Actuator Assembly ............................................................................................... 0073 00
RPSTL Group 03 M-1 Cargo Parachute Release ................................................................................. 0074 00
RPSTL Group 0301 Parachute Connector ........................................................................................... 0075 00
RPSTL Group 0302 Timer Delay Assembly ......................................................................................... 0076 00
RPSTL Group 04 M-2 Cargo Parachute Release ................................................................................. 0077 00
RPSTL Group 0401 Parachute Connector ........................................................................................... 0078 00
RPSTL Group 0402 Timer Delay Assembly ......................................................................................... 0079 00
RPSTL Group 05 Type IV Single Suspension Link Assembly .............................................................. 0080 00
RPSTL Group 0501 Heavy-Duty Link Assembly .................................................................................. 0081 00
RPSTL Group 0502 4-Point Link .......................................................................................................... 0082 00
iii Change 2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
CHAPTER 4 – SUPPORTING INFORMATION - continued
RPSTL Group 0503 Type IV Link Cover ............................................................................................... 0083 00

RPSTL Group 0504 Aerial Delivery Clevis ........................................................................................... 0084 00
RPSTL Group 0505 Clevis Cover ......................................................................................................... 0085 00
RPSTL Group 0506 Single Knife Parachute Release Strap ................................................................. 0086 00
RPSTL Group 0507 Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap ................................................................... 0087 00
RPSTL Group 0508 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly .......................................................................... 0088 00
RPSTL Group 0509 M-35 Suspension Bracket .................................................................................... 0089 00
RPSTL Group 0510 M-59 Suspension Bracket .................................................................................... 0090 00
RPSTL Group 0511 Suspension Plate ................................................................................................. 0091 00
RPSTL Group 0512 10K Cargo Tie-Down ............................................................................................ 0092 00
RPSTL Group 0513 Quick-Release Cargo Tie-Down .......................................................................... 0093 00
RPSTL Group 0514 Type IV Drive-Off Aid ........................................................................................... 0094 00
RPSTL Group 0515 Aircraft Cargo Tie-Down ....................................................................................... 0095 00
RPSTL Group 0516 3 ¾-IN., 2-Point Link ............................................................................................ 0096 00
RPSTL Group 0517 5 ½-IN., 2-Point Link ............................................................................................ 0097 00
RPSTL Group 0518 Release Away Static Line Assembly .................................................................... 0098 00
RPSTL Group 06 Extraction Parachute Jettison System (EPJS) ......................................................... 0099 00
RPSTL Group 0601 Extraction Parachute Jettison Device (EPJD) ...................................................... 0100 00
RPSTL Group 0622 Extraction Parachute Jettison Device –Heavy (EPJD-H) ..................................... 0100 01
RPSTL Group 0602 Y-Connector ......................................................................................................... 0101 00
RPSTL Group 0603 Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-130, C-141, C-17) ............................................... 0102 00
RPSTL Group 0604 Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-5) ......................................................................... 0103 00
RPSTL Group 0605 Control Box .......................................................................................................... 0104 00
RPSTL Group 0606 Squib Assembly ................................................................................................... 0105 00
RPSTL Group 0607 EPJS Squib Cable ................................................................................................ 0106 00
RPSTL Group 0623 EPJS-H Squib Cable ............................................................................................ 0106 01
RPSTL Group 0608 10-Foot Platform Cable ........................................................................................ 0107 00
RPSTL Group 0609 10-Foot Interconnect Cable .................................................................................. 0108 00
RPSTL Group 0610 50-Foot Main Cable .............................................................................................. 0109 00
RPSTL Group 0611 20-Foot Power Cable ........................................................................................... 0110 00
RPSTL Group 0612 Protective Cover ................................................................................................... 0111 00
RPSTL Group 0613 Kit Bag .................................................................................................................. 0112 00
RPSTL Group 0614 4-Foot Extension Cable (C-5 and C-17) ............................................................... 0113 00
RPSTL Group 0615 Y-Connector Mounting Box Tie-Down Bracket (C-5) ........................................... 0114 00
RPSTL Group 0616 20-Foot Power Cable Extension (C-17 only) ........................................................ 0115 00
RPSTL Group 0617 1-Foot Power Cable Adapter ................................................................................ 0116 00
RPSTL Group 0618 Safety Cap ............................................................................................................ 0117 00
RPSTL Group 0619 Initiator Simulator ................................................................................................. 0118 00
RPSTL Group 0620 Squib Tester ......................................................................................................... 0119 00
RPSTL Group 0621 28 VDC Power Supply ......................................................................................... 0120 00
RPSTL Group 07 Parachute Connector Link ........................................................................................ 0120 01
RPSTL Group 90 Bulk Materials ........................................................................................................... 0121 00
RPSTL Group 95 Special Tools List ..................................................................................................... 0122 00
National Stock Number (NSN) Index .................................................................................................... 0123 00
Part Number (P/N) Index ....................................................................................................................... 0124 00
Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List .................................................................................. 0125 00
Illustrated List of Manufactured Items ................................................................................................... 0126 00
Torque Limits ........................................................................................................................................ 0127 00
ALPHABETICAL INDEX ...................................................................................................................... INDEX 1
Change 2 iv
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
HOW TO OBTAING TECHNICAL MANUALS
When a new system is introduced to the Army inventory, it is the responsibility of the receiving units to notify
and inform the Unit Publications Clerk that a Technical Manual is available for the new system. Throughout
the life cycle of the new system, the Publications Proponent will also provide updates and changes to the
Technical Manual.
To receive new Technical Manuals or change packages to existing Technical Manuals (TM) for fielded
equipment, provide the Unit Publications Clerk the full Technical Manual number, title, date of publication, and
number of copies required. The Unit Publications Clerk will justify the request through the Unit Publications
Officer. When the request is approved, the Unit Publications Clerk will use DA Form 12-R to order the series
of Technical Manuals from the Army Publishing Directorate (APD).
Instructions for Unit Publications Clerk
Obtain DA Form 12-R and request a publications account from the APD Web site at http://www.apd.army.mil.
Once on the Website, click on the “Orders/Subscriptions/Reports” tab. From the dropdown menu, select
“Establish an Account,” then select “Tutorial” and follow the instructions in the tutorial presentation.
Complete information for obtaining Army publications can be found in DA PAM 25-33.
Manual Organization and Page Numbering System. The manual is divided into two major chapters that
detail the topics mentioned above. Within each chapter are work packages covering a wide range of topics.
Each work package is numbered sequentially starting at page 1. The work package has its own page-
numbering scheme and is independent of the page numbering used by other work packages. Each page of a
work package has a page number of the format XXXX YY-ZZ where XXXX is the work package number (e.g.
0010 00 is work package 10), YY is the revision number for that work package, and ZZ represents the number
of the page within that work package. A page number such as 0010 00-1/(2 Blank) means that page 1
contains information but page 2 of that work package has been intentionally left blank.
In this manual, primary chapters appear in upper case/capital letters; work packages are presented in
numeric sequence, e.g., 0001 00; paragraphs within a work package are not numbered and are presented in
a titles format. For a first level paragraph, title all upper case/capital letters, e.g., INTRODUCTION, the next
subordinate paragraph title will have the first letter of the first word of each principle word all upper
case/capital letters, e.g., How to Use This Manual. The location of additional material that must be referenced
is clearly marked. Figures supporting maintenance procedures/text are located as close as possible to their
references.
Front matter, of this manual, consists of front cover, warning summary, title block, table of contents, and
how to use this manual page. Chapter 1 (Introduction) contains general information and equipment
descriptions. Chapter 2 (Operator Instructions) contains service upon receipt and Preventive Maintenance
Checks and Services (PMCS) information. Chapter 3 (Unit Maintenance Instructions) contains maintenance
procedures authorized at the unit level. Chapter 4 (Supporting Information) contains references,
expendable and durable items list, maintenance allocation char, repair parts and special tools list, national
stock number index, part number index, illustrated list of manufactured items, and torque limits. Rear matter
consists of alphabetical index, DA Form 2028, authentication page, and back cover.
Finding Information. The Table of Contents permits the reader to find information in the manual quickly. The
reader should start here first when looking for a specific topic. The Table of Contents lists the topics contained
within each chapter and the Work Package Sequence Number where it can be found.
Example: If the reader were looking for instructions on "Disassemble Extraction Force Transfer
Coupling", which is a Unit Maintenance topic, the Table of Contents indicates that Unit Maintenance
information can be found in Chapter 3. Scanning down the listings for Chapter 2, "Disassemble
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling" information can be found in WP 0013 00 (Work Package 13).
v Change 2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
The RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; special test, measurement, and
diagnostic equipment (TMDE); and other special support equipment required for performance of the
specified maintenance level maintenance of the item name. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and
disposition of spares, repair parts, and special tools as indicated by the source, maintenance, and
recoverability (SMR) codes. The work packages containing lists of spares and repair parts authorized
by this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. These work packages also include parts which
must be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in
ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item
number sequence. Sending units, brackets, filters, and bolts are listed with the component they mount on.
Bulk materials are listed by item name in FIG. BULK at the end of the work packages. Repair parts kits are
listed separately in their own functional group and work package. Repair parts for reparable special tools
are also listed in a separate work package. Items listed are shown on the associated illustrations.
An Alphabetical Index can be found at the back of the manual, and lists specific topics with the
corresponding work package.
Change 2 vi
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
FOR
LOW VELOCITY AIR DROP SYSTEMS (LVADS)
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0001 00
______________________________________________________________________________________

GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
This Technical Manual (TM) provides unit maintenance instructions for ancillary equipment for the Low
Velocity Air Drop System (LVADS). Rigger procedures pertaining to items included in this manual are outlined
in the FM 4.20 (FM 10-500) Series publications. This manual also provides a Repair Parts and Special Tools
List (RPSTL), located in WP 0065 00 through WP 0121 00.
Part Number and Equipment Name. Part Nos. 68F217-48, 68F217- 52, 68F217-49, 68F217-53,
68F217-58, 68F217-59, 68F217-50, 68F217-54, 68F217-22, 68F217-55, 68F217-51, 68F217-56, 68F217-
57, 68F217-47, 68F217-45, 68F217-30, 68F217-32, 68F217-41, 68F217-33, 68F217-60, 68F217-61 Line,
Multi-Loop (Extraction lines, deployment lines, bag clustering lines, riser extension, suspension slings).
Part Number Name

11-1-4180-1 Assembly, Release Away Static Line
53C7084-1 Bracket, Suspension
53C7084-2 Bracket, Suspension
MS70087 Clevis, Aerial Delivery
50C7406 Clover, Clevis
11-1-2060 Coupling, Extraction Force Transfer
50C7496 Cover, Link, Type IV
11-1-3771 Drive Off Aid, Type IV
811-00429 Jettison System, Extraction Parachute
811-00429-5 Jettison System, Extraction Parachute – Heavy
11-1-1715-2 Link Assembly, Coupling, 3-Point
66B1883 Link Assembly, Heavy Duty
11-1-3359 Link Assembly, Single Suspension, Type IV
11-1-7026-1 Link, 2 Point, 3 ¾-Inch
11-1-7026-2 Link, 2 Point, 5 ½-Inch
65D3820 Link, 4-Point
11-1-2615 Plate, Suspension
11-1-1487-2 Release, Cargo Parachute, M-1
11-1-565-2 Release, Cargo Parachute, M-2
11-1-484 Strap, Parachute Release, Multi-Knife
11-1-129 Strap, Parachute Release, Single-Knife
11-1-721 Tie-down, Cargo, 10k
MIL-T-25959 Tie-down, Cargo, Aircraft
11-1-3922 Tie-down, Cargo, Quick-Release
Purpose of Equipment. The LVADS Ancillary Equipment includes miscellaneous canvas, webbing, and
metal items necessary for attaching parachutes to airdrop cargo loads. This equipment is used by
airborne/rigger qualified personnel. It does not include the parachutes or platforms used in Low Velocity Air
Drop.
0001 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0001 00
______________________________________________________________________________________
MAINTENANCE FORMS, FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

Maintenance forms, forms, records, and reports that you are required to use are DA Form 2402 (Exchange
Tag), DA Form 2404 (Maintenance Request), and Standard Form (SF) 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report
(PQDR). Their use and procedures for filling out these forms are explained in DA PAM 750-8, The Army
Maintenance Management System (TAMMS). USAF personnel use DD Form 1575 (Suspended Tag), DD
Form 2332, (Materiel Deficiency Exhibit) and the Air Force (AF) electronic version of SF 368, AFTO Form 244
and AFTO 245. Procedures for use and filling out these forms are contained in AF T.O. 00-35D-54, (USAF
Deficiency, Reporting and Investigation System), AF T.O. 00-20-5 (Aerospace/Equipment Inspection and
Documentation), AF T.O. 00-20-3 (Maintenance Processing of Repairable Property and the Repair Cycle
Asset Control System), Air Force Instruction (AFI) 21-115 (Deficiencies Across Component Lines) for
reporting deficiencies which cross DOD components lines and Air Force Manual (AFMAN) 23-110, Volume 1,
Part 1 (USAF Supply Manual).
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If your equipment needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who
can tell us what you don’t like about your equipment Let us know why you don’t like the design or
performance. If you have Internet access, the easiest and fastest way to report problems or suggestions is to
go to https://aeps.ria.army.mil/aepspublic.cfm (scroll down and choose the “Submit Quality Deficiency Report”
bar). The Internet form lets you choose to submit an Equipment Improvement Recommendation (EIR), a
Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR or a Warranty Claim Action (WCA). You may also submit your
information using an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report). You can send your SF 368 via e-mail,
regular mail, or facsimile using the address/facsimile numbers specified in DA PAM 750-8, The Army
Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual. We will send you a reply.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)

Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any
corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be
made to prevent the problem in future items.
While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals, it can also include deterioration of other
materials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of these
materials may be a corrosion problem.
If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using SF 368 PQDR. Use of keywords such as
"corrosion”, "rust", "deterioration", or "cracking" will ensure the information is identified as a CPC problem.
The form should be submitted to the address specified in DA PAM 750-8, Functional Users Manual for the
Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).
DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
GENERAL INFORMATION:
Objective. Methods of destruction used to inflict damage on air delivery equipment should make it
impossible to restore equipment to a usable condition in a combat zone by either repair or
cannibalization.
Authority. Destruction of air delivery equipment that is in imminent danger of capture by an enemy is a
command decision that must be made by a battalion or higher commander, or the equivalent.
Change 2 0001 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0001 00
______________________________________________________________________________________
Implementation plan. All units, that possess air delivery equipment, should have a plan for the
implementation of destruction procedures.
Training. All personnel who use or perform such functions as rigging, packing, maintenance, or storage of air
delivery equipment should receive thorough training on air delivery equipment destruction procedures and
methods. The destruction methods demonstrated during training should be simulated. Upon completion of
training, all applicable personnel should be thoroughly familiar with air delivery equipment destruction
methods and be capable of performing destruction without immediate reference to any publication.
SPECIFIC METHODS:
Specific methods of destroying Army materiel to prevent enemy use shall be by mechanical means, fire, or by
use of natural surroundings.
Destruction by Mechanical Means. Air delivery equipment metal assemblies, parts, and packing aids
shall be destroyed using hammers, bolt cutters, files, hacksaws, drills, screwdrivers, crowbars, or other
similar devices used to smash, break, bend or cut.
WARNING
Exercise extreme care when using petroleum products to destroy

equipment by fire, as these materials are highly flammable. Improper
handling may cause injury to personnel.
Destruction by Fire. Items that can be destroyed by fire shall be burned. The destruction of equipment by
use of fire is an effective method of destroying low-melting-point metal items (e.g., cutter brackets, threaded
portions of nuts and bolts, and clevises). However, mechanical destruction should be completed first,
whenever possible, before initiating destruction by fire. When items to be destroyed are made of metal, textile
materials (or some comparable low combustible material) should be packed under and around the items, then
soaked with a flammable petroleum product and ignited. Proper concentration of equipment, which is suitable
for burning, will provide a hotter and more destructive fire.
Destruction by Use of Natural Surroundings. Small vital parts of assemblies, which are easily accessible,
may be disposed of as follows: Disposal or denial of equipment to an enemy may be accomplished through
use of natural surroundings. Accessible vital parts may be removed and scattered through dense foliage,
buried in dirt or sand, or thrown into a lake or other body of water. Total submersion of equipment in a body
of water will provide water damage as well as concealment. Salt water will inflict extensive damage to air
delivery equipment.
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT

For storage, refer to TM 10-1670-201-23/T.O. 13C-1-41 and WP 0061 00 of this manual; for shipment, refer
to WP 0062 00 of this manual.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
LVADS ancillary equipment contains no warranty provisions.
0001 00-3 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0001 00
______________________________________________________________________________________
NOMENCLATURE CROSS REFERENCE LIST
Common Name Official Nomenclature

Arm Clustering Assembly Link, 4-Point
Crocus Cloth Cloth, Abrasive, Ferric Oxide and Quartz

Timer and Stem Assembly Timing Movement, Mechanical
LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
AF Air Force
AFI Air Force Instruction
AFMAN Air Force Manual
AFSC Air Force Supply Code
AFTO Air Force Technical Order
AMP Ampere
AR Acquisition Request
ASP Ammunition Supply Point
AVIM Aviation Intermediate Maintenance
AVUM Aviation Unit Maintenance
BOI Basic of Issue
CAGEC Commercial and Government Entity Code
CM Centimeter
CPC Corrosion Prevention and Control
CTA Common Table of Allowance
DA Department of the Army
DAPAM Department of the Army Pamphlet
EFTC Extraction Force Transfer Coupling
EIR Equipment Improvement Recommendations
EMP Electromagnetic Pulse
EPJD Extraction Parachute Jettison Device
EPJD-H Extraction Parachute Jettison Device -Heavy
EPJS Extraction Parachute Jettison System
FM Field Manual
GPM Ground Precautionary Message
HCI Hardness Critical Item
IAW In Accordance With
IN Inch
JTA Joint Table of Allowance
KG Kilograms
LED Light Emitting Diode
LVADS Low Velocity Air Drop System
M Meters
MAC Maintenance Allocation Chart
MAM Maintenance Advisory Message
MOS Military Occupational Specialty
MTOE Modified Table of Organization and Equipment
MWO Modification Work Order
NAVSCA Naval Sea Systems Command
NIIN National Item Identification Number
NMP National Maintenance Point
NSDSA Naval System Data Support Activity
Change 2 0001 00-4

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0001 00
______________________________________________________________________________________
LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS -continued

NSN National Stock Number
P/N Part Number
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
PQDR Product Quality Deficiency Report
QTY Quantity
RPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools List
SF Standard Form
SMR Source, Maintenance and Recoverability
SRA Special Repair Activity
TAMMS The Army Maintenance Management System
TDA Table of Distribution and Allowance
TM Technical Manual
TMDE Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment
TO Technical Order
TOE Table of Organizational and Equipment
U/I Unit of Issue
U/M Unit of Measure
UOC Usable on Code
USAF United States Air Force
VAC Volts Alternating Current
VDC Volts Direct Current
WP Work Packages
SAFETY, CARE AND HANDLING

The following subparagraphs summarize the safety, care, and handling requirements for the parachute
assembly.
Safety. It is imperative that you observe all safety precautions specified on the warning summary in the front
of this manual. You must also observe specific warnings and cautions specified throughout this manual. The
warnings are provided to tell you how to protect yourself from serious injury or death.
Care and Handling. Every effort shall be made to protect equipment from weather elements, dust, dirt, oil,
grease, and acid.
COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment
(MTOE) applicable to your unit.
SPECIAL TOOLS, TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE), AND SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT
Calibrate the Initiator Simulator Box every 180 days, with Squib Cable Pin Gauge (P/N 811-00629).
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL)

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in WP 0065 00 – WP 0122 00 of this manual.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0001 00-5/(6 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES
Characteristics. All equipment is lightweight and heavy-duty. Equipment can be combined in multiple
configurations for customization.
Capabilities and Features. Safely drop platform loads without landing aircraft. Drop single platform or
multiple platforms.
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

The following subparagraphs contain locations and descriptions of major components.
Multi-Loop Line. The multi-loop line (1) is constructed of type XXVI nylon. These lines are used for
extraction lines, deployment lines, bag clustering lines, riser extensions, and suspension slings. They have
a sliding webbing keeper (2) on each end and one or more fixed keepers (3) constructed of nylon filament
pressure sensitive tape. They have buffers (4) on the inside of both loops.
1. One-Loop Line. The one-loop lines are made in 36- , 60- and 160-foot (11.0- and 48.8-m) lengths.
The 36-foot (11-m) one-loop line has no sliding keepers.
2. Two-Loop Line. The two-loop lines are made in 3-, 9-, 11-, 12-, 16-, 20-, and 120-foot (0.9-, 2.7-, 3.4-,
3.7-, 4.9-, 6.1-, 36.6-m) lengths.
0002 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
3. Three-Loop Line. The three-loop lines are made in 60- and 140-foot (18.3- and 42.7-m) lengths.
4. Four-Loop Line. The four-loop lines are made in 3-, 9-, 11-, 12-, 16-,20-, and 28-foot (0.9-, 2.7-, 3.4-,
3.7-, 4.9-, 6.1-, 8.5-m) lengths.
5. Six-Loop Line. The six-loop lines are made in 60- and 120-foot (18.3- and 36.6-m) lengths.
Change 2 0002 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling. The extraction force transfer coupling consists of an actuator
assembly (1), connector, latch assembly (2), latch assembly (3), link assembly coupling, EFTC (4), a link
assembly adapter (5), and a cable assembly (6). The coupling transfers the pull force of a cargo extraction
parachute from the extracted airdrop load to the cargo parachute deployment line. Immediately after the
load departs the aircraft, the arm of the actuator assembly (1) is released and pulls upon the cable
assembly (6). The pull on this cable, in turn, causes the latch assembly (3) to release the link assembly (4),
transferring the pull force. The cable assembly (6) is constructed in 12-, 16-, 20-, 24-, and 28-foot (3.7-,
4.9-, 6.1-, 7.3-, 8.5-m) lengths. The link assembly adapter (5) connects an extraction line to the link
assembly (4). It is equipped with a larger spacer (7) and a small spacer (8) that distribute the extraction
force applied to the link assembly by providing a two or three loop separation when a five and six-loop
extraction line is used. The connector, latch assembly (2) connects the latch assembly (3) to the extraction
bracket mounted on the platform.
5
6
2
7 8
0002 00-3 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
M-1 Cargo Parachute Release. The M-1 cargo parachute release consists of an arming wire lanyard (1),
arming wire (2), parachute connectors (3), upper load suspension link (4), a timer delay assembly contained
within the release body (5), and lower suspension links (6). A cargo parachute release separates medium
(64-foot diameter G-12) or large (100-foot diameter G-11) cargo parachutes from an air dropped load upon
ground contact. This prevents the dragging or overturning of the load by winds. The M-1 Cargo Parachute
Release is designed for use in the airdrop of loads weighing from 200 to 15,000-pounds (90 to 6,800-kg).
The M-1 release is capable of accommodating three G-11 or two G-12 cargo parachutes. The two lower
suspension links connect to four airdrop platform suspension slings. Cargo parachutes are joined to the M1
release by connectors that are held in place by a toggle mechanism. The parachutes separate when the
release body tilts at a critical angle as the suspended load contacts the ground. The mechanical delay
release timer prevents early separation. The timer is activated when the load parachute(s) begin to deploy,
pulling on the arming wire lanyard (1) that is attached to an arming wire (2) installed in the release timer.
1 5
2
NOTE
The delay release timer, parachute release connector, arming

wire, and arming wire lanyard are interchangeable for use
between the M-1 and M-2 airdrop cargo parachute releases.
Change 2 0002 00-4

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
M-2 Cargo Parachute Release. The M-2 cargo parachute release is similar to the M-1 described in the
paragraph above. It also consists of an arming wire lanyard (1), arming wire (2), parachute connectors (3),
upper load suspension link (4), a timer delay assembly contained within the release body (5), and lower
suspension links (6). It is designed for use in the airdrop of loads ranging in weight from 6,000 to 42,000-
pounds (2,700 to 19,080-kg), using G-11 cargo parachutes. Because it handles heavier loads, the M-2
release can accommodate three to eight G-11 cargo parachutes. The lower suspension links (6) are
connected to four airdrop platform suspension slings.
4 1
2
5
Type IV Single Suspension Link Assembly. The type IV single suspension link assembly (1) consists of a
body (2), pins (3), rollers (4), spring (5), button (6), plate (7), and lock (8). Stops (9) on the side link plate
prevent removal of the side link cover lock. This assembly is used in the formation of the extraction system.
The Type IV link can also be used when a single extraction link is required.
NOTE
The type IV link assembly will not be authorized for LVAD use after
31 December 2003.
0002 00-5 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Heavy-Duty Link Assembly. The heavy-duty link assembly (1) is assembled as required using two 3 ¾- or
5 ½-inch (9.5 or 14.0-m) side plates (2). They use spacer, sleeve, small (3) and large sleeve spacer (4), as
required, and are secured with bolts (5) and nuts (6). Assemblies (also called two-point links) are used to
join extraction lines to LVADS platform. The length used is determined by the load being rigged.
4-Point Link. The four-point link, also called the arm clustering assembly, provides for two extraction
parachutes to be connected to the extraction line. It consists of two aluminum alloy side plates (1), and four
bolts (2) with aluminum sleeves (3), four hexagon nuts (4), and a loop spacer (5).
Change 2 0002 00-6

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Type IV Link Cover. The link cover (1) is used for covering a single link assembly. The cover is made of
type III cotton duck cloth with a type III nylon cord drawstring (2) placed in a channel around each open end
(3) of the cover.
NOTE
The type IV link assembly will not be authorized for LVAD use after
31 December 2003.
Aerial Delivery Clevis. There are two types of aerial delivery clevises. They consist of a clevis (1), cap
screw (2), and nut (3). They are made in two sizes.
¾-inch (1.9-cm) Clevis (medium clevis). The ¾-inch (1.9-cm) clevis is used on the G-12 parachute, aft
restraint provisions on the airdrop platform, and also used to replace the dual suspension link assemblies
as the attaching points for the cargo slings.
1-inch (2.5-cm) Clevis (large clevis). The 1-inch (2.5-cm) clevis is used on the G-11 parachute and at
various points when rigging a load for airdrop.
0002 00-7 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
1 1/8-inch (2.9-cm) Screw Pin Clevis. The screw pin clevis (1) that has a screw-pin (2) and 2-inch
diameter sleeve (3) instead of a bolt and nut. It is used as an attachment for suspension sleeves.
NOTE
The only screw pin clevises authorized for use are the ones manufactured after
January 1984. These clevises can be identified by their zinc chromate finish,
which has a lustrous silver color.
Clevis Cover. The clevis cover is made of type II cotton duck with a type VII cotton webbing (1)
reinforcement and three brass grommets (2). The cover has a slot cut in the closed end to allow passage of
the suspension slings. Grommets near the mouth of the cover permit tying the cover around the
suspension clevis bolt and nut.
Change 2 0002 00-8

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Single Knife Parachute Release Strap. This parachute release strap (1) is made of 1 ¾-inch wide by 8-
foot-long (4.4-cm wide by 2.4-m long) type VIII cotton webbing. A release knife (2) is attached to one end of
the strap and a quick-fit fastener (3) is attached 6-inches (15 cm) from the knife. This strap provides a
means for cutting the parachute restraint strap, releasing the cargo parachutes from the load.
Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap. The multi-cut parachute release strap is made of 1-inch-wide, 11-
foot-long (2.5-cm wide, 3.4-m long), type III nylon webbing (1). Up to three release knives (2) can be
attached to loops that are 10 ½-inches (27-cm) long. The strap provides a means for cutting the parachute
restraint strap, releasing the cargo parachute from the load.
3-Point Coupling Link Assembly. The three-point link coupling assembly provides for three extraction
parachutes to be connected to the extraction line. It consists of two aluminum alloy side plates (1), and
three spacers (2) with 3 bolts (3) and hexagon nuts (4).
0002 00-9 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
M-35 Suspension Bracket. The M-35 suspension bracket is secured to the rear frame on the M-34, M-35,
M-35A1, and M-36C 2 ½-ton (2,300-kg) truck for airdrop. It is used as an attaching point for the suspension
5
slings to the rigged load. The assembly consists of a left and a right side plate (1), two /8-inch hexagon cap
5 5
bolts (2), two /8-inch lock washers (3), and two /8-inch hexagon nuts (4).
M-59 Suspension Bracket. The M-59 suspension bracket is secured to the rear frame on the M-59, 2 ½-
ton (2,300-kg) drum truck for airdrop. It is used as an attaching point for the suspension slings to the rigged
load. It consists of the same components used in the M-35 suspension bracket described above.
Suspension Plate. The suspension plate is secured to the wheel of the M-114A1, 155-mm howitzer for
airdrop. It has a clevis pinhole (1) for attaching the steel clevis block assembly.
Change 2 0002 00-10

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
10K Cargo Tie-down. The 10,000-pound (4,500-kg) capacity cargo tie-down is used to secure equipment
and supplies to an airdrop platform. The tie-down consists of a 15-foot-long (4.6-m long) by 1 ¾-inch wide
(4.4-cm wide), type V, low elongation, polyester textile webbing strap (1) with a steel d-ring permanently
attached to one end (2), a cargo tie-down load binder (3) that has an open hook on each end, and a sling
steel d-ring (4).
Quick-Release Cargo Tie-down. The quick-release tie-down consists of a 17-foot-long (5.2-m long) by 2-
inch-wide (5.1-cm wide), type V webbing strap (1) with a quick-release lever (2).
Type IV Drive-Off Aid. The drive-off aid is used to assist in the removal of a vehicle from an airdrop
platform after the airdrop when the honeycomb will not allow the wheels to make contact with the platform.
It consists of two traction webs (1).
0002 00-11 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Aircraft Cargo Tie-down. The MB-1 and MB-2 aircraft cargo tie-downs consist of a 108-inch length of steel
chain (2) with a grab hook (3) and a turn-buckle tightening device (1) with a quick-release lever. The MB-1
tie-down has a load capacity of 10,000-pounds (4,500 kg) and the MB-2 has a capacity of 25,000- pounds
(11,200 kg). These tie-downs are used to secure rigged loads on the transport vehicle while in route to an
aircraft and while installed inside an aircraft.
3 ¾-Inch, 2-Point Link. The 3 ¾-inch, 2-point link assembly (1) consists of two side plates (2), spacer,
sleeve, large (3), and is secured with two bolts (4) and two nuts (5). This assembly (also called the 2-point
link) is used to join extraction parachutes to the extraction system (line bag) for LVADS. The two-point link
can also be used to join suspension slings or when a single extraction link is required.
5
2 through 5
3
2
Change 2 0002 00-12

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
5 ½-Inch, 2-Point Link. The 5 ½-inch, 2-point link assembly (1) consists of two side plates (2), spacer,
sleeve, large (3), and is secured with two bolts (4) and two nuts (5). This assembly (also called the 2-point
link) is used to join extraction parachutes to the extraction system (line bag) for LVADS. The two-point link
can also be used to join suspension slings or when a single extraction link is required.
1
2
5
2 through 5
Main Release Away Static Line. The release away static line assembly (1) consists of 12-foot, 11 ½-inch
length of fabricated type VIII nylon webbing sewn in such a way to allow an internal 14-foot, 8-inch release
line (2) to freely move within the body of the static line and exit through two grommets. An additional 6 ½-
inch connector strap (3) is required and is equipped with a G-14 clevis (4) and a 1-inch connector link (5).
The release away static line is used to aid in the deployment of an extraction parachute rigged to deploy
recovery parachutes for dual row airdrop.
0002 00-13 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Extraction Parachute Jettison System (EPJS). The EPJS is designed for remote jettison of deployed
extraction systems up to and including the extraction parachute. The EPJS is comprised of the components
listed below. The system requires no modification to the aircraft and requires a 28 VDC power source. A
power cable is provided to connect the system to the iron lung outlet of the aircraft. All cable connectors
are keyed to prevent incorrect installation.
1. 4 EA Extraction Parachute Jettison Device (EPJD or EPJD-H)

2. 4 EA Y-Connector
3. 4 EA Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-130; C-141; C-17)
4 EA Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-5 only)
4. 1 EA Control Box
5. 4 EA Squib (installed in EPJD)
6. 4 EA Squib Cable, 18-inch (yellow) (EPJD) or
Squib Cable, 24-inch (green) (EPJD-H)
7. 4 EA Platform Cable, 10-foot (yellow)
8. 3 EA Interconnect Cable, 10-foot (black)
9. 1 EA Main Cable, 50-foot (black)
10. 1 EA Power Cable, 20-foot (red)
11. 4 EA Protective Cover
12. 1 EA Kit Bag (not shown)
13. 4 EA Extension Cable, 4-foot (yellow) (C-5 and C-17 only) (not shown)
14. 4 EA Tie-down Bracket (C-5 only)
15. 1 EA Power Cable Extension, 20-foot (red) (C-17 only) (not shown)
16. 1 EA Power Cable Adapter, 1-foot (red) (C-5 only) (not shown)
17. 4 EA Safety Cap (installed in EPJD or EPJD-H)
18. 4 EA Initiator Simulator (not shown)
19. 1 EA Squib Tester (not shown)
20. 1 EA 28 VDC Power Supply (not shown)
9 8 2 6 3 7
A
4
11
5 1
15 10
Change 2 0002 00-14

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
0002 00-15 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Extraction Parachute Jettison Device (EPJD and EPJD-H). The EPJD couples the extraction line with
the 3-point-link assembly. The EPJD-H functions as the 3 point link assembly to connect one or two
extraction parachutes to the payload. One device is required for each platform. In normal operation, the
extraction parachute is deployed and the payload exits the aircraft. In the event the extraction parachute is
deployed and the payload fails to exit the aircraft, the load master can activate the JETTISON SWITCH on
the control box which fires the squibs in the system, cutting the extraction line on the EPJD-H and releasing
the line on the EPJD which releases the extraction parachute(s) from the payload(s).
WARNING
PRIOR TO AIRDROP REMOVE PIN FROM KNIFE
AND STORE INTO HOLE ON TOP OF LINK
EPJD EPJD-H
Y-Connector. The Y-connector contains a LAMP TEST switch, a blue indicator Light Emitting Diode (LED),
a connector for the platform cable, and two connectors for the interconnecting cables. The LAMP TEST
switch, when pressed, will illuminate the blue LEDs when the system is installed and powered ON. The
LED, when lit, indicates that one or both circuits from the Y-connector to the squib are intact. The internal
circuit contains capacitors for storing the energy required to fire the squibs and has solid-state switches that
are actuated by the JETTISON SWITCH on the control box. The Y-connector is attached to the Y-
connector mounting box; one set is used for each platform.
Change 2 0002 00-16

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Y-Connector Mounting Box. The Y-connector mounting box is secured to the floor rings of the aircraft.
The Y-connector mounting box is a die-cast aluminum box. The C-130, and C-17 mounting box is equipped
with a mounting tube and extendable shaft. The C-5 mounting box does not have a mounting tube or shaft.
Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-130; C-141; C-17)
Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-5)
0002 00-17 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Control Box. The control box contains a power switch (1), and circuit breaker (2), a jettison switch (3), a
lamp test switch (4), four blue LEDs (5), a dimmer adjust knob (6), a power input connector (7), and a
connector (8) to the loads.
The POWER switch has a locking-lever to prevent it from being accidentally switched ON/OFF. The lock is
released by pulling the switch handle out while moving the handle to either position. The switch should
remain in the OFF position until the system is installed and ready for testing or use. Before switching the
power ON, confirm that the JETTISON SWITCH is OFF to prevent the squibs from firing.
The circuit breaker is an aircraft type, 1-amp, trip-free, push-pull. The JETTISON SWITCH is guarded to
prevent accidental firing of the squibs installed in the system. When the JETTISON SWITCH is activated,
all the squibs installed in the system will fire, thus releasing all the extraction lines from their system.
The LAMP TEST switch, when pressed, will illuminate the four blue LEDs on the control box when the
system is installed and powered ON. The blue LEDs, when lit, only indicate the quantity of loads installed,
not their location. If one load is installed, the left-most LED will illuminate. If two loads are installed, the two
left-most LEDs will illuminate. If the quantity of illuminated LEDs does not match the quantity of loads
installed, the LED on the Y-connectors should be observed to determine which load is not installed
correctly.
The DIMMER adjust knot controls the brightness of the LEDs on the control and on the Y-connectors.
Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the brightness, counter-clockwise to decrease the brightness. The
cover of the control box may be rotated in relation to the two cable connectors depending on mission.
Change 2 0002 00-18

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Squib. The squib is an electrically initiated gas-generated device. The squib is screwed into a closed
chamber in the housing of the EPJD or the cutter block in the EPJD-H. When the fire signal is sent from the
control box, the gas-generating material in the squib burns and creates a tremendous amount of pressure
inside the system housing. In the EPJD this pressure is used to force a piston up against the latch of the
system, thus breaking the shear bolt and releasing the extraction line. In the EPJD-H the pressure is used
to force a piston with a knife against the webbing to cut the extraction lines after breaking two shear pins
that retain the blade.
Squib Cable. The squib cable is used to connect the squib to the platform cable. The squib cable is 18-
inches long yellow (EPJD) or 24-inches long green (EPJD-H) and is protected with a flexible plastic-wrap
cover to help prevent damage to the cable when the platform hits the ground. The plastic wrap can be
easily removed and replaced during maintenance. The squib cable quick disconnects from the platform
cable when the link assembly is released from the latch assembly.
EPJD Squib Cable
J4 J4 TO PLATFORM CABLE J5 TO SQUIB J5
EPJD-H Squib Cable
Platform Cable. The platform cable is used to connect the Y-connector to the squib cable. The connectors
at both ends of the cable are modified to quick disconnect. The platform cable is 10-feet long and secured
to the platform. As the platform exits the aircraft, the platform cable will disconnect from the Y-connector.
After the link assembly is released from the latch assembly, the squib cable will disconnect from the
platform cable.
0002 00-19 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Interconnect Cable. The interconnect cable is 10-feet long and connects one Y-connector to another Y-
connector. The interconnect cables may also be connected to each other without the Y-connector to
produce a much longer cable for varying missions.
Main Cable. The main cable is a 50-foot cable used to connect the control box to the Y-connector.
CAUTION
Only the 20-FT power cables with the 2 amp in-line fuse in the connector
plug are authorized for operational use. The new part number is 811-
00630. The new 20-FT power cable comes with blue shrink wrap
behind the connector plug and is marked with the phrase "2 Amp Fuse
Inside".
Power Cable. The power cable is 20-feet long and connects the control box to the 28 VDC iron lung power
outlet in the C-130 aircraft. The C-5 and C-17 aircraft require extension/adapter cables.
P2 TO AIRCRAFT POWER FXC CORPORATION

P1 TO CONTROL BOX
2 AMP FUSE INSIDE P/N 811-00630
Protective Cover. The protective cover is used to prevent metal-to-metal contact between the aircraft and
the EPJD. The EPJD-H does not use a protective cover.
Change 2 0002 00-20

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Kit Bag. The kit bag is used for storing the system components. There is a lower-level compartment used
to store the control box, four Y-connectors, four Y-connector mounting boxes and C-5 mounting brackets
and mounting boxes. The upper level compartment stores the cables.
Extension Cable. The C-17 and C-5 aircraft uses the basic EPJS equipment with the addition of an
extension cable. Up to four extension cables (for the platform cables) can be used. Each extension cable
is 4-feet long.
Tie-down Bracket. The tie-down bracket is used to provide a means to secure the Y-connector to the C-5
aircraft to ensure clean disconnects of cable during normal extraction.
0002 00-21 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
CAUTION
Only the 20-FT power cables with the 2 amp in-line fuse in the connector
plug are authorized for operational use. The new part number is 811-
00631. The new 20-FT power cable comes with blue shrink wrap
behind the connector plug and is marked with the phrase "2 Amp Fuse
Inside".
Power Cable Extension. The power cable extension is used to connect the aircraft power to the power
cable. The 20-foot long power cable extension provides aircraft 28 VDC power to the control box. The 20-
foot cable is for the C-17.
FXC CORPORATION P12 TO AIRCRAFT POWER

J12 TO POWER CABLE
ABLE
P/N 811-00631 2 AMP FUSE INSIDE
Power Cable Adapter. The C-5 aircraft uses the basic EPJS equipment. However, the standard 20-foot
power cable must be adapted to plug into the 28 VDC iron long power outlet in the aircraft. The power
cable adapter performs this function. The power cable adapter connects between the 20-foot power cable
and the 28 VDC iron long power outlet.
Safety Cap. The safety cap is used to prevent accidental firing of the squib. When plugged into the squib
cable, which is in turn plugged into the squib, the squib contacts are shorted together, thus preventing any
electrical charge from being applied to the squib. When not in use, the safety cap is stored by installing in
the side of the EPJD or in the top plate of the EPJD-H.
Change 2 0002 00-22

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
WARNING
Ensure the safety pin is properly installed. Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.
Safety Pin. The safety pin is used to retain the cutter blade in the EPJD-H cutter housing in case of
accidental firing of the squib. When the safety pin is in place in the cutter housing, the cutter blade will not
cut the line if the squib is activated. When not in use, the safety pin is stored by installing in the top plate of
the EPJD-H.
WARNING
Initiator Simulator. The initiator simulator is used during testing of the EPJS to simulate the squib. When
the EPJS components are connected and functioning properly, the initiator simulator will indicate if the
EPJS jettison circuits are functioning properly. The initiator simulator has two small capacity circuit
breakers that will operate (throw) from ON to OFF when 28 VDC is applied by setting the JETTISON
SWITCH on the control box to ON. The squib has two redundant firing circuits. The two circuit breakers
simulate these two redundant squib firing circuits.
0002 00-23 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Squib Tester. The squib tester is used to confirm that the squib’s two redundant firing circuits are properly
wired and functioning. It allows the squib circuits to be tested without firing the squib. The squib contains
two standard AAA batteries, two small switches (Power ON/OFF and Circuit Select) and two LED lamps.
These lamps provide a positive indication of open and shorted squib firing circuits.
28 VDC Power Supply. The 28 VDC power supply supplies the needed power to test the assembled
components of the EPJS prior to installation. There is a green indicator light that illuminates to show the
system is properly operating. The 28VDC power supply is capable of operating on 220 VAC power.
A B
ON
28 VDC OFF
POWER
CORPORATIO
Change 2 0002 00-24

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Parachute Connector Link. The Parachute Connector Link is used to attach the drogue line to the
extraction parachute(s). In the event of an aborted drop, the drogue parachute may be jettisoned by
activating the release mechanism which separates the jettison link section from the link assembly.
EQUIPMENT DATA
Multi-Loop Line
Material: Type XXVI Nylon
Tensile Strength:
One-Loop Line 22,250-pounds 10,000 kg
Two-Loop Line 44,500-pounds 20,000 kg
Three-Loop Line 67,500-pounds 30,600 kg
Four-Loop Line 89,000-pounds 40,400 kg
Six-Loop Line 135,000-pounds 61,200 kg
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling
Load: 6,000-pounds 2,700 kg
Cable Assembly:
12-foot long (3.7-m long)
Weight 2.5-pounds 1.1 kg
Weight 40-pounds 1.8 kg
Actuator Assembly:
Length 18 3/8-inches 46 cm
Width 1-inch 2 cm
Height 3-inches 76 cm
Latch Assembly:
Length 7-inches 17 cm
Width 2-inch 5 cm
Height 4 5/8-inches 11 cm
0002 00-25 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
EFTC Coupling Link Assembly:
6-inches 15 cm
3 1/16-inches 8 cm
6-inches 15 cm
9-pounds 4.1 kg
Latch Assembly Connector
5 ¼-inches 13.1 cm
2 ¼-inches 5.6 cm
Adapter Link Assembly:
Length 12 ¼-inches 31 cm
Width 3 ¾-inch 9 cm
M-1 Cargo Parachute Release

Capacities:
Minimum 200-pounds 90.7 kg
Maximum 15,000-pounds 6,800 kg
Performance:
Parachute Adaptability One to three cargo parachutes in accordance with applicable FM
4.20 (FM 10-500) Series Publications
Type load use Type V/Dual Row airdrop platform
Activation method Arming cable
Actuation method Timer delay
Specifics:
Gross weight 41-pounds 18.6 kg
Width 8-inches 20 cm
Thickness 3 ½-inches 89 cm
M-2 Cargo Parachute Release

Capacities:
Minimum 6,000-pounds 2,700 kg
Maximum 42,000-pounds 19,080 kg
Performance:
Parachute Adaptability Three to eight cargo parachutes in accordance with applicable
FM 4.20 (FM 10-500) Series Publications
Type load use Type V / Dual Row airdrop platform
Activation method Arming cable
Actuation method Timer delay
Change 2 0002 00-26

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Specifics:
Gross weight 73-pounds 33.1 kg
Thickness 3 ½-inches 89 cm
Type IV Single Suspension Link Assembly

Width 2 7/8-inches 7 cm
NOTE
The type IV link assembly will not be authorized for LVAD use after 31 December 2003.
Heavy-Duty Link Assembly
Length Variable
Width 2-inches 5 cm
4-Point Link
Type IV Link Cover
Material Type III cotton duck cloth and Type III nylon cord
Width:
Top 7-inches 18 cm
Bottom 5-inches 13 cm
Cord Length:
Top 28-inches 71 cm
Bottom 24-inches 61 cm
Aerial Delivery Clevis
¾-inch (1.9 cm) Clevis; Medium G-12:
Length 6 5/8-inches 16 cm
0002 00-27 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
1-inch (2.5 cm) Clevis; Large G-11:
Length 8 ½-inches 21 cm
Screw Pin Clevis:
Width 2-inches 5 cm
Clevis Cover
Material 9.85 ounce cotton duck cloth Type II and VIII cotton webbing and
brass grommets, size #4
Single Knife Parachute Release Strap

Strap:
Material Type VIII cotton webbing
Length 8-feet 2.4 m
Width 1 ¾-inches 3 cm
Tensile strength 2,900-pounds 1,300 kg
Fastener:
Material Steel
Release Knife Steel
Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap
Material Type III nylon webbing
Length 11-feet 3.4 m
Width 1-inch 3 cm
3-Point Coupling Link Assembly
Change 2 0002 00-28

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
M-35 Suspension Bracket
M-59 Suspension Bracket
Width 3-inches 8 cm
Suspension Plate
Max Depth 4 ¾-inches 12 cm
10K Cargo Tie-Down

Strap:
Material Type V low-elongation polyester textile webbing
Tensile strength 10,000-pounds 4,500 kg
Width 1 ¾-inches 4.4 cm
Quick-Release Cargo Tie-Down

Strap:
Material Type V low-elongation polyester textile webbing
Tensile strength 10,000 pounds (4536 kg) when used in a loop configuration
Width 2-inches 5 cm
Fastener:
Width Approx. 4-inches 10 cm
Depth 2 3/8-inches 6 cm
Type IV Drive-Off Aid

Material Type XVIII nylon webbing
Length 19-feet 6-inches 5.94 m
0002 00-29 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Aircraft Cargo Tie-down
Length of Chain 108-inches 2.74 m
Load Capacity:
MB-1 10,000-pounds 4,500 kg
MB-2 25,000-pounds 11,300 kg
3 ¾-inch, 2-Point Link

Length 6 ¼-inches 15.6 cm
Width 2 ½-inches 6.2 cm
5 ½-inch, 2-Point Link

Width 2 ½-inches 6.2 cm
Release Away Static Line Assembly

Length 12-feet, 11 ½-inches 179 cm
Width 1, 1/8-inches 2.8 cm
Extraction Parachute Jettison Device (EPJD)

Width 3-inches 7.6 cm
Weight 10 ½-pounds 5 kg
Extraction Parachute Jettison Device - Heavy (EPJD-H)

Length 9.84-inches 25 cm
Width 7.24-inches 18.39 cm
Height 2.63-inches 6.68 cm
Weight 22 ½-pounds 10.28 kg
Y-Connector
Length 9 ¼-inches 3.5 cm
Width 2 ¾-inches 2 7 cm
Height 1 ¼-inches 3 cm
Weight 1 ¼-pound 0.6 kg
Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-130; C-141; C-17)

Material Aluminum/Fiberglass
Height 3 1/3-inches 8.4 cm
Weight 2 ½-pounds 1.1 kg
Change 2 0002 00-30

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-5 only)
Material Aluminum
Length 7 1/3-inches 18.7 cm
Height 2 ¼-inches 5.6 cm
Control Box
Length 5 ¾-inches 15 cm
Height 5 ¾-inches 13 cm
Weight 1 ¾-pounds 0.8 kg
Squib
Height 1-inches 2.5 cm
Weight 1 ½-ounces 0.04 kg
Squib Cable
Length
for EPJD 18-inches 46 cm
for EPJD-H 24-inches 61 cm
Platform Cable
Length 120-inches 3.04 m
Weight 9-ounces 0.25 kg
Interconnect Cable
Main Cable
Power Cable
Weight 1-pound 0.45 kg
Protective Cover
Material Cotton Duck Cloth
0002 00-31 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Kit Bag
Material Cordura Cloth 1000 Denier
Weight 178-ounces 5 kg
Extension Cable (C-5 and C-17 only)

Tie-down Bracket (C-5 only)

Length 6-inches 15.25 cm
Width 4 2/3-inches 11.8 cm
Power Cable Extension (C-17 only)

Power Cable Adapter (C-5 only)

Weight 0.6-ounces 0.27 kg
Safety Cap
Height 1 1/4-inches 3.2 cm
Weight 1-ounce 0.03 kg
Initiator Simulator
Height 2 ¾-inches 6.99 cm
Weight Not available Not available
Squib Tester
Length 5 ¾-inches 14.61 cm
Width 1.13-inches 2.87 cm
Height 1.13-inches 2.87 cm
28 VDC Power Supply

Change 2 0002 00-32

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0002 00
Parachute Connector Link
Height 1 1/2-inches 4 cm
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0002 00-33/(34 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P
CHAPTER 2
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0003 00

SERVICE UPON RECEIPT
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Overview
x Initial Receipt
x Common Tools and Equipment
x Special Tools and Equipment
x Repair Parts
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required Equipment Condition

92R (10) Parachute Rigger All equipment shall be serviceable and ready for
use.
OVERVIEW
This chapter contains information necessary to maintain the ancillary equipment for the Low Velocity Air
Drop System at the unit maintenance level, in accordance with the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC)
for the equipment. It includes the following:
1. Procedures for processing new or used ancillary equipment upon receipt.
2. Assembly of components prior to rigging.
3. Preventive maintenance procedures to ensure continued serviceability of all components.
4. As required inspections and maintenance procedures performed prior to assembly/rigging.
5. Detailed assembly procedures.
6. Repair methods and repair, or replacement, procedures for all components of the ancillary equipment
are listed and illustrated in the unit maintenance procedures of this manual, WP 0007 00 through WP
0060 00.
INITIAL RECEIPT
The following describes the procedures for processing ancillary equipment upon initial receipt.
General Procedures for Air Delivery Equipment. When any of the LVADS Ancillary Equipment is
initially received from a supply source and issued to a using unit, the items will be unpacked from the
shipping containers and inspected by a qualified parachute rigger. The inspection performed will be a
technical/rigger-type inspection that will be conducted as authorized in WP 0007 00, INSPECTION. Upon
completion of the inspection, the items will be tagged as prescribed in DA PAM 738-751. Serviceable
equipment may then be entered either into storage or into use in airdrop operations, as applicable. An
unserviceable item will be held and reported in accordance with WP 0007 00, INSPECTION.
Inspection Personnel. Personnel other than parachute rigger personnel may assist in the unpacking
process of initially received components, as directed by the local air delivery equipment maintenance
officer. However, the maintenance officer will ensure the entire unpacking effort is conducted under the
direct supervision of a qualified parachute rigger (MOS 92R).
Remember that acceptance of new airdrop equipment from manufacturers is based upon inspections
made of sample lots that have been randomly selected in accordance with military standards.
0003 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0003 00
Changes will sometimes evolve for the original design and occasionally contractors are authorized
deviations of material and construction techniques. Airdrop equipment that has been in the field cannot
be expected to meet exact manufacturing specifications, however, the equipment should closely reflect
desired design characteristics.
Since repairs, modifications, and/or changes can alter or detract from the original configuration, such
equipment shall be air worthy, safe, and adequate for its intended use.
Unpacking. Each component of the LVADS Ancillary Equipment is separately packaged. Use care
when unpacking equipment to avoid damage. Save all containers, shipping cartons, and crates for reuse
when possible.
Checking Unpacked Equipment
1. Inspect the equipment for damage incurred during shipping. If the equipment has been damaged,
report damage on an SF 364, Report of Discrepancy. USAF personnel use SF 364 IAW T.O. 00-
35D-54, USAF (Deficiency Reporting and Investigating System) and AFI 21-115 (Deficiencies Across
Component Lines) Chapter 5.
2. Check the equipment against the packing slip to see if the shipment is complete. Report all
discrepancies in accordance with the instructions of DA PAM 738-750 or DA PAM 738-751, as
applicable. USAF personnel use SF 364 IAW T.O. 00-35D-54, USAF (Deficiency Reporting and
Investigating System) and AFI 21-115 (Deficiencies Across Component Lines) Chapter 5.
3. Note damage on DA Form 2404, Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet, and initiate
corrective maintenance procedures in accordance with Section VI of this chapter. USAF personnel
use DD Form 2332 (Material Deficiency Exhibit).
Processing Unpacked Equipment
1. Only a qualified parachute rigger shall accomplish the processing of unpacking airdrop equipment.
2. Check DA PAM 25-30 for Maintenance Work Orders (MWO) applicable to your equipment. If any
MWOs are listed, check DA Form 2408-5, Equipment Modification Record, to see if MWOs have
been applied to the equipment. The MWO number will be shown near the equipment nomenclature
label. If a current MWO is listed in DA PAM 25-30, but there is no evidence that it has been applied
to the equipment you are processing, note the discrepancy on DA Form 2404, Equipment Inspection
and Maintenance Worksheet.
3. Inspect the items as outlined in WPs 0005 00 and 0006 00, PMCS, and WP 0007 00, INSPECTION.
4. Clean and dry the LVADS Ancillary Equipment according to WP 0008 00. A compressed air hose
may be used to remove foreign material from inaccessible locations.
Parachute Log Record. The Army Parachute Log Record, DA Form 3912, is a history-type
maintenance document, which accompanies the item through the period of service of the individual
assembly. The log record provides a means of recording maintenance actions performed on the item.
Normally, a log record is initiated and attached to the item upon receipt by a using unit. However, if the
item is subjected to alteration or modification by a maintenance activity during the interim period from
date of manufacture to receipt by a using unit, the log record will be prepared by the activity performing
the maintenance function.
0003 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0003 00
Once initiated, a log record will be attached to and contained on the item until such time as the item is
destroyed or rendered unfit for further use or repair.
Additionally, should an item that requires a log record be transferred from one unit to another, the log
record for the item will accompany the item in the transfer action. A prepared log record will not be
removed or separated from the item, except as directed by the local airdrop equipment maintenance
activity officer. A log record which is illegible, lost, damaged, soiled, or precludes further entries due to
lack of space will be replaced upon the next repack or inspection, as applicable, with a serviceable item
from stock.
Installing Attaching Tie. Install attaching tie as follows:
1. Cut a 30-inch length of tape, lacing and tying waxed nylon thread (Item 28, WP 0125 00) and double
the lacing length to form a 15-inch length, double strand.
2. Pass looped end of the double lacing length around the centerfold of the log record and form a slip
loop on the outside at the log record top.
3. Pass lacing length running ends through the corner attaching hole from the front cover of log record
book.
0003 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0003 00
4. Ensure running ends are routed over that part of the lacing length located along the log record
centerfold.
5. Complete the attachment tie by making a half hitch on top of the slip loop made in step 2., above.
6. Attach the log record to the item at a convenient point.
Accomplishing a Log Record. Upon completion of first technical/rigger-type inspection, the individual
performing the inspection will initially prepare a log record for the item and accomplish subsequent record
entries using the following procedures:
NOTE
Log record book entries will be made with a suitable type blue or black
marking device that cannot be erased.
0003 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0003 00
1. Inside front cover. Using the information provided on the item make the following entries on the
inside front cover of the log record. Entries may be continued on the inside of the back cover, if
necessary.
a. Serial number. Enter the item serial number.
b. Type. Enter the type of item.
c. Part number. Enter the part number of the item.
d. Date of Manufacture. Enter the month and year the item was manufactured.
e. Manufacturer. Enter the name of the manufacturer.
f. Canopy Contract Number. Enter the entire contract number specified for the item.
g. Station and Unit. Enter the name of the station and unit to which the item is currently assigned.
When the item is transferred permanently to another station and/or unit, original entry will be lined
out and the name of the receiving station and/or unit will be entered.
2. Inside Back Cover. Entries may be continued on the inside back cover, if necessary.
0003 00-5
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0003 00
3. Modification Work Order (MWO) Compliance Record Page. When a modification is performed on an
item, the following entries will be made on the “Modification Work Order Compliance Record” pages
of the Log Record.
a. MWO Number. Enter publication number and date of Modification Work Order (MWO) that
describes MWO (Item 1, Illustration on following page).
b. MWO Title. Enter a short, abbreviated title extracted from the MWO prescribing the work.
c. Modified By. Enter the last name of the individual who has performed the modification. If the
original log record for the item has been lost, and it has been ascertained through inspection that
a particular modification has been accomplished, the entry for this column will be C/W,
COMPLIED WITH (Item 2, Illustration below), which signifies the applicable MWO has been
complied with.
d. Inspected By. The individual who accomplished the inspection required after modification will
sign this entry with their last name only.
e. Unit. Enter the unit designation responsible for performing the MWO or in the event of a lost Log
Record, the unit to which the inspector is assigned.
f. Date. Enter the date (day, month, and year) the modification work was completed.
4. Unit and Direct Support Repair and Inspection Data. When an item is initially received from a supply
source and a technical/rigger-type inspection is performed, the inspection accomplishment will be
documented on the “Unit and Intermediate Repair and Inspection Data” page of the individual
Parachute Log Record. Additional entries will also be made on this page each time the item is
repaired or is administered an inspection in compliance with a Maintenance Advisory Message
(MAM) or Ground Precautionary Message (GPM). The page completion criteria is as follows:
a. Type of Repair. Enter the type of repair, completion of initial inspection, repair accomplishment,
or MAM or GPM compliance.
0003 00-6
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0003 00
b. Inspection By. The individual who accomplished the inspection required will sign this entry with
last name.
c. Unit. Enter the unit designation responsible for performing the type of repair.
d. Date. Enter the date (day, month and year) the repair was performed.
5. Note Page. A page is provided at the back of the parachute log record to accommodate recording of
additional data pertinent to the serviceability them item. This shall also include the month and year
the item was placed in service.
6. Jump, Inspection, and Repack Data Page. Beginning with the initial inspection of an item and each
time the item is administered a routine inspection, make the applicable entries on the JUMP,
INSPECTION, AND REPACK DATA page of the log record as follows:
0003 00-7
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0003 00
a. Date. Enter the data (day, month, and year) of each inspection action applied to the item. These
actions include the initial inspection and routine inspection.
b. Routine Inspection. Enter a checkmark when an item is administered a routine inspection.
c. Jumped or Dropped. No entry required.
d. Packer’s Name. The rigger performing the routine inspection, as applicable will sign this entry.
e. Inspector’s Name. The inspector who has performed the pack-in-process inspection or routine
inspection, as applicable, will sign this entry.
NOTE
A parachute log record that is completely filled out, lost, illegible, or

in an otherwise unserviceable condition, will be replaced with a
serviceable log record.
7. Replacing a filled out or unserviceable log record.
a. Using a suitable blue or black marking device, enter NEW BOOK on the outside front cover of the
replacement log record.
b. Transcribe the information from the inside front cover of the original log record to the inside front
cover of the replacement log record. If the original data is illegible or missing, use the item
information data block to collect the required data.
c. In the replacement log record; transcribe the initial and last entry made on the JUMP,
INSPECTION, AND REPACK DATA page of the original log record.
d. Transcribe all data from the remaining pages of the original log record to the appropriate pages of
the replacement log record.
e. After all original data has been transcribed, destroy the original log record.
8. Replacing a lost log record.
NOTE
Any time a log record is discovered missing from a an item, a

replacement log record will be initiated during repack or inspection,
as applicable.
a. Using a suitable blue or black marking device, enter NEW BOOK at the top of the inside front
cover of the replacement log record.
b. Accomplish the log record inside front cover as detailed above.
0003 00-8
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0003 00
c. The age life of the item will be obtained from the date of manufacture or, if available, the date the
item was placed into service as indicated on the item information data block. Enter the date
placed in service (initial) and other applicable data on the JUMP, INSPECTION, AND REPACK
DATA page of the log record as detailed above. Enter IN if date placed in service is known. If
unknown, enter UNK.
d. If it can be ascertained by inspection that a previous Modification Work Order (MWO) has been
complied with, applicable entries will be made on the appropriate page of the replacement log
record.
e. Attach the replacement log record to the log record/inspection data pocket using the procedures
detailed above.
COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment
(MTOE) and the Table of Distribution and Allowances (TDA) applicable to your unit. The common hand
tools required for assembly and repair of the ancillary items are listed in WP 0064 00, Table 2., MAC, of
this manual.
SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Common tools are listed in WP 0064 00, Table 2., of this manual. For special tools, see WP 0122 00 of
this manual.
REPAIR PARTS
Repair parts are listed in WPs 0065 00 through 0121 00 of this manual.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0003 00-9/(10 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0004 00

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), INTRODUCTION
GENERAL
The following describe PMCS procedures on the unit support levels. The PMCS table has been provided
to ensure the ancillary equipment is in proper operating condition, and ready for its primary mission.
Be sure to perform your PMCS each time you use the equipment. Always do your PMCS in the same
order, so it gets to be a habit. Once you’ve had some practice, you’ll quickly spot anything wrong.
Do your BEFORE (B) PMCS just before you use the equipment. Pay attention to WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs.
Do your DURING (D) PMCS while you use the equipment. During operation means to check the
equipment and its related components while it is being used. Pay attention to WARNINGs, CAUTIONs
and NOTEs.
Do your AFTER (A) PMCS right after using the equipment. Pay attention to WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and
NOTEs.
Do your WEEKLY (W) PMCS once a week.
Do your MONTHLY (M) PMCS once a month.
Use DA Form 2404 (Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet) to record any faults that you
discover before, during, or after operation, unless you can fix them. You DO NOT need to record faults
that you fix.
Frequency of Performing PMCS. PMCS will be performed before equipment is rigged for use, during
modification and repair, after use, or at any time deemed necessary by the air delivery equipment
maintenance officer.
PMCS Columnar Entries Table 1. Enter data in columns as follows:
Item number. The item number column shall be used as a source of the item number required for the
TM Number column on DA Form 2404 (Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet), when
recording the results of the PMCS.
Interval. This column identifies the required PMCS interval.
Item to be inspected. Contains the common name of the item to be inspected.
Procedures. Provides a brief description of the procedures by which the checks are to be performed.
The items are listed consecutively and the numbers indicate the sequence of minimum inspection
requirements. The types and intervals of inspection required for the platform are as follows:
Routine inspection: Before and after operation.
Technical/Rigger-type Inspection: Before rigging, and before and after maintenance.
Item Number. Item numbers (ITEM No.) shall be assigned to the PMCS procedures. The PMCS
procedures shall be arranged in a logical sequence requiring minimum time and motion on the part of the
person(s) performing them and shall be so arranged that there will be minimum interference between
persons performing the checks simultaneously on the same end item.
0004 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0004 00
Intervals. The designated interval (INTERVAL) (i.e., before, during, after, weekly, etc.) when each check
is to be performed shall be included. Procedures done first or most frequently (i.e., “before” checks and
services) shall appear prior to “during” and “after” checks and services. When more advantageous to the
user intervals shall be sub-grouped by crewmembers(s).
Item to be Checked or Serviced. The items listed (ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED) shall be
identified in as few words as possible to clearly identify the item. Usually the common name (e.g. EFTC,
2-point link, clevis, etc.) will be enough.
Procedures. The procedure (PROCEDURE) by which each check is to be performed, as well as any
information required to accomplish each check or service, including lubrication, appropriate tolerances,
adjustment limits, and instrument gage readings shall be provided. Whenever replacement or repair is
recommended, the maintenance task shall be included or the applicable maintenance instruction work
package may be referenced.
SCOPE
The following work packages (WP 0007 00 through WP 0060 00) contain maintenance procedures that
are the responsibility of the specified technician, as authorized by the Maintenance Allocation Chart
(MAC), and the Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) coded items that are identified in the
Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL).
MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS/PROCEDURES
Each of the mentioned work packages above identifies a maintenance function specified in the MAC. All
maintenance procedures required to complete a maintenance function are identified under “This Task
Covers:” in the order in which the work is most logically accomplished.
LUBRICATION INTERVAL
Not applicable.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)

Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any
corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements
can be made to prevent the problem in future items.
While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals, it can also include deterioration of other
materials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of these
materials may be a corrosion problem.
If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using Standard Form SF 368, Product Quality
Deficiency Report. Use of keywords such as "corrosion,” "rust," "deterioration," or "cracking" will ensure
that the information is identified as a CPC problem. The form should be submitted to the address
specified in DA PAM 738-750, Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management System
(TAMMS).
Equipment Not Ready/Available If. A brief statement of the condition (EQUIPMENT NOT
READY/AVAILABLE IF) (e.g., malfunction, shortage) that would cause the equipment to be less than fully
ready to perform its assigned mission shall be provided.
Recording Defects. All defects discovered during the inspection will be recorded using the applicable
specifics in DA Pamphlet 738-750.
0004 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0004 00
Inspection Function Requirement. Normally, air delivery equipment maintenance personnel at a

rigging activity will perform a technical/rigger-type inspection. The inspection of initial receipt items will be
performed as a separate function from the rigging activity; the item to be inspected will be placed in a
suitable sized floor area. Should defect or damage be discovered at any point during the inspection, the
inspection will be terminated and the applicable item will be repaired.
Should defect or damage be discovered at any point during the inspection, the inspection will be
terminated and the applicable item will be processed and forwarded to repair activity. The repair activity,
in turn, will conduct a technical/rigger-type inspection that will be performed by only those parachute
rigger personnel cited in AR 750-32.
DROP TESTING PROCEDURES
NOTE
Conducted only by authorized units.
Drop testing of airdrop equipment consists of physically air dropping an item from an aircraft in flight. The
drop test proves the serviceability of an item or checks parachute rigger proficiency. It will be performed
under the supervision of qualified parachute rigger personnel who satisfy the supervisory requirements
outlined in AR 750-32. Drop-testing usually will be conducted by an activity responsible for the inspection
and maintenance of airdrop equipment. The criteria required to accomplish a drop test is as follows:
Weight and Conditions. The weight of the test load will be proportional with the standard design load of
the specific parachute being tested. The parachute will be released under conditions consistent with the
requirements for an equipment drop.
Monitoring. During the drop-test of the LVADS, the deployment of the parachute will be thoroughly
monitored and observed to detect any evidence of malfunction or defect. Enter a record of the drop-test
into the applicable parachute log record as follows:
CHECKS AND SERVICES

Table 1 contains a tabulated listing of organizational preventive maintenance checks and services, which
must be performed by a qualified rigger.
Common Checks to the LVADS Ancillary Equipment. When you perform PMCS procedures, you will
always need a rag or two.
1. Remove debris with a dry stiff bristle brush.
2. Remove dirt and grease with a soap solution composed of one-half cup of dishwashing detergent per
gallon of water. Rinse with clean water. Wipe dry with a clean cloth.
3. Check equipment for rust and corrosion. If any bare metal or corrosion exists, clean, and apply a thin
coat of oil, unless otherwise stated. Report it to your supervisor.
4. Check all bolts, nuts and screws for obvious looseness, missing, bent, or broken condition. Look for
chipped paint, bare metal, or rust around bolts heads. If you find a bolt, nut or screw you think is
loose, tighten it or report it to your supervisor.
5. On welded items, look for loose or chipped paint, rust, or gaps where parts are welded together. If
you find a bad weld, report it to your supervisor.
0004 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0004 00
CLEANING AND DRYING

Inspect LVADS Ancillary Equipment after each use for dampness, dirt, or foreign material. Cleaning and
drying may be required to prevent a possible malfunction or deterioration of the item(s). Process
equipment that has been immersed in water as given in WP 0007 00, INSPECTION, and WP 0009 00,
SALT/FRESH-WATER CONTAMINATION TEST. Clean the equipment as follows:
CAUTION
If during the cleaning of LVADS Ancillary Equipment, there exists a

possibility that a substance to be removed contains acid, the item
will be condemned.
Cleaning. The cleaning of airdrop equipment will be held to a minimum and performed only when it is
necessary to eliminate a malfunction potential or the possibility of material deterioration. The cleaning
method must be compatible with the type of material to be cleaned and the nature of the substance to be
removed. Clean LVADS Ancillary Equipment using the following procedures:
Shaking and Brushing. Clean most LVADS Ancillary Equipment assemblies by shaking or gently
brushing with a dry soft-bristle brush. A dry stiff-bristle brush can be used on items made of canvas,
metal, or wood.
Spot-cleaning. Spot-clean soiled areas on a fabric airdrop item that cannot be cleaned by shaking or
brushing as follows:
CAUTION
When rinsing the equipment, do not attempt to wring the equipment

fabric or lines.
Cotton Items
1. Spot-clean a cotton item by rubbing the soiled area with a clean cloth and a solution composed of
one-half cup of hand dishwashing detergent (liquid or powdered) dissolved in one gallon of warm
water.
2. Once the foreign substance has been removed, rinse the cleaned area by repeating the rubbing
process with clean portion of the cloth that has been dampened with fresh clean water.
3. Do not wring out the rinsed area.
4. Allow the applicable item to dry thoroughly.
Nylon and Rayon Items

1. A soiled nylon or rayon item may be spot cleaned using the cleaning procedures detailed above.
2. A soiled area cleaned with the soap and water solution will be rinsed with fresh, clean water and
allowed to dry thoroughly.
3. Do not attempt to wring out the material that has been cleaned and rinsed.
0004 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0004 00
Plastic and Wood Items

1. Spot cleaning of a plastic or wood item will be accomplished by using procedures from the Spot-
cleaning paragraph detailed on the previous page, as required.
2. Imperfections on plastic items may be removed by buffing with crocus cloth. Similar defects on wood
items can be fixed with a suitable grade of sandpaper.
3. When applicable, ensure that any adjacent fabric is not damaged when buffing or sanding.
Metal Items
1. Remove any burrs, rough spots, rust, or corrosion on metal items that cannot be eliminated by
brushing or spot cleaning (Shaking and Brushing paragraph and Spot-cleaning paragraph detailed on
the previous page) by buffing and polishing with crocus cloth or steel wool. Ensure that any adjacent
materials are not harmed when filing, buffing, or polishing.
2. When the metal item has been properly smoothed, remove all oils and filings by brushing and dipping
in a soap and water solution.
3. When dried, spray the metal item with a dry film lubricant and allow to air dry for 24-hours and put the
item back into service.
4. Shield any adjacent fabric when spraying dry film lubricant to prevent saturation.
5. Small amounts of lubricant will not damage fabric, but may cause discoloration and make fabric
appear soiled.
Drying
1. Suspend or elevate wet or damp LVADS Ancillary Equipment in a well-ventilated room or in a heated
drying room.
2. Item drying time may be reduced through the use of electric circulating fans.
3. When heat is used, the temperature will not be higher than 160qF (71.5qC), with a preferred
temperature at 140qF (60.0qC) until the item is dry.
4. Fabric or wooden items will not be dried in direct sunlight by laying an item out on the ground, except
in an emergency.
CLEANING AGENTS
WARNING
DO NOT use diesel fuel, gasoline, or benzene (benzol) for cleaning.
NOTE
All PMCS inspections will be a Technical/Rigger Inspection.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0004 00-5/(6 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
BEFORE PROCEDURES
NOTE
Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
B – Before D – During A – After

INTERVAL ITEM TO BE CHECKED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/
ITEM NO.
B D A OR SERVICED AVAILABLE IF:
1 • Multi-Loop Line. Inspect Multi-loop line has loose or

multi-loop line (1) for lose or broken stitching, cuts, worn or
broken stitching, cuts, worn or frayed webbing, or foreign
frayed webbing and presence matter present.
of foreign matter. Refer to WP
0012 00.
0005 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - continued

ITEM NO.
B D A OR SERVICED AVAILABLE IF:
2 • Extraction Force Transfer Extraction force transfer

Coupling. Ensure that all coupling (1) is not complete,
parts are present and spring guide rod shows
securely fastened together. bending or a curvature
Check for a bent Spring against a straight edge, latch
Guide Rod, check for free pin is bent, sticks in one
movement of actuator arm position, binds, is dirty, or
latching pin, ensure the three debris is found in the latch pin
(3) self locking nuts on 3- assembly inside actuator,
point link assembly are tight, threads of bolts do not
check for a misaligned dot protrude from self locking
and arrow, ensure cam of 3- nuts by two (2) threads or are
point link and latch are at least flush with the three
properly seated, check EFTC self locking nuts, dot and
for positive lock and arrow are not aligned within a
operation. Inspect extraction 1/16-inch but lock link is fully
force transfer coupling (1) for seated into catch slot,
presence of foreign matter. extraction force has foreign
Refer to WP 0013 00. matter present.
Change 2 0005 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

INTERVAL EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED
READY/
NO. B D A OR SERVICED
AVAILABLE IF:
3 • EFTC Link Adapter Link assembly adapter (1)

Assembly. Inspect link has rough areas, bends, or
assembly adapter (1) for rough cracks. Threads (2) are
areas, bends, or cracks. stripped.
Ensure that threads (2) are not
stripped or damaged. Refer to
WP 0014 00.
4 • EFTC 3- Point Link Adapter Assembly (1) is inoperable

Assembly. Check each link or has excessive wear,
assembly (three point) for bends, breaks, or weld
proper parts and assembly. separation.
Check assembly (1) operation. Cam does not rotate
Inspect for excessive wear, freely. Cam does not
bends, breaks, or weld properly engage with an
separation. open latch assembly, dot
and arrow are misaligned.
Check for proper orientation of
the cam with the extraction
and deployment line for the
load.
NOTE
The cam may be reoriented by
loosening the locking nut,
removing the pin and
reinserting the cam in the
desired orientation.
0005 00-3 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM TO BE CHECKED
ITEM NO. READY/
B D A OR SERVICED
AVAILABLE IF:
4 - continued • EFTC 3- Point Link Adapter

Assembly. Ensure the
locking nuts securing the
three-point link are properly
adjusted to allow the cam to
rotate freely.
Tighten the three-point link
assembly locking nuts fully
and back off one half turn so
the cam and spools rotate
freely.
Check for the proper
engagement of the cam with
an open latch assembly. The
cam must fit without
interference and seat properly
into the latch assembly when
the latch is manually relocked
and the dot and arrow are
aligned.
NOTE
If different cams are tried and
none will engage and seat
properly in the latch, the latch
shall be tagged “defective-
latch” and set aside. Refer to
WP 0015 00.
Change 2 0005 00-4

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED
READY/
NO. B D A OR SERVICED
AVAILABLE IF:
5 • EFTC Latch Assembly. Latch assembly coupling

Inspect latch assembly has rough areas, bends, or
coupling for rough areas, cracks, or foreign material
bends, cracks, or foreign is present, ½-inch
material. Check for any loose diameter pins in latch side
pins in the latch assembly and plates are loose, upper
re-stake if necessary. retainer nut not flush with
the latch assembly
All latch assemblies must be
housing, retainer hook (1)
checked prior to every airdrop.
does not release when the
Visually inspect if the ½-inch
latch assembly adapter is
diameter pins in latch side
activated, dot and arrow
plates, that secure retainer
marking misalignment,
and catch are separate pins or
loose pins in the latch
if they are integral fixed pins
assembly.
optional one-piece
construction. If the retainer
and catch are one-piece
construction, staking is not
necessary. If they are not,
check for loose pins on the
retainer catch and lock link as
follows:
1. Using a flat surface 3/8-inch
diameter (or less) pin or
bolt, tap gently with a
hammer on each end of
the ½-inch diameter latch
pin.
2. If the pins are loose and
can fall through the side
plates re-stake pins by
obtaining a hardened (50
Rockwell C hardness or
higher) center punch.
3. Place the assembled latch
on a solid level surface
and place tip of punch
approximately 1/16 -inch
from the edge of the ½inch
diameter hole in the side
plates.
0005 00-5 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM TO BE CHECKED
ITEM NO. READY/
B D A OR SERVICED
AVAILABLE IF:
5- • 4. Strike punch with a hammer See previous page.

continued to cause 3/32-inch dimple and
slight flow of metal towards
the inside edge of the hole
which will then retain the
latch.
5. Repeat the stacking at four
places (90 degrees apart fro
each latch pin).
Re-check for loose pins as
described above. Check that the
retainer hook releases when the
latch assembly adapter is
activated.
Inspect latch assembly and
identify “dot and arrow” marking
misalignment. Ensure upper
retainer nut is tight and flush with
the latch assembly housing.
Manually operate the latch in
accordance with FM 4.20-102
(10-500-2)/TO 13C7-1-5. Apply
thumb pressure on the catch to
overcome the spring pressure
and lift up the catch.
Collapse the linkage manually by
pushing down on top of retainer
hook end. Latch shall relock
manually with dot and arrow
aligned. Refer to WP 0017 00
Change 2 0005 00-6

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
OR SERVICED AVAILABLE IF:
B D A
6 • Latch Connector Assembly. Latch assembly connector

Inspect latch connector assembly has rough areas, bends or
(1) for rough areas, bends, or cracks, or foreign material is
cracks. Ensure that threads are not present.
stripped or damaged. Refer to WP
0016 00.
7 • EFTC Cable Assembly. Inspect When measured with spring

cables prior to every drop by scale, manual force exceeds
extending the cable straight. 10-lbs. Birdcage effect is
Check for free movement of inner present or damage to inner
cable by separately pulling on cable is evident. Cable (1)
each cable. Inspect both ends of has bends or kinks. Cable
inner cable for birdcage effect or does not move freely within
damage. Inspect cable (1) for its cover. Cable’s cover is
bends or kinks. Check that cable broken or damaged.
moves freely within its cover. Terminals (2) do not operate
Ensure that cable’s cover is not properly. Adjusting collar set
broken, that the terminals screws (3) is loose. Yokes
(2)operate properly. Ensure that (4) have rough areas, bends,
the adjusting collar set screws (3) or cracks. Shank pins (5) or
is tight. Inspect yokes (4) for rough cotter pins (6) are missing.
areas, bends, or cracks. Ensure
that shank pins (5) and cotter pins
(6) are present. Refer to WP 0018
00.
0005 00-7 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
8 • EFTC Actuator Assembly. All Assembly (1) is inoperable

actuator assemblies must be or has excessive wear,
checked prior to every airdrop. bends, breaks, or weld
Check assembly (1) operation. separation. Safety pin (2)
Inspect for excessive wear, bends, and cam arm spring (3) are
breaks, or weld separation. Check missing. Actuator arm (5) is
that safety pin (2) and the cam arm bent, the axle nut (4) is
spring (3) are present. Ensure the loose, or there is excessive
axle nut (4) is not loose, the play between arm and axle.
actuator arm (5) is not bent, and Distance measured is 2 ½-
there is not excessive play inches or more, the arm will
between arm and axle. Rotate the not lock in the horizontal
arm to the locked position and position under the action of
insert the locking pin to safety the the spring lever.
arm. Measure the distance from
the center on the cable-connecting
hole to the outside surface of the
housing slot where the cable
extends through. If the distance
measures 2 ½-inches or more, the
actuator arm or actuator link is
defective and will not allow proper
cable movement. If the distance is
less than 2 ½-inches, the actuator
is acceptable. Check the actuator
by carefully removing the locking
pin and slowly rotating the arm
manually and confirm the arm will
lock in the horizontal position
under the action of the spring
lever. Refer to WP 0019 00.
Change 2 0005 00-8

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
9 • M-1 Cargo Parachute Release. Release (1) does not

Check release (1) operation. operate properly. Timer is
Ensure that, when using a 15- not accurate. Release is
second timer, it activates within 12 worn or has foreign material
and 16-seconds. Check for present.
excessive wear or foreign material.
Refer to WP 0020 00.
NOTE
The original Face Plate Bolts, NSN 5306-00-207-8362/Part Number AN6-
25A has been temporarily replaced by NSN 5306-00-638-5821/Part
Number AN6H-25A (H denotes a hole drilled in the bolt head). Either
bolt is acceptable until the original bolt is brought back into the inventory.
0005 00-9 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
10 • Lanyard Arming Wire. Inspect Lanyard (1) has loose or

lanyard (1) for loose or broken broken stitching, cuts, or
stitching, cuts, worn or frayed worn or frayed webbing, or
webbing, and presence of foreign foreign material is present.
matter. Inspect reworked arming Safety tie is misrouted,
wire lanyards by insuring the improperly tied or secured
safety tie (type I ¼-inch cotton with of the wrong material.
webbing) is properly routed and Four small identification
secured. Reworked arming wire marks are not present or
lanyards can be identified by four flared ends.
small identification marks located
around the circumference of the
copper crimping sleeve, in
addition, both ends should be
flared. Refer to WP 0020 00.
Verify length of lanyard. If
necessary, fabricate a 25-foot
lanyard for the M-2 Release IAW
WP 0021-00.
Change 2 0005 00-10

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
11 • Parachute Connector. Inspect Connector (1) has bends,

connector (1) for bends, cracks, burrs, or rough areas.
burrs, and rough areas. Check if Threads are stripped or
threads are stripped or cracked. cracked. Arms (2) do not
engage into the retaining
Check if arms (2) engage into the
clamp.
retaining clamp. Refer to WP 0022
00.
12 • Timer Delay Assembly. Inspect Timer assembly (1) has

timer assembly (1) for bends, bends, cracks, burrs, or
cracks, burrs, rough areas, and rough areas or foreign
foreign material. Verify any timer material is present. Timer
delay assemblies under CAGEC delay assembly is identified
Code 3N257. If found, refer to WP under CAGEC Code 3N257.
0023 00. Check if timer activates Timer does not activate at
at the appropriate time and if stem the appropriate time or stem
(2) rotates freely in mounting (2) does not rotate freely in
block. Ensure that keys (3) retract mounting block. Keys (3) do
at the end of time sequence. Refer not retract at the end of
to WP 0023 00. timing sequence.
0005 00-11 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
13 • Lower Link Suspension. Inspect Link (1) has bends, breaks,

link (1) for bends, breaks, cracks, or cracks. Surfaces have
burrs, and rough areas. Check for burrs or rough areas.
stripped or damaged threads. Threads are stripped or
Refer to WP 0020 00. damaged.
14 • M-2 Cargo Parachute Release Release (1) does not

(42,000-lbs). Check release (1) operate properly. Timer is
operation. Ensure that, when using not accurate. Release is
a 15-second timer, it activates worn or has foreign material
within 12- and 16-seconds. Check present. Lower suspension
for excessive wear or foreign links do not rotate freely.
material. Check lanyard (2) for
frayed material, cuts, and loose or
broken stitching. Check to ensure
free rotation of the lower
suspension links. Refer to WP
0021 00.
Change 2 0005 00-12

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
15 • Type IV Single Suspension Link Link (1) has bends, breaks,

Assembly. Inspect link (1) for or cracks. Surfaces have
bends, breaks, cracks, burrs, or burrs or rough areas. Button
rough areas. Ensure proper (2) or lock (3) does not
operation of button (2) and lock function properly.
(3). Refer to WP 0024 00.
NOTE
No longer authorized for LVAD after 31 December 2003.
16 • Heavy-Duty Link Assembly. Plate (1) or spacer (2) has

Inspect plates (1) and spacers (2) rough areas, bends, breaks,
for rough areas, bends, breaks, or or cracks. Threads (3) are
cracks. Ensure that threads (3) damaged or stripped.
are not stripped or damaged. Refer
to WP 0025 00.
0005 00-13 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
17 • 4-Point Link. Inspect four-point Link (1) has rough areas,

link (1) for rough areas, bends, bends, breaks, and cracks.
breaks, and cracks. Ensure Fasteners have stripped or
fastener threads (2) are not damaged threads (2).
0026 00.
18 • Type IV Cover Link. Inspect Cover has loose or broken

cover (1) for loose or broken stitches, tears, damaged
stitches, tears, damaged cord (2), cord (2), or foreign matter
or foreign material. Refer to WP present.
0027 00.
NOTE
Change 2 0005 00-14

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
19 • Aerial Delivery Clevis. Inspect Clevis (1) has rough areas,

clevis (1) for rough areas, bends, bends, breaks, and cracks.
fastener threads (2) are not damaged threads (2).
0028 00.
20 • Clevis Cover. Inspect cover (1) Cover (1) has loose or

for loose or broken stitches, tears, broken stitches, tears,
broken grommets (2), or foreign grommets (2)are broken, or
material. Refer to WP 0029 00. foreign material is present.
0005 00-15 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
21 • Single Knife Parachute Release Strap (1) has loose or

Strap. Inspect strap (1) for loose broken stitching, cuts, worn
or broken stitching, cuts, worn and or frayed webbing, or foreign
frayed webbing, or presence of material is present. Knife (2)
foreign material. Check knife (2) or fastener (3) has rough
and fastener (3) for rough areas, areas, bends, breaks, or
bends, breaks, and cracks. Check cracks. Knife edge (4) is dull.
knife edge (4) for sharpness. Ferrule (5) does not cover
Ensure that ferrule (5) operates the safety aperture (6) when
properly. Refer to WP 0030 00. unscrewed to the full open
position.
22 • Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap (1) has loose or

Strap. Inspect strap (1) for loose broken stitching, cuts, worn
or broken stitching, cuts, worn and or frayed webbing, or foreign
frayed webbing, or presence of material is present. A knife
foreign material. Check knives (2) (2) has rough areas, bends,
for rough areas, bends, breaks and breaks, or cracks or its edge
cracks, and knife edges (3) for (3) is dull. A ferrule (4) does
sharpness. Ensure that ferrules (4) not cover the safety aperture
operate properly. Refer to WP (5) when unscrewed to the
0031 00. full open position.
Change 2 0005 00-16

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
23 • 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly. Link (1) has rough areas,

Inspect three-point link (1) for rough bends, breaks, and cracks.
areas, bends, breaks, and cracks. Fasteners have stripped or
Ensure fastener threads (2) are not damaged threads (2).
0032 00.
2
1
24 • M-35 Suspension Bracket. Inspect Bracket (1) has rough

bracket (1) for rough areas, bends, areas, bends, breaks, and
breaks, and cracks. Ensure cracks. Fasteners have
fastener threads (2) are not stripped stripped or damaged
or damaged. Refer to WP 0033 00. threads (2).
0005 00-17 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
25 • M-59 Suspension Bracket. Bracket (1) has rough areas,

Inspect bracket (1) for rough bends, breaks, and cracks.
areas, bends, breaks, and cracks. Fasteners have stripped or
Ensure fastener threads (2) are not damaged threads (2).
0034 00.
26 • Suspension Plate. Inspect plate Plate (1) has rough areas,

(1) for rough areas, bends, breaks bends, breaks, and cracks.
and cracks. Refer to WP 0035 00.
Change 2 0005 00-18

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
27 • 10K Cargo Tie-down. Inspect tie- Tie-down (1) has loose or

down (1) loose or broken stitching, broken stitching or frayed
frayed webbing, foreign material, webbing, foreign material is
or a defective binder (2). Refer to present, or the binder (2) is
WP 0036 00. defective.
28 • Quick Release Cargo Tie-down. Tie-down (1) has loose or

Inspect tie-down (1) loose or broken stitching or frayed
broken stitching, frayed webbing, webbing, foreign material is
foreign material, or a defective present, or the quick-release
quick-release lever (2). Refer to lever (2) is defective.
WP 0037 00.
0005 00-19 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
29 • Type IV Drive-Off Aid. Inspect Drive-off aid has loose or

drive-off aid (1) for loose or broken stitching or frayed
broken stitching, frayed webbing, webbing. Foreign material is
or foreign material. Refer to WP present.
0038 00.
30 • Aircraft Cargo Tie-down. Tie-down chain (1) has weak

Inspect tie-down chain (1) for links, rough areas, bends,
weak links, rough areas, bends, breaks, or cracks. Rust or
breaks, cracks, rust, or foreign foreign material is present.
material. Ensure turnbuckle Turnbuckle threads are
threads (2) are not stripped or stripped or damaged.
damaged. Refer to WP 0039 00.
Change 2 0005 00-20

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
31 • 3 ¾-Inch, 2-Point Link. Inspect Plate (1) or spacer (2) has

plates (1) and spacers (2) for rough areas, bends, breaks,
rough areas, bends, breaks, or or cracks. Threads (3) are
are not stripped or damaged.
32 • 5 ½-Inch, 2-Point Link. Inspect Plate (1) or spacer (2) has

plates (1) and spacers (2) for rough areas, bends, breaks,
rough areas, bends, breaks, or or cracks. Threads (3) are
are not stripped or damaged.
0005 00-21 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
33 • Release Away Static Line Static line has loose or

Assembly. Check for loose or broken stitching or frayed or
broken stitches. Inspect for frays, cut webbing, damaged or
burns, cuts or tears in webbing and missing hardware. Release
sleeve. Check for loose or broken does not move freely or is
stitches, as well as missing or twisted.
damaged hardware (grommets 1-
inch connector link). Ensure
release line can move freely and
there are no visible twists. Refer to
WP 0042 00.
Change 2 0005 00-22

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
34 • Extraction Parachute Jettison Loose or damaged

System. Check that all cables are Connector.
securely connected.
Blue LEDs on control box and blue Circuit can not be completed
LED on each Y-connector must
light to indicate complete circuit.
Blue LED lamp(s) must light to Any load is not connected to

indicate the number of loads the system properly.
connected to the system.
Check EPJD for squib-fired Squib is fired or

condition. malfunctioning.
Check that safety cap is installed Safety cap and squib cable
on squib cable and squib cable is not installed on squib.
installed on squib. Refer to WP
0043 00.
MAIN CABLE
INTERCONNECT INTERCONNECT INTERCONNECT
115 VAC CABLE CABLE CABLE
POWER
CABLE Y CONNECTOR Y CONNECTOR Y CONNECTOR Y CONNECTOR
28 VDC
POWER PLATFORM PLATFORM
SUPPLY CONTROL
BOX CABLE CABLE
INITIATOR INITIATOR
POWER SIMULATOR SIMULATOR
CABLE
0005 00-23 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
35 • Extraction Parachute Jettison Device is not complete or

Device. Check device for has foreign matter present.
presence of foreign matter. Squib installation date is not
Ensure that all parts are present notated or exceeds specified
and securely fastened together. limit.
Ensure safety pin is installed in
cutter block on EPJD-H. Ensure
squib installation date is notated.
Refer to WP 0044 00 and WP
0044 01.
WARNING
EPJD EPJD-H
36 • Y-Connector. Check Y-connector Y-connector has been forced

for secure attachment. Ensure off mounting area. LED does
LED illuminates when lamp test is not illuminate when Lamp
depressed. Refer to WP 0045 00. Test is depressed.
Change 2 0005 00-24

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
37 • Y-Connector Mounting Box Mounting box cannot

(C-130, C-141, C-17). Check for secure Y-connector.
missing components, proper
operation of extendable arms,
ability to mount Y-connector to both
positions, and damage. Refer to
WP 0046 00.
38 • Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-5). Mounting box cannot

Check for missing components, secure Y-connector.
ability to mount Y-connector, and
damage. Refer to WP 0046 00.
0005 00-25 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
39 • Control Box. Check for missing Box is not complete or

components and damage affecting obvious damage is found
functionality. Refer to WP 0047 00. affecting functionality.
40 • Squib Cable. Check flexible cable Cable wrap is damaged to

wrap for excessive abrasions, cuts, the point of losing protective
wear, and deformation. Check function. Connector pins are
connector pins using pin gauge. damaged, missing or
Refer to WP 0044 00 and 0044 01. recessed.
J4 TO PLATFORM CABLE J5 TO SQUIB
Change 2 0005 00-26

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
41 • Extraction Parachute Jettison Cable is damaged. Pins are

System, Cables. Check cables bent/misaligned.
for cuts, nicks, or dry rot. Check
helical wrap for excessive wear or
damage. Check for broken cable
covering. Check for cracked plug
or damaged connectors. Make
sure connector pins are straight
and aligned with mating
receptacle. Refer to WPs 0048 00
– 0051 00, 0055 00, and 0056 00.
FXC
P/N 811-
42 • Protective Cover. Check for rips, Protective cover has rips,

tears, holes, loose or damaged tears, holes, loose or
fastener tape, and damaged or damaged fastener tape, or
missing grommets. Refer to WP damaged or missing
0052 00. grommets.
0005 00-27 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
43 • Y-Connector Mounting Box Tie- Tie-down bracket cannot

down Bracket (C-5). Check tie- secure Y-connector
down bracket for missing mounting box.
components, ability to mount Y-
connector mounting box, and
44 • Safety Cap. Check that safety Safety cap is missing or

cap is installed on squib cable and damaged.
for damage. Refer to WP 0057 00.
Change 2 0005 00-28

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
45 • Initiator Simulator. Check for Initiator simulator is not

missing components and damage complete or obvious damage
affecting functionality. Functional is found affecting
check before every use. Refer to functionality. Fails test
WP 0058 00. procedure in WP 0058 00.
Calibration is 180 days. Calibration date is missing.
46 • Squib Tester. Check for missing Squib tester is not complete

components and damage affecting or obvious damage is found
functionality. Batteries are affecting functionality.
serviceable and LEDs illuminate. Batteries are dead or LEDs
Refer to WP 0059 00. do not illuminate.
0005 00-29 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0005 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________


ITEM NO.
B D A
47 • 28 VDC Power Supply. Check for 28 VDC power supply is not

affecting functionality. Refer to WP is found affecting
0060 00. functionality.
48 • Link, Parachute Connector. Link, Parachute Connector

Inspect link for rough areas, bends has rough areas, bends, or
or cracks. cracks. Detent spring does
not operate freely.
49 • Safety Pin. Check safety pin for Safety pin detent not
proper detent function and that functioning properly or
warning tag is present. Refer to warning tag is missing.
WP 0044 00 and 0044 01.
WARNING
END OF TABLE
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 2 0005 00-30

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR LOW VELOCITY AIR DROP SYSTEMS (LVADS) PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
AFTER PROCEDURES
NOTE
Table 2. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

ITEM NO.
B D A
1 • Multi-Loop Line. Inspect multi- Multi-loop line has loose or

loop link for loose or broken broken stitching, cuts, worn or
stitching, cuts, worn or frayed frayed webbing, or foreign
webbing and presence of foreign matter present.
matter. Refer to WP 0012 00.
0006 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
2 • Extraction Force Transfer Extraction force transfer

Coupling. Inspect extraction coupling is not complete or
force transfer coupling for has foreign matter present.
presence of foreign matter.
Ensure that all parts are present
and securely fastened together.
Change 2 0006 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
3 • EFTC Link Adapter Assembly. Link assembly adapter has

Inspect link assembly adapter for rough areas, bends, or
rough areas, bends, or cracks. cracks. Threads are stripped.
Ensure that threads are not
0014 00.
4 • EFTC 3-Point Link Adapter Link assembly, coupling has

Assembly. Inspect link assembly, rough areas, bends, or
coupling for rough areas, bends, or cracks. Threads are stripped.
cracks. Ensure that threads are not
0015 00.
0006 00-3 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
5 • EFTC Latch Assembly. Inspect Latch assembly coupling has

latch assembly coupling for rough rough areas, bends, or
areas, bends, cracks, or foreign cracks, or foreign material is
material. Check that the retainer present. Retainer hook does
hook releases when the latch not release when the latch
assembly adapter is activated. assembly adapter is
Refer to WP 0017 00. activated.
6 • Latch Connector Assembly. Assembly has rough areas,

Inspect for rough areas, bends or bends or cracks. Threads are
cracks. Ensure the threads are not stripped.
0016 00.
Change 2 0006 00-4

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
7 • EFTC Cable Assembly. Inspect Cable has bends or kinks.

cable for bends or kinks. Check Cable does not move freely
that cable moves freely within its within its cover. Cable’s
cover. Ensure that cable’s cover is cover is broken or damaged.
not broken, that the terminals Terminals do not operate
operate properly, and that the properly or threads are
threads are not stripped or stripped or damaged.
damaged. Ensure the adjusting Adjusting collar set screws
collar set screws are tight. Inspect are loose. Yokes have rough
yokes for rough areas, bends, or areas, bends, or cracks.
cracks. Ensure that shank pins Shank pins or cotter pins are
and cotter pins are present. Refer missing.
to WP 0018 00.
8 • EFTC Actuator Assembly. Check Assembly is inoperable or

assembly operation. Inspect for has excessive wear, bends,
excessive wear, bends, breaks, or breaks, or weld separation.
weld separation. Ensure that threads Threads are stripped or
are not stripped or damaged. Check damaged. Safety pin or cam
that safety pin and cam arm spring arm spring is missing.
are present. Ensure that actuator Actuator arm is bent, the axle
arm is not bent, the axle nut is not nut is loose, or there is
loose, and there is not excessive excessive play between arm
play between arm and axle. Refer to and axle.
WP 0019 00.
0006 00-5 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
9 • M-1 Cargo Parachute Release. Release does not operate

Check release operation. Ensure properly. Timer is not
that, when using a 15-second accurate. Release is worn or
timer, it activates within 12 and 16- has foreign material present.
seconds. Check for excessive
wear or foreign material. Refer to
WP 0020 00.
NOTE
The original Face Plate Bolts, NSN 5306-00-207-8362/Part Number AN6-
25A has been temporarily replaced by NSN 5306-00-638-5821/Part
Number AN6H-25A (H denotes a hole drilled in the bolt head). Either bolt
is acceptable until the original bolt is brought back into the inventory.
Change 2 0006 00-6

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
10 • Lanyard has loose or broken

Lanyard Arming Wire. Inspect
stitching, cuts, or worn or
lanyard for loose or broken
frayed webbing, or foreign
stitching, cuts, worn, or frayed
material is present.
webbing, and presence of foreign
matter. Refer to WP 0020 00.
11 • Parachute Connector. Inspect Connector has bends, burrs,

connector for bends, cracks, burrs, or rough areas. Threads are
and rough areas. Check if threads stripped or cracked. Arms do
are stripped or cracked. Check if not engage into the retaining
arms engage into the retainer clamp.
clamp. Refer to WP 0022 00.
0006 00-7 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
12 • Timer Delay Assembly. Inspect Timer assembly has bends,

timer assembly for bends, cracks, cracks, burrs, or rough areas
burrs, rough areas, and foreign or foreign material is present.
material. Check if timer activates at Timer does not activate at the
the appropriate time and if stem appropriate time or stem does
rotates freely in mounting block. not rotate freely in mounting
Ensure that keys retract at the end block. Keys do not retract at
of timing sequence. Refer to WP the end of time sequence.
0023 00.
13 • Lower Link Suspension. Inspect Link has bends, breaks,

link for bends, breaks, cracks, cracks. Surfaces have burrs
burrs, and rough areas. Check for or rough areas. Threads are
stripped or damaged threads. stripped or damaged.
Change 2 0006 00-8

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
14 • M-2 Cargo Parachute Release Release does not operate

(42,000-lbs). Check release properly. Timer is not
operation. Ensure that, when using accurate. Release is worn or
a 15-second timer, it activates has foreign material present.
within 12 and 16-seconds. Check
for excessive wear or foreign
material. Check lanyard for frayed
material, cuts, and loose or broken
stitching. Refer to WP 0021 00.
15 • Type IV Single Suspension Link Link has bends, breaks,

Assembly. Inspect link for bends, cracks. Surfaces have burrs
breaks, cracks, burrs, or rough or rough areas. Button or lock
areas. Ensure proper operation of does not function properly.
button and lock. Refer to WP 0024
00.
NOTE
0006 00-9 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
16 • Heavy-Duty Link Assembly. Plate or spacer has rough

Inspect plates and spacers for areas, bends, breaks, or
rough areas, bends, breaks, or cracks. Threads are damaged
cracks. Ensure that threads are not or stripped.
0025 00.
17 • 4-Point Link. Inspect four-point Link has rough areas, bends,

link for rough areas, bends, breaks, and cracks. Fasteners
breaks, and cracks. Ensure have stripped or damaged
fastener threads are not stripped threads.
or damaged. Refer to WP 0026
00.
Change 2 0006 00-10

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
18 • Type IV Cover Link. Inspect Cover has loose or broken

cover for loose or broken stitches, stitches, tears, damaged cord,
tears, damaged cord, or foreign or foreign matter present.
material. Refer to WP 0027 00.
NOTE
19 • Aerial Delivery Clevis. Inspect Clevis has rough areas,

clevis for rough areas, bends, bends, breaks, and cracks.
fastener threads are not stripped damaged threads.
00.
0006 00-11 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
20 • Clevis Cover. Inspect cover for Cover has loose or broken

loose or broken stitches, tears, stitches, tears, grommets are
broken grommets, or foreign broken, or foreign material is
material. Refer to WP 0029 00. present.
21 • Single Knife Parachute Release Strap has loose or broken

Strap. Inspect strap for loose or stitching, cuts, worn or frayed
broken stitching, cuts, worn and webbing, or foreign material is
frayed webbing, or presence of present. Knife or fastener has
foreign material. Check knife and rough areas, bends, breaks,
fastener for rough areas, bends, or cracks. Knife-edge is dull.
breaks, and cracks. Check knife- Ferrule does not cover the
edge for sharpness. Ensure that safety aperture when
ferrule operates properly. Refer to unscrewed to the full open
WP 0030 00. position.
Change 2 0006 00-12

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
22 • Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap has loose or broken

Strap. Inspect strap for loose or stitching, cuts, worn or frayed
broken stitching, cuts, worn and webbing, or foreign material is
frayed webbing, or presence of present. A knife has rough
foreign material. Check knives for areas, bends, breaks, or
rough areas, bends, breaks, and cracks or its edge is dull. A
cracks and knife-edges for ferrule does not cover the
sharpness. Ensure that ferrules safety aperture when
operate properly. Refer to WP unscrewed to the full open
0031 00. position.
23 • 3-Point Coupling Link Link has rough areas, bends,

Assembly. Inspect three-point link breaks, and cracks. Fasteners
for rough areas, bends, breaks, have stripped or damaged
and cracks. Ensure fastener threads.
threads are not stripped or
damaged. Refer to WP 0032 00.
0006 00-13 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
24 • M-35 Suspension Bracket. Bracket as rough areas,

Inspect bracket for rough areas, bends, breaks, and cracks.
bends, breaks, and cracks. Ensure Fasteners have stripped or
00.
25 • M-59 Suspension Bracket. Bracket has rough areas,

Inspect bracket for rough areas, bends, breaks, and cracks.
bends, breaks, and cracks. Ensure Fasteners have stripped or
00.
Change 2 0006 00-14

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
26 • Suspension Plate. Inspect plate Plate has rough areas, bends,

for rough areas, bends, breaks, breaks, and cracks.
and cracks. Refer to WP 0035 00.
27 • 10K Cargo Tie-down. Inspect tie- Tie-down has loose or broken

down for loose or broken stitching, stitching or frayed webbing,
frayed webbing, foreign material, foreign material is present, or
or a defective binder. Refer to WP the binder is defective.
0036 00.
0006 00-15 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
28 • Quick Release Cargo Tie-down. Tie-down has loose or broken

Inspect tie-down for loose or stitching or frayed webbing,
broken stitching, frayed webbing, foreign material is present, or
foreign material, or a defective the quick-release lever is
quick-release lever. Refer to WP defective.
0037 00.
29 • Type IV Drive-Off Aid. Inspect Drive-off aid has loose or

drive-off aid for loose or broken broken stitching or frayed
stitching, frayed webbing, or webbing. Foreign material is
foreign material. Refer to WP present.
0038 00.
Change 2 0006 00-16

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
30 • Aircraft Cargo Tie-down. Inspect Tie-down chain has rough

tie-down chain for rough areas, areas, bends, breaks, or
bends, breaks, cracks, rust, or cracks. Rust, or foreign
foreign material. Ensure material is present.
turnbuckle threads are not stripped Turnbuckle threads are
or damaged. Refer to WP 0039 stripped or damaged.
00.
31 • 3 ¾-Inch, 2-Point Link. Inspect Link has rough areas, bends,

two-point link for rough areas, breaks, and cracks. Fasteners
bends, breaks, and cracks. Ensure have stripped or damaged
fastener threads are not stripped threads.
00.
0006 00-17 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
32 • 5 ½-Inch, 2-Point Link. Inspect Link has rough areas, bends,

two-point link for rough areas, breaks, and cracks.
bends, breaks, and cracks. Fasteners have stripped or
Ensure fastener threads are not damaged threads.
stripped or damaged. Refer to
WP 0041 00.
33 • Release Away Static Line Static line has loose or

Assembly. Check for loose or broken stitching or frayed or
broken stitches. Inspect for frays, cut webbing, damaged or
burns cuts or tears in webbing and missing hardware. Release
sleeve. Check for loose or broken does not move freely or is
stitches, as well as missing or twisted.
damaged hardware (grommets, 1-
inch connector link). Ensure
release line can move freely and
there are no visible twists. Refer
to WP 0042 00.
Change 2 0006 00-18

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
34 • Extraction Parachute Jettison Cable is damaged.

System. Check all cables for
damage.
Squib is fired.
Check EPJD for squib-fired
condition. Refer to WP 0043 00.
MAIN CABLE
INTERCONNECT INTERCONNECT INTERCONNECT
115 VAC CABLE CABLE CABLE
POWER
CABLE Y CONNECTOR Y CONNECTOR Y CONNECTOR Y CONNECTOR
28 VDC
POWER PLATFORM PLATFORM
SUPPLY CONTROL
BOX CABLE CABLE
INITIATOR INITIATOR
POWER SIMULATOR SIMULATOR
CABLE
35 • Extraction Parachute Jettison Device is not complete or has

Device. Check device for presence foreign matter present. Squib
of foreign matter. Ensure that all installation date is not notated
parts are present and securely or exceeds specified limit.
fastened together. Ensure safety On EPJD-H ball detents fail to
pin is installed in cutter block on retract.
EPJD-H. Ensure squib installation
date is notated. Refer to WP 0044
00 and WP 0044 01. On EPJD-H
observe that ball detents retract
when center button is depressed to
unlock the pins.
WARNING
EPJD EPJD-H
0006 00-19 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITEM NO.
B D A
36 • Y-Connector. Check Y-connector Y-connector has been forced

for secure attachment. Ensure LED off mounting area. LED does
illuminates when lamp test is not illuminate when lamp test
depressed. Refer to WP 0045 00. is depressed.
37 • Y-Connector Mounting Box Mounting box cannot secure

(C-130, C-141, C-17). Check Y- Y-connector.
connector mounting box for missing
components, proper operation of
extendable arms, ability to mount Y-
connector to both positions, and
Change 2 0006 00-20

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
ITEM INTERVAL ITEM TO BE CHECKED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/

NO. OR SERVICED AVAILABLE IF:
B D A
38 • Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-5). Mounting box cannot secure

Check Y-connector mounting box Y-connector or tie-down
for missing components, ability to bracket.
mount Y-connector, and damage.
39 • Control Box. Check for missing Box is not complete or

components and damage affecting obvious damage is found
serviceability. Refer to WP 0047 affecting functionality.
00.
0006 00-21 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

B D A
40 • Squib Cable. Check flexible cable wrap for Cable wrap is damaged to
excessive abrasions, cuts, wear, and the point of losing protective
deformation. Check connector pins using function. Connector pins are
pin gauge. Refer to WP 0044 00 or WP damaged, missing or
0044 01. recessed.
41 • Extraction Parachute Jettison System Cable is damaged.

Cables. Check all cables for cuts, nicks,
and dry rot. Check for broken cable
covering. Check for cracked plug or
connectors. Make sure connector pins are
straight and aligned with mating receptacle.
Refer to WPs 0048 00 – 0051 00, 0055 00,
and 0056 00.
42 • Protective Cover. Check cover for rips, Protective cover has rips,
tears, holes, loose or damaged fastener tears, holes, loose or
tape, and damaged or missing grommets. damaged fastener tape, and
Refer to WP 0052 00. damaged or missing
grommets.
Change 2 0006 00-22

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

B D A
43 • Y-Connector Mounting Box Tie- Tie-down bracket cannot

down Bracket (C-5). Check tie- secure Y-connector mounting
down bracket for missing box.
components, ability to mount Y-
connector mounting box, and
44 • Safety Cap. Check that safety cap Safety cap is missing or

is installed on squib cable, and for damaged.
0006 00-23 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

B D A
45 • Initiator Simulator. Check for Initiator simulator is not

affecting functionality. Functional is found affecting
check before every use. Refer to functionality. Fails test
WP 0058 00. procedure in WP 0058 00.
46 • Squib Tester. Check for missing Squib tester is not complete

components and damage affecting or obvious damage is found
functionality. Batteries are affecting functionality.
serviceable and LEDs illuminate. Batteries are dead, or LEDs
Refer to WP 0059 00. do no illuminate.
Change 2 0006 00-24

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________

B D A
47 • 28 VDC Power Supply. Check for 28 VDC power supply is not

affecting functionality. Refer to WP is found affecting
0060 00. functionality.
A B
ON
28 VDC OFF
POWER
CORPORATION
48 •
Link, Parachute Connector.
Link, Parachute Connector
Inspect link for rough areas, bends
has rough areas, bends, or
or cracks.
cracks. Detent spring does
not operate freely.
49 • Safety Pin. Check safety pin for Safety pin detent not
proper detent function and that functioning properly or
warning tag is present. Refer to warning tag is missing.
WP 0044 00 and 0044 01.
WARNING
END OF TABLE
0006 00-25 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0006 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
AFTER USE RECEIPT

Used equipment will be processed as prescribed in this WP.
LUBRICATION SERVICE INTERVALS

The ancillary airdrop equipment does not require lubrication services.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 2 0006 00-26

TM 10-1670-296-20&P
CHAPTER 3
UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0007 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
INSPECTION
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Technical/Rigger-Type
x Routine Inspection
x In-Storage
x Equipment Disposition
INITIAL SETUP: References

DA PAM 738-751; TB 43-002-43;
Equipment Condition DA PAM 738-750; AR 750-1; WP 008 00;
Laid out on packing table or other suitable surface. WP 0064 00
Personnel Required
Two, 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
TECHNICAL/RIGGER INSPECTION
Technical/rigger-type inspection is a complete and thorough inspection of an individual airdrop item, including
associated parts and components. The following paragraphs outline criteria applicable to accomplishing a
technical/rigger-type inspection. The inspection will be performed by a qualified parachute rigger in
accordance with AR 750-32 (AF AFSCs 2T251/2A754/1A251 trained and certified by USAQMC&S
Fabrication of Aerial Delivery Loads Course).
Inspection Intervals
1. Upon initial receipt of procured equipment to a using unit by a supply source.
2. Immediately before equipment is packed or rigged for use in airdrop operations.
3. Before and after repairs or modifications are made.
4. At any other time as deemed necessary by the airdrop equipment maintenance officer.
Inspection Function Requirement. Normally, a technical/rigger-type inspection will be performed at a

packing, rigging, or repair activity. The inspection of initial receipt items will be performed as a separate
function from packing or rigging operations.
When the inspection is conducted at a rigging activity, the item to be inspected will be placed in proper layout
on a packing table or a suitable sized floor area. Should a defect or damage be discovered at any point
during the inspection, the inspection will be terminated and the defective item will be processed and
forwarded to a repair activity. The repair activity, in turn, will conduct a technical/rigger-type inspection that
will be performed by only those parachute rigger personnel cited in AR 750-32.
Any defect discovered during a unit level repair activity that exceeds the capability of that activity will require
the affected item to be evacuated to a direct support maintenance facility determination of economic repair
and its application, if applicable.
0007 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0007 00
Technical/Rigger-Type Inspection Procedures
1. Overall Inspection. An overall inspection will be made of airdrop equipment to check to following:
a. Log Record/Parachute Inspection Data Pocket and Form. As applicable, inspect the assembly log
record/parachute inspection data pocket to ensure the Army Parachute Log Record (DA Form 3912)
is enclosed and properly attached. Further, remove the log record from the item and evaluate the
recorded items.
b. Assembly Completeness. Ensure that the applicable assembly is complete and no components or
parts are missing.
c. Operational Adequacy. Check the item components and parts to ensure proper assembly that
includes attachment and alignment, and that the assembled product functions in the prescribed
manner. Further, ensure that no stitch formation or sewn seam has been omitted.
d. Markings and Paint. Inspect each assembly and related components for faded, illegible, obliterated,
or missing informational data, identification numbers, and warning marks. Check for chipped, worn
or peeled paint, if applicable.
e. Foreign Material and Stains. Inspect each assembly and related components for dirt or other foreign
material. Also check for evidence of mildew, moisture, oil, grease, resin, or peeled paint, as
applicable.
2. Detailed Inspection. In addition to the overall inspection performed in the OVERALL INSPECTION
paragraph, above, a detailed inspection will be performed in the materials that constitute the assembly or
component construction using the following criteria, as applicable:
a. Metal. Inspect for rust, corrosion, dents, breaks, burrs, rough spots, sharp edges, wear, or
deterioration, damaged, loose, or missing nuts, bolts, screws, safety pins, or rivets, improper
welding, or loss of spring tension.
b. Plastic and Wood. Inspect for bends, breaks, dents, holes, rough spots, sharp edges, and wear.
c. Cloth. Inspect for breaks, burns, cuts, frays, holes, rips, snags, or tears, loose, missing, or broken
stitching or tacking, weak spots, wear, or deterioration.
d. Fabric Type, Webbing, and Cordage. Inspect for breaks, burns, cuts, frays, holes, snags, incorrect
weaving, and sharp edges formed from searing, loose, missing, or broken stitching, tacking,
shipping, and sealing, weak spots, wear, and deterioration.
e. Pressure Sensitive (Adhesive) Tape. Inspect for burns, cuts, holes, tears, and weak spots,
looseness, and deterioration.
f. Rubber and Elastic. Inspect for burns, cuts, holes, tears, and weak spots, loss of elasticity, and
deterioration.
g. Leather. Inspect for burns, cuts, holes, tears, loose, missing, or broken stitching, thin spots, and
deterioration.
ROUTINE INSPECTION
A routine inspection is a visual check of the serviceability of all visible components of an airdrop item that is
packed or rigged for use. The inspection will be made on all components that can be inspected without de-
rigging the load. All LVADS Ancillary Equipment will be administered a routine inspection by a parachute
rigger prior to issue.
0007 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0007 00
IN-STORAGE INSPECTION
An in-storage inspection is a physical check conducted on a random sample of airdrop equipment that is
located in storage. The purpose of the inspection is to ensure that the equipment is ready for issue, that the
item is properly identified and segregated from other types of equipment, that no damage or deterioration of
equipment has been incurred, and that all modifications or similar action requirements have been completed.
The inspection shall also concern the methods and procedures applied to the storage of airdrop items, the
adequacy of storage facilities, efforts of pest and rodent control, and protection against unfavorable climatic
conditions. Airdrop equipment that is in storage will be inspected at least semiannually and at more frequent
intervals if prescribed by the local parachute maintenance officer. The frequency of inspection may vary
according to the type of storage facilities and local climatic conditions. Only parachute rigger personnel
designated by the local parachute maintenance officer will conduct in-storage inspections.
Malfunctioning Equipment. Dispose of any airdrop equipment that shows any evidence of malfunction or
defect during or after a drop-test. If it has been used, is unserviceable, but has not exceeded normal fair wear
or aging criteria, tag the equipment as prescribed in DA PAM 738-751. Report the equipment on an
Equipment Improvement Report (EIR) in accordance with DA PAM 738-751 and AR 750-1. Hold the
equipment as an EIR exhibit as outlined in DA PAM 738-750, pending receipt of disposition instructions from
the National Maintenance Point (NMP). Do not tamper with the applicable item or make any attempt to
discover the cause of the malfunction. Unnecessary handling of EIR equipment may hamper the judgment of
the engineering personnel responsible for the final evaluation of EIR actions.
Non-Malfunctioning Equipment. Administer a technical/rigger-type inspection to equipment that does not

show evidence of malfunction or defect, as outlined in this WP. If serviceable, the item (s) may then remain in
use.
EQUIPMENT DISPOSITION
Airdrop equipment may be rendered unserviceable by either normal fair wear or by aging and will
subsequently be repaired, modified, or condemned, as appropriate. Equipment that is uneconomically
reparable (outdated) will be condemned. Disposition of airdrop equipment that is condemned, unserviceable,
or for which the serviceability is questionable, will be accomplished using the following procedures, as
applicable.
1. Item requiring repair or modification. An airdrop item that requires repair or modification will be tagged in
accordance with DA PAM 738-751. Subsequent work on the item will be performed at the maintenance
level specified in the MAC, WP 0064 00.
2. Disposition of condemned air delivery equipment. Condemned equipment, other than fatality parachutes,
will be removed from service and disposed of in accordance with current directives listed in this WP.
3. Rejected equipment. Equipment which, prior to use, is deemed unserviceable for use will be reported in
an Equipment Improvement Recommendation (EIR) in accordance with DA PAM 738-751, as authorized
by AR 750-1. Each applicable item that is defective will be held and safeguarded pending receipt of
disposition instructions from the National Maintenance Point (NMP). In all instances, EIR exhibit material
will be handled as prescribed in DA PAM 738-750. If the quality or the serviceability of an item is
questionable, clarification and assistance may be obtained by contacting Commander, US Army Soldier
and Biological Chemical Command, ATTN: AMSSB-RIM-E (N), Kansas Street, Natick, MA 01760-5052.
0007 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0007 00
4. Equipment of doubtful serviceability. Equipment which has had previous use and has not exceeded
normal fair wear or aging criteria, but of which further serviceability is doubtful, will be tagged as
prescribed in DA PAM 738-751. In addition, the equipment will be reported in an EIR in accordance with
DA Pam 738-750 and AR 750-1. The item (s) in question will be held as EIR exhibit material as outlined
in DA PAM 738-750 pending receipt of disposition instructions from the NMP. A maintenance activity
holding EIR exhibit material will not tamper with the applicable item(s) or make any attempt to ascertain
cause factors. Unnecessary handling or EIR exhibit material may disturb or alter peculiar aspects of the
affected item(s) which might affect the judgment of engineering personnel who have the responsibility for
final evaluation of EIR actions.
5. Equipment immersed in salt-water. Any airdrop item constructed from cotton material that has been
immersed in salt water will be condemned. Cotton thread used for tacking and sewing on nylon
parachute packs that have been immersed in salt water will only be replaced when there is visible
evidence of deterioration such as extreme discoloration or indications of broken thread. Any airdrop
equipment constructed of nylon or rayon material that has been immersed in salt water in excess of 24-
hours will be condemned. Additionally, any nylon or rayon airdrop item that has been immersed in salt
water for a period less than 24-hours, but which cannot be rinsed within 48-hours after recovery will also
be condemned. However, if the cited time limitations can be met, then immediately upon recovery,
suspend or elevate the recovered equipment in a shaded area and allow the item(s) to drain for at least 5-
minutes. Do not attempt to wring the equipment fabric or the suspension lines. Within 48-hours after
recovery, under the supervision of a qualified parachute rigger (92R), rinse the recovered equipment as
indicated in WP 0008 00, CLEANING AND DRYING.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0007 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0008 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
CLEANING AND DRYING
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Cleaning Fabric Items With Dishwashing Compound
x Drying Fabric Items
x Cleaning Metal Items
x Rinsing Equipment Immersed in Salt-water
x Rinsing Equipment Immersed in Fresh-water
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Cloth, Abrasive (Item 6, WP 0125 00) Laid out on packing table or other suitable surface.
Dishwashing Compound (Item 10, WP 0125 00)
Lubricant, Solid Film (Item 20, WP 0125 00) Personnel Required
Rag, Wiping (Item 25, WP 0125 00) Two, 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Tools References
Brush, Scrub, Household (Item 2, WP 0064 00) WP 0003 00, WP 0007 00, WP 006400
File, Flat (Item 10, WP 0064 00)
CAUTION
If, during the cleaning, there exists a possibility that the substance to be
removed contains acid or some other equally destructive ingredient, the
item will be evacuated to intermediate maintenance activity for
determination as to the nature of the substance and item disposition. If
the substance cannot be identified or if normal repair procedures will not
eliminate all traces of chemical or acid damage, the applicable item will
be condemned.
NOTE
Cleaning of materials should be held to a minimum and should be

performed only when necessary to prevent malfunction or deterioration.
When a material contains debris, or when it is soiled by dirt, oil, grease,
rust, corrosion, or other foreign substances to such an extent that
cleaning is necessary, the cleaning should be performed manually and
should be limited to the soiled area only, unless the materials has been
contaminated by water. The methods of cleaning must be determined
by the nature of the substance to be removed.
CLEANING FABRIC ITEMS WITH A SOLUTION OF HAND DISHWASHING COMPOUND

Use dishwashing compound to clean fabric items as follows:
1. Gently brush with a soft bristle brush.
2. Spot clean with a solution of dishwashing compound.
0008 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0008 00
a. Dissolve one-half cup of dishwashing compound in one-gallon of warm water.
b. Rub soiled area with a clean cloth dampened with solution of dishwashing compound.
c. Rinse cleaned area by repeating rubbing process with a clean portion of cloth dampened with fresh,
clean water.
NOTE
Do not dry fabric items in direct sunlight or by laying an item on the

ground.
DRYING FABRIC ITEMS

Dry fabric items as follows:
1. Suspend or elevate item in a well-ventilated room or in a heated drying room.
2. Using electric circulating fans may reduce drying time.
3. When heat is used, the heat temperature shall not exceed 160qF (71qC). Preferred temperature is 140qF
(60qC).
CLEANING METAL ITEMS

Clean metal items as follows:
CAUTION
Use care not to damage the adjacent fabric materials.
1. Remove burrs, rough spots, rust or corrosion from metal items by filing with a metal file or by buffing and
polishing with abrasive cloth.
NOTE
Shield adjacent fabric material before spraying solid film lubricant.
2. Spray metal item with a solid film lubricant and allow to air dry for 24-hours.
0008 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0008 00
NOTE
A small amount of lubricant will not damage fabric, but may cause
discoloration and make fabric appear soiled.
RINSING EQUIPMENT IMMERSED IN SALT-WATER

If the fabric item, or any of its components, has been immersed in salt-water in excess of 24-hours it will be
condemned. Additionally, if the fabric item, or any of its components, has been immersed in salt-water for a
period less than 24-hours, but cannot be rinsed within 48-hours after recovery, it will also be condemned.
However, if the cited time limitations can be met, then immediately upon recovery, suspend or elevate the
item in a shaded area and allow it to drain for at least 5-minutes. Do not attempt to wring the fabric. Within
48-hours after recovery, under the supervision of a qualified parachute rigger (92R); rinse the item. Items
found, or known to be contaminated, are to be cleaned in the following manner:
1. Place equipment in a large watertight container filled with a suitable amount of fresh, clean water to cover
item(s).
CAUTION
Equipment made of cotton fabric immersed in salt-water is to be

condemned. Refer to WP 0007 00, INSPECTION, for equipment
disposition.
NOTE
If salt water-soaked equipment is too large to be placed in a rinsing

container, then the rinsing process will be affected by applying fresh,
clean water using a hose on the item.
2. Agitate container contents by hand for 5-minutes.
3. Remove item(s) from container and suspend or elevate equipment in a shaded area, allowing a 5-minute
drainage period. Do not attempt to wring equipment fabric or, if applicable, suspension lines.
4. Repeat procedures 1. through 3., above, twice, using fresh, clean water for each rinse.
5. After third rinse, allow equipment to drain thoroughly. Upon completion of draining, dry equipment in
accordance with the DRYING FABRIC ITEMS procedures detailed above.
6. When dried, perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of item(s). Corroded metal components, or

corrosion-stained fabrics or suspension lines will be either repaired or replaced as prescribed by the
MAC, WP 0064 00.
7. If recovered equipment is a parachute, record immersion, rinsing, and any repairs in individual parachute
log record as detailed in WP 0003 00 (SERVICE UPON RECEIPT).
0008 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0008 00
RINSING EQUIPMENT IMMERSED IN FRESH-WATER

Any airdrop equipment that has been immersed in a fresh-water lake, river or stream will not require rinsing
unless it has been ascertained that the water is dirty, oily or otherwise contaminated. Procedures for handling
fresh-water immersed equipment are as follows:
1. Contaminated fresh-water. If the airdrop equipment has been immersed in contaminated fresh-water,
rinse, dry and, if applicable, repair the item(s) using the procedures in the RINSING EQUIPMENT
IMMERSED IN SALT-WATER paragraph.
2. Uncontaminated fresh-water. If airdrop equipment has been immersed in uncontaminated fresh-water,

item(s) will be cleaned and dried as outlined in this paragraph. Minor discoloration of fabric items
resulting from immersion in uncontaminated fresh-water may occur. No attempt should be made to
eliminate a minor discoloration, as a slight discoloring is preferable to employing vigorous techniques that
may damage fabric.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0008 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0009 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
SALT-/FRESH-WATER CONTAMINATION TEST
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspection
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References

Laid out on packing table or other suitable surface. WP 0003 00; WP 0007 00: WP 0064 00
Personnel Required
Two, 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
INSPECTION
Look for a white crystalline residue. If evidence of salt-/fresh-water contamination is found, refer to the
procedures detailed below:
Rinsing Equipment Immersed in Salt-Water. If the fabric items, or any of its components, has been
immersed in salt-water in excess of 24-hours it will be condemned. Additionally, if the fabric items, or any of
its components, has been immersed in salt-water for a period less than 24-hours, but cannot be rinsed within
48-hours after recover, it will also be condemned. However, if the cited time limitations can be met, then
immediately upon recovery, suspend or elevate the fabric items in a shaded area and allow it to drain for at
least 5-minutes. Do not attempt to wring the fabric. Within 48-hours after recovery, under the supervision of
a qualified parachute rigger (92R), rinse the recovered items. Items found or known to be contaminated are
to be cleaned in the following manner:
1. Place equipment in a large watertight container filled with a suitable amount of fresh, clean water to cover
item(s).
CAUTION
Equipment made of cotton fabric immersed in salt-water is to be

condemned. Refer to WP 0007 00, INSPECTION, for equipment
disposition.
NOTE
If salt water-soaked equipment is too large to be placed in a rinsing

container, then the rinsing process will be affected by applying fresh,
clean water using a hose on the item.
2. Agitate container contents by hand for 5-minutes.
3. Remove item(s) from container and suspend or elevate equipment in a shaded area, allowing a 5-minute
drainage period. Do not attempt to wring equipment fabric.
4. Repeat procedures 1. through 3., above, twice, using fresh, clean water for each rinse.
0009 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0009 00
5. After third rinse, allow equipment to drain thoroughly. Upon completion of draining, dry equipment in
accordance with the DRYING FABRIC ITEMS procedures detailed above.
6. When dried, perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of item(s). Corroded metal components, or

corrosion-stained fabrics or suspension lines will be either repaired or replaced as prescribed by the
MAC, WP 0064 00.
7. Record immersion, rinsing, and any repairs in individual parachute log record as detailed in WP 0003 00
(SERVICE UPON RECEIPT).
Equipment Immersed in Fresh-Water. Any airdrop equipment that has been immersed in a fresh-water
lake, river or stream will not require rinsing unless it has been ascertained that the water is dirty, oily or
otherwise contaminated. Procedures for handling fresh-water immersed equipment are as follows:
1. Contaminated fresh-water. If the airdrop equipment has been immersed in contaminated fresh-water,
rinse, dry and, if applicable, repair the item(s) using the procedures in the RINSING EQUIPMENT
IMMERSED IN SALT-WATER paragraph.
2. Uncontaminated fresh-water. If airdrop equipment has been immersed in uncontaminated fresh-water,

item(s) will be cleaned and dried as outlined in this paragraph. Minor discoloration of fabric items
resulting from immersion in uncontaminated fresh-water may occur. No attempt should be made to
eliminate a minor discoloration, as a slight discoloring is preferable to employing vigorous techniques that
may damage fabric.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0009 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0010 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
SEWING PROCEDURES
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Basting and Temporary Tacking
x Stitching and Restitching
x Darning
x Zig-Zag Sewing
Tools Personnel Required

Specified in paragraph applicable to the item being repaired. 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Materials/Parts
Specified in paragraph applicable to the item being repaired. Equipment Condition
Unpacked. Cleaned canopy with
References defects recorded.
DA PAM 738-751; WP 0011 00
NOTE
Sewing requirements will vary according to the type of item being

repaired and the type of repair being made. The type of sewing
machine, type of thread, the stitch range, and the stitch pattern, if
applicable, required to accomplish a sewing procedure will be specified
in the paragraph applicable to the item being repaired. All original
stitching that is cut during the performance of a sewing procedure will be
removed from the applicable item. Immediately after the
accomplishment of a machine sewing procedure, trim thread ends to a
point as close as possible to the material that has been sewn.
BASTING AND TEMPORARY TACKING

Basting and temporary tacking are hand-sewing methods used to temporarily hold layers of cloth fabric
together while a repair is being performed. The following is a list of procedures that apply to basting and
temporary tacking actions:
1. Basting and temporary tacking should be made using thread that is of a contrasting color to the material
being worked.
2. Basting will be done using thread identified in individual item repair procedure.
3. When basting, do not tie knots at any point in the thread length. Also, the sewing should be done with
two stitches per inch.
4. Temporary tacking will usually be done using a length of size E nylon thread (Item 32, WP 0125 00).
However, an alternate type thread may be specified within the paragraph applicable to the item.
5. Immediately upon completion of a repair, remove previously made basting or temporary tacking stitches.
0010 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0010 00
STITCHING AND RESTITCHING

Perform stitching and restitching as follows, referring to Table 1:
Table 1. Sewing Machine Code Symbols
CODE SYMBOL SEWING MACHINE
LD SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: General sewing; 301 stitch; light-duty;

NSN 3530-01-177-8590.
MD ZZ SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: Zig-zag; 308 stitch; medium-duty;

NSN 3530-01-181-1421.
LD ZZ SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: Zig-zag; 308 stitch; light-duty;

NSN 3530-01-181-1420.
HD SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: General sewing; 301 stitch; heavy-duty;

NSN 3530-01-177-8588.
MD SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: General sewing; 301 stitch; medium-duty;

NSN 3530-01-177-8591.
DN SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: Darning; lock stitch;

NSN 3530-01-177-8589.
LHD SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: 301 stitch; light, heavy-duty;

NSN 3530-01-186-3079.
ND SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: 301 stitch; double needle;

NSN 3530-01-182-2873.
BT SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: Bartack, 42 stitch (local purchase)
0010 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0010 00
1. Stitching and restitching on items constructed from cloth, canvas, and webbing should be accomplished
with thread that matches the color of the original stitching, when possible. Backstitching at least ½-inch
should lock all straight stitching. Restitching should be locked by overstitching each end of the stitch
formation by ½-inch. Zig-zag stitching does not require locking; however, zig-zag restitching should
extend at least ¼-inch into undamaged stitching at each end, when possible. Restitching should be made
directly over the original stitching, following the original stitch pattern as closely as possible.
2. Darning. (Refer to Table 1.) Darning is a sewing procedure used to repair limited size holes, rips, and
tears in assorted airdrop items constructed from textile, cloth and reinforcement webbing of packs. A
darning repair may be made either by hand or sewing machine, depending upon the method preferred
and the availability of equipment. However, a darning machine should be used to darn small holes and
tears where fabric is missing. Darning of previously patched material can be performed provided darning
size limitations prescribed in the paragraph applicable to the item are not exceeded. A darning repair will
be performed using the following procedures, as appropriate:
a. Machine darning. Proceed as follows:
(1) Using an authorized marking aid of contrasting color, mark a square around the damaged area
and ensure that the marking is at least ¼-inch back from each edge of the damaged area. The
marking will be made with the warp and the filling of the material.
(2) Darn the damaged area by sewing the material in a back-and-forth manner, using size A or E
nylon thread, allowing the stitching to run with the warp or filling of the fabric.
(3) Turn the material and stitch back and forth across the stitching made in (b) above until the hole
or tear is completely darned.
0010 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0010 00
(4) If applicable, restencil informational data, gore number(s), or identification marks using the
criteria in WP 0011 00, MARKING, RESTENCILLING AND REPAINTING.
b. Hand darning. When repair of a hole or tear is made by hand darning, the darn should match the
original weave of the damaged material as closely as possible. Hand darning will be performed as
follows:
(1) Using an authorized marking aid of contrasting color, mark a square around the damaged area
and ensure that the marking is at least ¼-inch back from edge of the damaged area. The
marking will be made with the warp and the filling of the material.
(2) Using a darning needle and a length of size A or E nylon thread, begin darning at one corner of
the marked area. Working in the direction of the fabric warp or filling, pass the needle and
thread back and forth, through the material until the opposite diagonal corner of the marked
area is reached.
(3) Turn the material and weave the needle and thread back and forth across the stitching made in
(b), above, until the hole is completely darned.
0010 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0010 00
(4) If applicable, restencil informational data or identification marks as outlined in WP 0011 00,
MARKING, RESTENCILLING AND REPAINTING.
3. Zig-Zag Sewing. (Refer to Table 1 and Table 2.) Airdrop items, except parachute canopies, made from
textile materials that have sustained cut or tear damage may be repaired by zig-zag sewing provided the
applicable damaged area does not have any material missing and the cut or tear is straight or L-shaped.
Should the damaged area be irregular shaped or have material missing, the repair will be achieved by
either darning or patching, as required. A zig-zag sewing repair will be accomplished with a zig-zag
sewing machine, using the following procedures:
a. Set the sewing machine to the maximum stitch width.
b. Beginning at a point ¼-inch beyond one end of the cut or tear, stitch lengthwise along the damaged
area to a point ¼-inch beyond the opposite end of the cut or tear.
c. The cited stitching procedure will also apply to an L-shaped cut or tear.
d. If applicable, restencil informational data or identification marks as prescribed in WP 0011 00,

MARKING, RESTENCILLING AND REPAINTING.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0010 00-5/(6 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0011 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
MARKING, RESTENCILLING, AND REPAINTING
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Marking
x Restencilling
x Remarking and Restencilling

Brush, Stencilling (Item 3, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Knife (Item 17, WP 0064 00)
Machine, Stencil Cutting (Item 20, WP 0065 00) Equipment Condition
Laid out on packing table or other
Materials/Parts suitable area.
Ink, Marking, Parachute, Strata-Blue (Item 14, WP 0125 00)
Marker, Felt Tip, Black (Item 21, WP 0125 00)
Pen, Ballpoint (Item 24, WP 0125 00)
Stencilboard, Oiled (Item 26, WP 0125 00)
NOTE
Stenciling should be used whenever possible. A ballpoint pen or felt tip

marker should be used only where stenciling is not possible, or when
stenciling devices are not available. Any type ballpoint pen using black
or blue ink may be used for marking on labels only. Original stenciled
data or marking that becomes faded, illegible, obliterated, or removed
as a result of performing a repair procedure will be remarked with a
ballpoint pen, felt tip marker, or restenciled. All marking or restenciling
will be done on, or as near as possible to, the original location and
should conform to the original lettering type and size.
MARKING
Using marking devices, such as ballpoint pen or felt tip marker, mark on, or as near as possible to, original
location and conform to original lettering type and size.
RESTENCILING
Proceed as follows:
1. Cut oiled stencilboard to original lettering type and size of data to be restenciled.
2. Place cut stencilboard over, or as near as possible to, original marking to be restenciled.
3. Place additional sheet of stencilboard beneath the area to be restenciled to prevent the marking ink from
penetrating to the areas.
4. Hold stencilboard in place and, using stenciling brush filled with parachute marking ink, restencil original
marking.
0011 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0011 00
REMARKING AND RESTENCILING

Remark or restencil original stenciled data or markings that become faded, illegible, obliterated or have been
removed as a result of performing a repair procedure. Ensure all marking or restenciling is on, or as near as
possible to, the original location and conforms to the original lettering type and size. Airdrop items that are
fabricated, altered, or modified by directive publications may require the placement of other markings by the
original marking or stenciling. Use a contrasting color of parachute marking ink.
NOTE
Stenciling should be used whenever possible. A ballpoint pen or felt tip

marker should be used only where stenciling is not possible. Any type
of ballpoint, either black or blue, ink may be used for marking labels.
REPAINTING
Repaint any warning mark on airdrop equipment that is chipped or worn with red enamel paint using a proper
size paintbrush. Repaint with original color enamel any mark previously painted on an airdrop item to signify
satisfactory completion of a test, providing the item is still serviceable. Metal items may be repainted with
olive drab paint.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0011 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0012 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
MULTI-LOOP LINE
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Repair
x Replace

Knife, Pocket (Item 19, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Shear, Trimmer (Item 41, WP 0064 00)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Fully Assembled.
Beeswax (Item 3, WP 0125 00)
Line, Multi-Loop (Item 2, WP 01066 00) References
Tape, Pressure Sensitive, Type IV (Item 30, WP 0125 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00; WP 0010
Thread, Nylon, Size 6, OD (Item 31, WP 0125 00) 00
Thread, Nylon, Size FF, OD (Item 33, WP 0125 00)
Wax, Paraffin, Technical, Type I, Grade A (Item 34, WP 0125 00)
Webbing, Nylon, Type VIII (Item 36, WP 0125 00)
Webbing, Nylon, Type XXVI (Item 37, WP 0125 00)
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the multi-loop line including buffer, sliding keeper, and fixed
keepers in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00 using the procedures in Table 1.
REPAIR
Repair sliding or fixed keepers as described below.
1. Sliding Keeper.
a. Cut the stitching securing the buffer (2) to inside loop (3) and remove buffer (2).
b. Slide the defective keeper off the multi-loop line.
0012 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0012 00
c. Cut a length of type VIII nylon webbing long enough to form two turns around the sling and allow for
a 1 5/8-inch overlap.
d. Stitch 1/8-inch (3 millimeter) from each edge of keeper material around each end of the keeper with
size 6 thread, using HD sewing machine 5 to 8 stitches per inch (2 to 3 stitches per cm).
e. Wax the entire keeper and allow it to cool. Dip the keeper into a mixture of 50% paraffin wax and
50% beeswax. The wax temperature should be high enough to ensure that the wax completely
penetrates the material rather than just coating the exterior fabric (180q r 20qF (82q r 11qC)).
f. Slide the fabricated keeper onto the line.
g. Fold buffer in half and insert into loop (3). Offset buffer ends by 1-inch (2.5 cm).
0012 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0012 00
h. Using HD sewing machine and 8 to 11 stitches per inch (3 to 4 stitches per cm), stitch buffer (2) to
inside loop (3) with size FF thread (1) longitudinally along the centerline. Stitch 1-inch (2.5 cm)
beyond buffer with no backstitch.
2. Fixed Keeper.
a. Remove unserviceable fixed keeper by peeling off the tape (1), using care not to damage the
webbing.
b. Using type IV pressure sensitive tape, starting on an outer ply, wrap the first tape strip (1) around this
ply with the gum side against the webbing.
c. Wrap tape (1) around the outside of all plies for two full turns with the gummed side away from the
webbing.
d. Cut the tape or, (optional method), fold it over gum-side to gum-side.
e. Wrap tape (2) in the opposite direction two full turns with the gum side toward the previous wraps.
f. Cut tape (2).
0012 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0012 00
3. Splicing Type XXVI Nylon Webbing. Splice a cargo sling or extraction line as follows:
NOTE
Splicing may be performed on the webbing loops of all lines and slings,
except the 3-foot sling, to repair damage areas. Three splices per loop
are permitted on lines less than 20-feet in length. Four splices per loop
are permitted on lines 20 to 60-feet in length. Five splices per loop are
permitted on lines longer than 60-feet. The total number of splices
permitted per loop includes the original loop connector splice.
NOTE
Splicing shall not be performed when a damaged areas is less than 24-
inches from another splice. A splice may extend to a point no closer
than 12-inches from a webbing loop end. The original webbing loop
connector splice may be cut if it is damaged or directly adjacent to a
damaged area. Splices will be centered between fixed keepers.
Keeper
Typical Webbing
Sling Section
Inside Tape Starts Here
Outside Tape Starts Here

Webbing Ply
Tape, Pressure Sensitive, Fil.,

Reinforcement, Type II or III
(PPP-T-97)
Section A-A Not To Scale
a. If an inside loop within 12-inches of the loop end is being spliced, cut the tacking which secures the
buffer at each end and remove the buffers temporarily. Adjust the inside loop so the splice will not
be within 12-inches of the webbing loop end. Insure the splice will not be centered under the keeper
loops.
0012 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0012 00
b. Replace Buffers. Cut a 20-inch length of type XXVI nylon webbing and wax the ends. Offset buffer
ends 1-inch. Stitch to inside loop longitudinally down webbing centerline, one row of stitching using
size FF thread, 1-inch beyond end of buffer, no backstitch.
c. Cut the webbing on both sides of damaged area with cuts between fixed keepers. Remove fixed
keepers from portion of loop to be replaced. Remove damage webbing. Sear the edges of the
webbing ends of the remaining loop.
d. Cut a length of type XXVI nylon webbing the length of the damaged webbing that was removed,
adding an additional 16 ¼-inches for splice allowance. Sear both ends.
e. Position one end of the new webbing on the outside of one end of the remaining loop so that it
overlaps 8 1/8-inches.
f. Sew 72 r 5 lines of stitching using size 5 thread 4 to 6 stitches per inch, using the stitch formation
shown in the illustration below. Size 6 thread may be used if size 5 thread is unavailable. Stitching
shall be performed according to WP 0010 00, SEWING PROCEDURES, using specifics in Table 1.
g. Repeat steps e. and f. with the other end of the new webbing and the remaining loop end.
h. Replace fixed keepers.
REPLACE
Replace unserviceable multi-loop line with a serviceable one from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0012 00-5/(6 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0013 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Repair
x Replace
Tools Materials/Parts
Brush, Scrub, Household (Item 2, WP 0064 00) Coupling, Extraction Force Transfer
File, Bastard (Item 8/9, WP 0064 00) (WP 0067 00)
Knife (Item 17, WP 0064 00) Paint, Yellow Enamel (Item 23, WP
Straight Edge, 2-IN. (Item 45, WP 0064 00) 0125 00)
Tape Measure (Item 46, WP 0064 00) Pen, Ballpoint (Item 24, WP 0125 00)
Wrench, Open End, 1 1/16-IN. and 1 1/8-IN. (Item 54, WP 0064 00) Rag, Wiping (Item 25, WP 0125 00)
Wrench, Open End, 1 1/4-IN. and 1 5/16-IN (Item 52, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Open End, 1 7/16-IN. and 1 5/8-IN (Item 56, WP 0064 00) Personnel Required
Wrench, Open End, 7/16-IN. (Item 50, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Equipment Condition
Fully Assembled.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 000800; WPs 0013 00 – 0019 00;
WPs 0068 00 – WP 0073 00
INSPECT
Inspect the components of the coupling extraction force transfer in accordance with WP 0005 00 using the
procedures in Table1.
REPAIR
Disassemble Extraction Force Transfer Coupling (EFTC) as follows:
1. Remove cable assembly (2) from actuator (1) and latch assembly (7) as follows:
a. Remove the locking pin (3) securing the housing cover to the actuator assembly and hinge the cover
open.
CAUTION
The stake assembly-adjusting collar (on the cable assembly) is preset

and staked by four setscrews. The collar position shall not be altered at
any time or under any condition.
b. Using a suitable tool, loosen the locking nut (4) securing the cable assembly (2) housing to the
actuator assembly (1). Ensure the adjusting collar on the cable assembly is not disturbed during the
cable removal process.
c. Remove the cotter pin and straight pin (5) securing the cable end clevis to the cable actuator and
remove the cable assembly from the actuator assembly.
0013 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0013 00
d. Using a suitable tool, loosen the nut (11) securing the cable assembly (2) housing to the latch
assembly (7). Disconnect the cable-swaging terminal (6) from the latch assembly (7) by removing
the straight-headed pin and the ½-inch (1.2 cm) long cotter pin.
2. Remove 3-point link assembly (8) from latch assembly and remove latch connector assembly (9) and link
assembly adapter (10) from link assembly as follows:
a. Using a suitable tool, disassemble the 3-point link (8) by removing the three 1-inch hexagon jam
nuts, the three 1-inch hexagon cap screws, the two spacers, and the single cam from the two 3-point
link assembly side plates.
b. Using a suitable tool, disassemble the latch connector assembly (9) removing the 1-inch hexagon
jam nut and 1-inch hexagon cap screw from the opposite side of the latch assembly and remove
both side plates.
c. Using a suitable tool, remove the remaining 1-inch hexagon jam nut and 1-inch hexagon cap screws
securing the side plates of the link assembly adapter (10).
6 (unseen)
11
10
7
1 8 2
4
3
5 (unseen)
3. Clean each component as follows:
a. Use the procedures in WP 0008 00.
b. In addition, remove dirt and other foreign matter from a component by shaking or brushing, as
required.
c. If necessary, remove dirt and debris from inaccessible locations using a compressed air hose.
0013 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0013 00
4. Reassemble link assembly as follows:
a. Reassemble the 3-point link assembly (8) by securing the side plates of the link assembly adapter
(10) to the 3-point link assembly and connecting the three 1-inch hexagon jam nuts, the three 1-inch
hexagon cap screws, the two spacers, and the single cam from the two 3-point link assembly side
plates.
b. Connect the cable-swaging terminal (6) to the latch assembly (7) by installing the straight-headed pin
and the ½-inch (1/2-cm) long cotter pin from top to bottom.
c. To join the cable assembly (2) to the actuator assembly (1), install the cotter pin and straight pin
securing the cable end clevis to the cable actuator.
CAUTION
The stake assembly-adjusting collar is preset and staked by four

setscrews. The collar position will not be altered at any time or under
any condition.
d. Using a suitable tool, tighten the locking nut securing the cable assembly (2) housing to the actuator
assembly (1). Ensure that the adjusting collar on the cable assembly is not disturbed during the
cable attaching process.
e. Install the locking pin securing the housing cover to the actuator assembly and shut the cover.
f. Using a suitable tool, connect both side plates of the latch connector assembly (9) to the latch by
connecting the 1-inch hexagon jam nut and 1-inch hexagon cap screw from the underside of the
latch assembly.
g. Attach the 3-point link assembly (8) to the latch assembly (7) by properly seating the cam of the link
within the latch assembly.
h. Once fully assembled, the following procedures must be accomplished before each use. With the
EFTC mounted (preferably on a platform), proceed as follows:
NOTE
When attaching the latch assembly to the modified extraction lug on the
Type V Platform, the four aluminum latch assembly adapter spacers are
not required. The modified extraction lugs are identified by the
presence of a ½-inch steel strip welded to the lower flat surface of the
extraction lug.
i. Rotate actuator arm clockwise until spring guide rod is fully extended.
j. Lock the actuator arm into position with the appropriate quick release pin.
k. Place a 2-inch straight edge (or equivalent) on the fork end of the spring guide rod.
l. If spring guide rod shows any bend or curvature against straight edge, remove EFTC from service.
0013 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0013 00
5. Check for Free Movement of Actuator Arm Latching Pin as follows:
a. Pull latch ring on side of actuator to determine if latch pin moves freely under force of latch spring.
b. Slowly rotate actuator arm counterclockwise to ensure arm pushes in latch pin and latch pin snaps
back into position to secure from rotating clockwise.
c. If latch pin sticks in one position, check for binding, bends, dirt, or debris on the latch pin assembly
inside actuator. Remove dirt and foreign matter but if pin is bent, remove EFTC from service.
6. Tighten three (3) self-locking nuts on 3-point link assembly as follows:
a. Using a suitable tool, tighten all three self-locking nuts whereby, two (2) threads of bolt extend past
end of nut. Do not over tighten nuts.
b. If length of thread does not allow for the above procedures, tighten nut whereby end of bolt is flush
with end of nut.
7. Check for a Misaligned Dot and Arrow as follows:
a. If dot and arrow are not aligned within a 1/16 -inch, check that lock link is fully seated into catch slot so
catch is completely bottomed over lock link.
b. If latch is properly seated but dot and arrow remain misaligned more than a 1/16-inch, the latch must
be identified for continued use and inspections.
(1) Stencil a ½-inch capital letter I on each side plate using yellow enamel paint.
8. Check Cam of 3-Point Link and Latch for Proper Seating as follows:
a. Check alignment of dot and arrow as per instructions above.
b. If cam cannot be locked into a latch, repeat test procedure using other cam and latch combinations.
c. If cam cannot be locked, remove from service. If properly seated, ensure cable is properly
connected to latch and actuator.
9. If positive lock is felt more than 1/16-inch from the position of alignment between the visual dot and arrow
when thumb pressure is exerted on the latch. Check actuator as follows:
a. Disconnect cable from actuator end.
b. Rotate arm of actuator to locking position and insert pin to hold arm.
c. Check locking position of actuating link at cable hole connecting point. Measure the distance
between the center of the hole to the outside end of the actuator housing from which cable extends.
d. If measured distance does not exceed 2 ½-inches, the cable is adjusted incorrectly. Do not use
cable.
e. If the measured distance exceeds 2 ½-inches, the actuator arm/shaft is improperly fabricated and will
not provide adequate cable locking stroke. Do not use actuator.
10. Check EFTC for Positive Lock and Operation as follows:
0013 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0013 00
a. Check the EFTC for positive lock pressure by applying moderate thumb pressure on the catch
toward the cable, attempting to lift the catch open.
b. If the catch can be moved 1/16 of an inch the internal cable positive lock is improperly set.
c. Recheck the actuator for the 2 ½-inch dimension as described above. If actuator is found suitable,
then cable assembly collar is set incorrectly and is defective, remove cable from service.
d. If the catch cannot be moved 1/16 of an inch under moderate thumb pressure, and catch returns to
seated position (dot and arrow aligned), then EFTC is properly locked.
e. Check that actuator arm swings freely through the platform rail indents with no interference from the
hex head bolts (replaced by round head bolts IAW FM 4.20-102) or other parts of platform. This
includes the upswing of arm to horizontal locked position by spring lever in actuator body.
f. Check for proper operation of the EFTC by removing the actuator body from the EFTA mounting
brackets after removing the actuator pins.
g. Carefully remove the actuator arm-locking pin and slowly rotate arm through its full range of motion.
Check that the catch in the latch was fully opened.
h. Push on the latch retainer hook end, collapsing the linkage, and confirm link assembly cam rolls out
of latch freely. Reengage cam into latch, rotate linkage by thumb pressure to closed position and
relock actuator arm with locking pin.
NOTE
To prevent damage to cable and to prevent improper locking of latch,

reinsert cam and then rotate latch linkage to closed position before
relocking actuator arm.
11. Periodically check if the four adjusting collar setscrews are tight.
12. Repair each individual component as described in WP 0013 00 through WP 0019 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing EFTC parts only as authorized by the RPSTL, WP 0068 00 – WP 0073 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable EFTC with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0013 00-5/(6 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0014 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING ADAPTER LINK ASSEMBLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Wrench, Open-End 1 7/16 and 1 5/8-IN. (Item 56, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger

Coupling, Extraction Force Transfer Adapter, Link Removed from the Extraction Force
Assembly (Item 1, WP 0068 00) Transfer Coupling Adapter Link
Assembly
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0068 00
INSPECT
Inspect the link assembly adapter in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1 and the
following procedures below:
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing adapter link assembly parts only as authorized by WP 0068 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable adapter link assembly with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0014 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0015 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING 3-POINT ADAPTER LINK ASSEMBLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Wrench, Open-End, 1 7/16 and 1 5/8-IN. (Item 56, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger

Coupling, Extraction Force Transfer Link Assembly, Coupling Removed from the Extraction Force
(Item 1, WP 0069 00) Transfer Assembly
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0069 00
INSPECT
Inspect the link assembly, coupling in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1.
WARNING
Do not over tighten the self-locking nuts of the three-point coupling link
assembly so that the cam will not rotate freely. This may result in a
delay or failure of the force transfer and deployment of the recovery
parachutes resulting in loss of equipment.
1. The following procedures shall be used to tighten all three self-locking nuts on the three point coupling
link assembly:
a. Using a 1 7/16 and 1 5/8-inch open-end wrench, tighten all three (3) self-locking nuts whereby the
bottom of the nut must make contact with the side plate and then back off one-half turn so the cam
and spools rotate freely.
b. Before engaging the three point coupling link, assembly into the latch assembly, check to see that
the cam and spools between the side plates have sufficient slack and are always free to rotate as
intended.
c. Check the proper engagement of the cam with the open latch assembly. The cam must fit without
interference and seat properly into the latch assembly when the latch is manually relocked and the
dot and arrows are aligned.
0015 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0015 00
d. If different cams are tried and none will engage and seat properly in the latch, the latch shall be
tagged “defective latch” and set aside.
CAM
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing link assembly parts only as authorized by the RPSTL, WP 0069 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable link assembly with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0015 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0016 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING CONNECTOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, No.1 (Item 27, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Wrench, Open-End, 1 and 1 1/8-IN. (Item 57, WP 0064 00)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Removed from the Extraction Force
Coupling, Extraction Force Transfer Latch Connector Assembly, Transfer Assembly
Coupling (Item 1, WP 0071 00)
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0071 00
INSPECT
Inspect the latch assembly connector in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1 and
the following procedures below:
REPLACE
NOTE
An unserviceable latch assembly coupling will not be repaired. Replace

damaged or missing latch assembly only as authorized by WP 0071 00.
1. Replace damaged or missing latch assembly connector parts only as authorized by WP 0071 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable latch assembly connector with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0016 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0017 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING LATCH ASSEMBLY COUPLING
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Service
x Replace

Brush, Wire, Stainless Steel (Item 4, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Hex Key, Set (Item 14, WP 0064 00)
Impact Socket Set, Manual (Item 15, WP 0064 00) Equipment Condition
Mallet, Rawhide (Item 21, WP 0064 00) Removed from the Extraction Force
Pliers, Slip Joint, Straight Nose (Item 23, WP 0064 00) Transfer Assembly.
Punch, Center, Hardened (Item 26, WP 0064 00)
Screwdriver, Phillips, No. 3 (Item 29, WP 0064 00) References
Wrench, Adjustable, 10-IN. (Item 49, WP 0064 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0018 00;
7
Wrench, Open End, /16-IN. (Item 50, WP 0064 00) WP 0070 00
Materials/Parts
Coupling, EFTC Latch Assembly (Item 1, WP 0070 00)
Locktite, 222 (Item 18, WP 0125 00)
Lubricant, Solid Film (Item 20, WP 0125 00)
Paint, Yellow Enamel (Item 23, WP 0125 00)
INSPECT
Inspect the latch assembly in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1.
SERVICE/REPAIR
1. If possible, clean latch assembly using compressed air. When Latch does not function properly due
accumulation of dirt, foreign material or rust on the internal parts, latch may be disassembled and cleaned
as follows:
NOTE
At any time during maintenance of the latch assembly, it is permissible

to reapply the yellow enamel paint used to show the “dot and arrow”.
a. If the cable assembly is attached to the latch, remove the cable assembly before disassembling the
latch IAW WP 0018 00.
NOTE
Parts manufactured after 2001 require the use of a 7/16-inch hex key in
the upper retainer to prevent it from turning under the action of the
adjustable wrench.
0017 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0017 00
b. Place the latch on a flat clean working area and using a 10-inch adjustable wrench; loosen the self-
locking nut on the upper retainer by turning the nut one to two turns counterclockwise.
Upper
Retainer
7
/16-IN.
Hex Slot
CAUTION
If an impact driver is used, proper eye protection should be used for

protection against any metal chips that may be dislodged by the impact
wrench.
NOTE
If applicable, an impact driver set with 5/16-inch hex bit holder and
number two (2) Phillips head bit is a suitable substitution for a #3 Phillips
head screwdriver.
c. Using a #3 Phillips head screwdriver, remove the four crossed recessed machine screws holding the
side plates together. If the machine screws are difficult to remove, an impact wrench may be used.
0017 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0017 00
d. Carefully remove the side plate. If the plates are difficult to separate, the ends of the plates may be
tapped using a rawhide mallet.
CAUTION
Injury to personnel may occur when removing the side plate. To avoid
injury, cover the catch spring with a free hand to prevent the spring from
ejecting from the side plate towards the operators face.
e. Carefully remove the catch spring, pins, and all the internal parts of the latch.
Upper Retainer
Crossed Recessed Screws

Top Face Plate
Catch Spring
Pins
Bottom Face Plate
Catch
Idler Link
0017 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0017 00
f. Examine the internal parts for a buildup of dirt and corrosion.
g. Compressed air may be used to remove any dirt and debris from the parts and the internal bearing
surfaces. For rust and corrosion found on parts and the internal bearing surfaces, a stainless steel
wire brush or emery cloth may be used.
CAUTION
The idler link rides on two friction pads riveted to the inside of each side
plate. Small chips on the friction plate near rivet area are acceptable
damage. Any side plates identified as having any breaks, cracks, or
excessively worn friction pads in and around the center of the friction
pad (the location the idler link rides against) will be removed from
service.
h. Inspect friction pads on each side plate for damage, cracks or excessive wear.
Friction Pad
NOTE
If the cap screws in the idler link are not facing in the same direction,
remove the cap screws and reassemble so they are both facing UP.
i. If the cap screws in the idler link are loose or the parts do not move freely, use a 7/16-inch open/box
end wrench and slip joint pliers, remove the idler link cap screws, clean components and apply solid
film lubricant to the bare metal parts.
j. Reassemble idler link applying a thin coat of Locktite No. 222 to the threads of the cap screws.
0017 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0017 00
k. Tighten cap screws making sure the parts move freely without binding.
Idler Link Cap

Screws
l. Any surfaces of the latch that have bare metal exposed due to the cleaning procedures above must
be recoated with a preservative. Use spray solid film lubricant, type II, let air dry one-hour.
ASSEMBLE
NOTE
On latches manufactured prior to 2001; the upper retainer has a

semicircular shape that must be oriented to mate with the corresponding
semicircular shape in the side plate, otherwise it will not be possible to
properly assemble the side plates.
1. Position idler link in bottom latch plate with cap screws facing upand pin holes aligned.
2. Position catch between idler link arms aligning pinhole.
Pin Holes
Aligned
Idler Link
Catch
0017 00-5
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0017 00
3. Replace pins in catch and idler link insuring they are fully seated.
4. Install catch spring insuring catch spring is properly seated over the catch, in the slot in the lower retainer,
and the upper part of the spring is properly mated with the upper retainer.
NOTE
The side plate is properly seated over the internal parts and pins if the
side plates seat flush with each other. If the side plates do not mate
flush with each other, make sure the catch spring and upper retainer is
properly seated in the side plates.
5. While holding the catch spring in place, push in upper retainer and position the topside plate carefully
over the internal parts and pins.
6. Apply a thin coat of Locktite No. 222 to the threads of the four crossed recessed machine screws.
7. Reinsert the four cross-recessed machine screws in the side plates and hand tighten.
8. Using a #3 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four cross-recessed machine screws in the side plates as tight
as possible with the hand.
0017 00-6
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0017 00
9. Using a 10-inch adjustable wrench, retighten the locking nut on the upper retainer; do not over tighten the
nut.
NOTE
If the ½-inch diameter pins in the latch side plates, that secure the
retainer and catch are separate pins or are an integral fixed pin one-
piece construction, then staking is not necessary.
10. Determine if the pins are loose and can fall out through the side plates as follows:
a. Using a flat surface, a 3/8-inch diameter or less pin or bolt, tap gently with a hammer on each end of
the ½-inch diameter latch pins through the side plate holes.
b. If the pins are loose and can fall through the side plates, stake as follows:
CAUTION
Use of proper eye protection should be used for protection against any
metal chips that may be dislodged when staking pins. Flying debris may
cause injury to personnel.
(1) Place the assembled latch assembly on a solid level surface.
(2) Place the tip of the center punch approximately 1/16-inch from the edge of the ½-inch diameter
hole in the side plate.
(3) Strike the punch with a hammer to cause a 3/32-inch dimple and a slight flow of metal towards
the inside edge of the hole which will then retain the latch pin as required.
(4) Repeat the stacking at four places, 90 degrees apart from each other.
(5) Recheck for loose pins as described in step a. above.
0017 00-7
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0017 00
NOTE
At any time during the operation of the EFTC latch, units are authorized
to tighten the upper retaining nut flush with the latch assembly housing.
Secure the latch in a clamp or vise prior to tightening the nut. NO DO
TIGHTEN WHILE ASSEMBLED AND RIGGED INSIDE THE
AIRCRAFT.
11. Manually operate the latch in accordance with FM 4-20.102 (FM 10-500-2). Apply thumb pressure on the
catch to overcome the spring pressure and lift up the catch. The linkage can then be collapsed manually
by pushing down on top of the retainer hook end. The latch shall relock manually with the dot and arrow
aligned.
12. Check the latch and link assemblies for proper locking and seating IAW FM 4-20.102 (FM 10-500-2). If
the dot and arrow are not aligned within 1/16-inch, check to make sure that the lock link is fully seated into
the catch slot, so that the catch is completely bottomed over the lock link.
13. If the latch is properly seated, but the dot and arrow remain misaligned by more than 1/16-inch the visual
locking indicators have been improperly set by the manufacturer. The latch must now be identified for
continued use and further inspections.
14. A ½-inch capital letter (I) must be stenciled on each side plate using yellow enamel paint. This will show
that the unit is still usable for airdrop operations.
15. After the cable assembly installation during the EFTC pre-check and the pre-drop JAI, further positive
lock must be checked on the latch assemblies to assure proper locking. These procedures are as
follows:
a. Connect the cable to the latch and lock the actuator. If positive lock is felt more than 1/16-inch from
the position of alignment between the visual dot and arrow when thumb pressure is exerted on the
latch, check the actuator as follows:
(1) Disconnect the cable from the actuator end and rotate the arm of the actuator to the locking
position and insert locking pin to hold the arm.
(2) Check the locking position of the actuating link at the cable hole connecting point, measuring
the distance between the center of this hole to the outside end of the actuator housing from
which the cable extends.
(3) If the measured distance does not exceed two and one half inches, the cable was adjusted
incorrectly. Do not use the cable.
(4) If the measured distance exceeds two and one half inches, the actuator arm/shaft was
improperly fabricated to provide adequate cable locking stroke. Do not use the actuator.
b. If the dot and arrow are not aligned within 1/16-inch when the latch is locked, visually check through
the 1-inch slotted hole in the latch side plates that the catch is completely seated over the lock link.
c. Check to see that the arrow points to the surface of the lock link that is engaged with the catch.
d. Push up on the catch with sufficient force to overcome the catch spring resisting force.
e. A positive lock must be indicated by a solid resistance provided by the cable assembly connection
within 1/16-inch of catch movement.
0017 00-8
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0017 00
f. The procedures and inspections stated above will assure that the latch assemblies with misaligned
locking indicators are properly locked.
g. These procedures and inspections should be conducted before each airdrop use of the latch
assembly.
REPLACE
NOTE
If after assembly the latch does not function properly, no further repair is
authorized. Replace latch assembly only as authorized by WP 0070 00.
1. Replace damaged latch assembly, coupling parts only as authorized by WP 0070 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable latch assembly, coupling with serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0017 00-9/(10 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0018 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING CABLE ASSEMBLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

None 92R (10) Parachute Rigger

Coupling, Extraction Force Transfer Cable Assembly, Removed from the Extraction Force
Coupling (WP 0072 00) Transfer Assembly.
References
FM 4-20.102(FM 10-500-2);
T.O. 13C7-1-5
INSPECT
Inspect the coupling link assembly, in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1 as well
as the following procedures:
All cable assemblies must be inspected prior to every airdrop as follows:
1. Extend the cable straight and apply a manual push/pull force on the ends of the inner cable.
2. Check for any friction or resistance to push/pull of the inner cable.
3. An approximate manual push/pull force detecting any friction, resistance or force exceeding 10-pounds
under a spring scale applied to the ends of the cable will indicate a defective cable assembly.
4. Visually check both ends of the inner cable for any “birdcage” effect or damage.
5. Bird caging of the inner wire cable is defined as any visible unraveling or physical deformation of the inner
wire cable strands.
6. Visually inspect both ends of all lengths of EFTC cable assemblies produced by all manufacturers for bird
caging of the inner wire cable.
7. There is no authorized repair for the damaged cable assemblies found with bird caging.
8. Dispose of in accordance with local standard procedures for damaged airdrop equipment.
9. Cable assemblies that pass the manual push/pull test and do not show signs of bird caging should be
connected to a good EFTC actuator and latch assembly to check for proper positive lock in the latch
assembly.
10. Check for proper operation of the actuator assembly to completely open the catch in the latch assembly
IAW FM 4-20.102 (FM 10-500-2)/T.0. 13C7-1-5.
11. If proper operation is not achieved, the cable assembly can be considered defective. There is no
authorized repair for the defective cable.
12. During pre-airdrop rigging and functional inspections, unlock and rotate the actuator arm to check the
operation of the latch assembly.
0018 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0018 00
13. Do not re-cock the actuator arm until the latch linkage is reset manually to accept the engagement of the
catch (dot and arrow align).
WARNING
When the cable assembly is installed to the actuator and latch

assembly, avoid any unnecessary turning and twisting of the actuator or
latch. Damage to the inner cable construction may occur. If these
procedures and pre-cautions are not followed, damage may occur which
could cause a possible malfunction.
14. If twisting and turning occurs during the pre-airdrop rigging, disconnect the cable assembly from the latch
and actuator assembly and repeat the manual push/pull test as stated above.
REPLACE
1. Replace an unserviceable or missing straight-headed pin or ½-inch long cotter pin on either end of the
cable with a serviceable item from stock.
2. Replace an unserviceable 12-, 16-, 20-, 24-, 28-foot long cable assembly with a serviceable item from
stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0018 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0019 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Straight Edge, 2-IN. (Item 45, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Wrench, Open-End, 1 7/16-IN. and 1 5/8-IN. (Item 56, WP 0064 00)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Removed from the Extraction Force
EFTC Actuator Assembly (Item 1, WP 0073 00) Transfer Assembly.
References
WP 0073 00; WP 0005 00; WP 0017
00
INSPECT
Inspect the actuator assembly in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1, as well as
the following procedures:
1. All actuator assemblies must be checked prior to every airdrop.
2. Inspect the actuator spring guide rod as follows:
a. Rotate the actuator arm clockwise until the spring guide rod is fully extended and lock the actuator
arm into position with the appropriate quick release pin.
b. Place a 2-inch straight edge (or equivalent) on the fork end of the spring guide rod.
c. If spring guide rod shows any bend or curvature against straight edge, remove EFTC from service.
3. Check for free movement of actuator arm latching pin as follows:
a. Pull latch ring on side of actuator to determine if latch pin moves freely under force of latch spring.
b. Slowly rotate actuator arm counterclockwise to ensure arm pushes in latch pin and latch pin snaps
back into position to secure the arm from rotating clockwise.
c. If latch pin sticks in one position, check for binding, bends, dirt, or debris on the latch pin assembly
inside actuator. Remove dirt and foreign matter but if pin is bent, remove EFTC from service.
4. Once the EFTC has been mounted to the platform, check the latch assembly coupling IAW WP 0017 00.
0019 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0019 00
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing actuator assembly parts only as authorized by WP 0073 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable actuator assembly with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0019 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0020 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
M-1 CARGO PARACHUTE RELEASE
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Repair
x Replace

Brush, Scrub, Household (Item 2, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
File, Bastard (Item 8/9, WP 0064 00)
Knife, Hot Metal (Item 18, WP 0064 00) Equipment Condition
Knife, Pocket (Item 19, WP 0064 00) Removed from the parachute linkage.
Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, No.2 (Item 28, WP 0064 00)
Screwdriver, Flat-Tip, 3/16-IN. (Item 30, WP 0064 00) References
Sewing Machine, Zig-Zag (Item 39/40, WP 0064 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00; WP 0008
Shear, Trimmer (Item 41, WP 0064 00) 00; WP 0023 00; WP 0074 00
Wrench, Open-End, 1 ¼ and 1 5/16-IN. (Item 52, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Open-End, 1 ½ and 1 ¾-IN. (Item 53, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Open-End, 13/16 and 7/8-IN. (Item 58, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Open-End, 5/8 and 9/16-IN. (Item 60, WP 0064 00)
Materials/Parts
10-Ounce Weight (Item 38, WP 0125 00)
Marker, Felt-Tip, Black (Item 21, WP 0125 00)
Pen, Ballpoint (Item 24, WP 0125 00)
Rag, Wiping (Item 25, WP 0125 00)
Release, Cargo Parachute, M-1 (Item 1, WP 0074 00)
Thread, Nylon, Size FF (Item 33, WP 0125 00)
Webbing, Cotton, Type I, ¼-IN. Wide (Item 35, WP 0125 00)
Webbing, Nylon, Type VIII (Item 36, WP 0125 00)
Wire, 20 Gauge (Item 39, WP 0125 00)
INSPECT
1. Inspect the M-1 parachute release in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1.
NOTE
A delay release timer will be tested prior to every use. Testing of a timer
will only be conducted with the timer installed and armed within an
assembled serviceable parachute release.
2. Inspect Timing.
a. Cut a suitable length of type I, ¼-inch wide cotton webbing for use in fabricating an improvised sling.
b. Using a length of suitable wire as an aid, pass one end of the webbing length up between the
release side plates, over and around the center of the timer, and back down between the side plates
to a point below the release body.
c. Attach and suspend a 10-ounce weight to the sling webbing at a point below the release body. This
adds resistance to the timer mechanism keys.
0020 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0020 00
d. Suspend the release in a vertical position and activate the timer mechanism by pulling the arming
wire from the guide block located on the release face side plate.
e. Check the time it takes for the release assembly to drop.
f. When using a 15-second timer, the time should drop inside the release within a minimum of 12-
seconds and a maximum of 16-seconds. If the timer fails to meet the requirements, it is considered
defective and should be replaced with a serviceable timer and stem assembly from stock.
NOTE
If the time assembly fails to drop in the required time, remove the
faceplate and check the four screws securing the arming wire guide
block to the faceplate for burred heads. If the heads are burred, remove
it by filing or replacing with new screws.
g. Remove the fabricated sling and the 10-ounce weight from the release.
REPAIR
1. Disassemble the release.
a. Place the release on a table or other suitable flat surface with the side plate containing the arming
wire guide block (1) facing up.
b. If the arming wire (2) is installed, pull the wire clear of the guide block and allow the delay release
timer to run down.
c. Remove the five nuts (3) securing the side plate to the release and lift the face side plate from the
release.
d. Remove the exposed toggle (4), toggle lockslide (5), and the delay release timer (6) from the release
timer.
e. Remove the toggle shaft (7) and the upper suspension link (8) with the retaining clamp (9) from the
release.
f. Remove the retaining clamp (9) with the retaining clamp pin (10) from within the upper suspension
link by sliding the clamp down and out through the opening in the link.
g. Remove the remaining toggle (11) and toggle lockslide (12) from the release backside plate.
h. Lift each of the two lower suspension links (13) from the points of mounting on the 5/8-inch bolts.
i. Remove the three spacers, two 5/8-inch bolts, and three 3/8-inch bolts from the backside plate.
j. Disassemble each of the lower suspension links (13) by removing the three 5/8-inch nuts, the three
5
/8-inch bolts, the load suspension spacers, and the two load suspension links.
k. As required, disassemble each parachute release connector (14) by removing 9/16-inch nut, bolt, and
sleeve spacer from the upper end of the connector.
0020 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0020 00
l. Inspect and repair the parachute connectors (14) and the timer delay assembly (6) as described in
the REPAIR TIMER DELAY ASSEMBLY, TOGGLE AND KEYS paragraph and WP 0023 00.
2. Clean components.
a. Clean each component, except the arming wire, using procedures in WP 0008 00. Clean the arming
wire only by wiping it with a soft, dry cloth.
b. If necessary, remove dirt and debris from inaccessible locations using a compressed air hose.
1
4
13
14
6 1
10 13
9
7 11
12
3. Repair timer delay assembly, toggle and keys.
a. Remove the four screws that hold the back cover of the delay assembly. Carefully remove cover,
toggle, and keys from the housing.
b. Thoroughly brush foreign material away from the toggle and keys and from the surfaces from which
the toggle keys were removed. If the parts are rusty, corroded, pitted, or signs of marks are present
where the toggle has rubbed up against the channel in which the keys slide, replace the delay
assembly, toggle or keys with a serviceable one from stock.
CAUTION
Do not use steel wool or a wire brush to clean, as these will damage the
permanent dry film lubricant that was applied to the key-way surfaces
when they were manufactured.
0020 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0020 00
c. Clean housing cover with brush.
d. Insert the short key onto the timer actuator pin, into its slot with its pin facing outward.
e. Insert the longest key into its slot, also with its pin facing outward.
f. Adjust the two installed keys so that their pins are aligned with the pin in the housing and install the
toggle over all three pins.
g. Check to see that the short key is properly located onto the timer’s spring-located actuator pin (6)
and that the toggle is located onto all three pins in line.
h. Replace housing cover over keys with countersunk holes facing outward and rounded comers along
outer edge of timer housing. Check for alignment of holes and install four screws carefully. Do not
over-tighten screws.
i. Turn timer stem ¼ turn to right and check if keys extend from each side of housing. Release stem
and allow the timer to run down, making sure that the keys retract at the end when the timer runs
down.
NOTE
The interlock pin must be down before the timer can be armed.
4. Reassemble release.
NOTE
The faceplate bolts for the M-1 Cargo Parachute Release are the
correct type and length when they come with the complete assembly.
However, many spare part bolts available are different when you
requisition them. A spare part bolt of the same material with the correct
length is identified by bolt, NSN 5306-00-207-8362, part number, AN6-
25A. However, an additional bolt has been sold and may be used until
exhausted. This bolt is NSN 5306-00-638-5821, Part Number AN6H-
25A. This substitute bolt is the correct length and size, but it has a hole
drilled in the head for specific aircraft applications. This bolt is
acceptable for use in the assembly and application of the M-1 cargo
parachute release.
0020 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0020 00
a. If required, reassemble each parachute release connector.
b. Reassemble each of the lower suspension links by connecting the three 5/8-inch nuts, the three 5/8-
inch bolts, the load suspension spacers, and the two load suspension links.
c. Place the three spacers, two 5/8-inch bolts, and three 3/8-inch bolts within the backside plate.
d. Place each of the two lower suspension links on the points of mounting on the 5/8-inch bolts.
e. Place the first toggle and toggle lockslide into the appropriate depression in the release back side
plate.
NOTE
A tolerance problem was identified with the retaining clamp assembly

included in the M-1 cargo parachute release modification kit. The
retaining clamp assembly exceeds the maximum dimensional
tolerances and will not fit in the upper suspension link. The modification
kits can be identified by NSN 1670-01-332-7680, Part Number 11-1-
3908, Contract Number DAA01-97-P-0175, Cage Code 71304,
Capewell Components Company. There were 226 modification kits
issued to the field. The retaining clamp is stamped with a cage code of
71304. If found dispose of IAW local procedures.
f. Replace the retaining clamp with the retaining clamp pin within the upper suspension link by sliding
the clamp up and in through the opening in the link.
g. Replace the toggle shaft and the upper suspension link with the retaining clamp within the release.
h. Replace the second toggle, toggle lockslide, and the delay release timer within the release timer.
i. Place the face side plate onto the release. Install the five nuts securing the side plate to the release.
j. If the arming wire needs to be installed, thread the wire through the appropriate hole. Ensure that
the release works properly, IAW the INSPECT TIMING paragraph under the INSPECT procedures.
REPLACE
1. Replace an unserviceable M-1 airdrop cargo parachute release with a serviceable item from stock.
2. Except for the arming wire lanyard, any other component of the M-1 airdrop cargo parachute release that
is missing or unserviceable will be replaced only as authorized in WP 0074 00.
3. Replace an unserviceable arming wire lanyard by fabrication as follows:
a. Cut the unserviceable arming wire lanyard from the arming wire.
b. Cut a 124 ½-inch length and a 7 ½-inch length of ½-inch wide tubular nylon webbing and sear the
ends of both webbing lengths. Avoid forming a sharp edge or lumped effect on the melted end.
c. Mark the 124 ½-inch length of webbing at points 3, 4 ½, and 13-inches from one end.
0020 00-5
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0020 00
d. Form the arming wire attaching loop (1) on the webbing length by folding the marked end of the
webbing back at the 4 ½-inch mark.
e. Using ZZ sewing machine stitching 7 to 11 stitches per inch (3 to 4 stitches per cm), secure the
webbing foldback. Beginning at the 3-inch mark, stitch a 2 15/16 -inch long row of ¼-inch wide double
throw zigzag stitching toward the foldback seared end according to the details in the figure below.
End the stitch row at a point 1/6-inch back from the foldback seared end.
f. Mark the 7 ½-inch webbing length at points 3 and 4-inches from one end.
g. Form the safety tie loop (2) by doubling the webbing length at the 4-inch mark, allowing one end to
overlap the opposite end by ½-inch.
h. Position the folded 7 ½-inch webbing length on the 124 ½-inch webbing length with the 3-inch long
end of the folded webbing facedown and the folded end aligned with the 13-inch mark made in step
c. above.
i. Beginning at the 3-inch mark, secure the folded webbing length by stitching as outlined in step e.
above.
j. Insert the arming wire attaching loop on one end of the lanyard through the loop located at the top of
the arming wire.
k. Pass the opposite end of the lanyard through the arming wire attaching loop and draw the lanyard
length taut to form a tight attaching loop at the top of the arming wire.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0020 00-6
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0021 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
M-2 CARGO PARACHUTE RELEASE
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Repair
x Replace

Brush, Scrub, Household (Item 2, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Wrench, Open-End, ¾ and 13/16 –IN. (Item 51, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Open-End, 13/16 and 7/8-IN. (Item 58, WP 0064 00) Equipment Condition
Wrench, Open-End, 15/16 and 1-IN. (Item 59, WP 0064 00) Removed from the parachute linkage.
Materials/Parts References
Pen, Ballpoint (Item 24, WP 0125 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00; WP 0008
Rag Wiping (Item 25, WP 0125 00) 00; WP 0077 00
Webbing, Cotton, Type I, ¼-IN. (Item 35, WP 0125 00)
INSPECT
1. Inspect the M-2 parachute release in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1.
2. Inspect timing as follows:
NOTE
A delay release timer will be tested prior to every use. Testing of a timer
will only be conducted with the timer installed and armed within an
assembled serviceable parachute release.
a. Cut a suitable length of type I, ¼-inch wide cotton webbing for use in fabricating an improvised sling.
b. Using a length of suitable wire as an aid, pass one end of the webbing length up between the M-2
release side plates, over and around the center of the timer, and back down between the side plates
to a point below the release body.
c. Attach and suspend a 10-ounce weight to the sling webbing at a point below the release body. This
adds resistance to the timer mechanism keys.
d. Suspend the release in a vertical position and activate the timer mechanism by pulling the arming
wire from the guide block located on the release face side plate.
e. Check the time it takes for the release assembly to drop.
f. When using a 15-second timer, the timer should drop inside the release within a minimum of 12-
seconds and a maximum of 16-seconds. If the timer fails to meet the requirements, it is considered
defective and should be replaced with a serviceable timer and stem assembly from stock.
0021 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0021 00
NOTE
If the timer assembly fails to drop in the required time, remove the
faceplate and check the four screws securing the arming wire guide
block to the faceplate for burred heads. If the heads are burred, remove
it by filing or replacing with new screws.
g. Remove the fabricated sling and the 10-ounce weight from the release.
REPAIR
1. Disassemble the release as follows:
a. Place the release on a table or other suitable flat surface with the front plate containing the arming
wire guide block facing up.
b. If the arming wire (1) is installed, pull the wire clear of the guide block and allow the delay release
timer to run down.
c. Remove the three nuts (2) securing the faceplate (3) to the release and lift the faceplate from the
release.
d. Remove the exposed toggle (4), toggle lockslide (5), and the timer mechanism (6) from the release
body.
e. Remove the toggle shaft (7) and the upper suspension link (8) from the release.
f. Remove the retaining clamp (9) with the retaining clamp pin (10) from within the upper suspension
link (8) by sliding the clamp down and out through the opening in the link.
g. Remove the remaining toggle (11) and toggle lockslide (12) from the inside of the release back plate
(13).
h. Lift each of the two lower suspension links (14) from the two clevis bolts (15) on the release back
plate.
i. Remove the two clevis bolts (15) and the lower stud (16) from the back plate by removing the
applicable nuts on the outside of the back plate.
j. Further disassemble each of the lower suspension links (14) by removing the two 5/8-inch nuts, the
two suspension link sleeves, the sling guides, the 9/16-inch clevis bolt nut, the clevis bolt, and the
suspension link clevis.
k. As required, disassemble each parachute release connector (17) by removing the 9/16-inch nut, bolt,
and sleeve spacer from the upper end of the connector.
CAUTION
Do not apply lubricant of any type to the delay release timer.
0021 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0021 00
2. Clean components as follows:
a. Clean each component, except the arming wire, using procedures in WP 0008 00. Clean the arming
wire only by wiping it with a soft, dry cloth.
b. If necessary, remove dirt and debris from inaccessible locations using a compressed air hose.
1 2
2
4
5
16 6
14
8
17
10
9
7
11
12
14
13
15
0021 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0021 00
3. Repair toggle and keys as follows:
a. Remove the four screws that hold the back cover of the delay assembly. Carefully remove cover,
toggle, and keys from the housing.
b. Thoroughly brush foreign material away from the toggle and keys and from the surfaces from which
the toggle keys were removed. If the parts are rusty, corroded, pitted, or marks are present where
the toggle has rubbed up against the channel in which the keys slide, replace the delay assembly,
toggle or keys with a serviceable one from stock.
CAUTION
Do not use steel wool or a wire brush to clean, as these will damage the
permanent dry film lubricant that was applied to the key-way surfaces
when they were manufactured.
c. Clean housing cover with brush.
d. Insert the short key onto the timer actuator pin, into its slot with its pin facing outward.
e. Insert the longest key into its slot, also with its pin facing outward.
f. Adjust the two installed keys so that their pins are aligned with the pin in the housing and install the
toggle over all three pins.
g. Check to see that the short key is properly located onto the timer’s spring-loaded actuator pin (6) and
that the toggle is located onto all three pins in line.
NOTE
h. Replace housing cover over keys with countersunk holes facing outward and rounded corners along
outer edge of timer housing. Check for alignment of holes and install four screws carefully. Do not
over-tighten screws.
i. Turn timer stem ¼ turn to right and check if keys extend from each side of housing. Release stem
and allow the timer to run down, making sure that the keys retract at the end when the timer runs
down.
NOTE
REPLACE
1. Replace an unserviceable M-2 airdrop cargo parachute release with a serviceable item from stock.
0021 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0021 00
2. Except for the arming wire lanyard, any other component of the M-2 airdrop cargo parachute release that
is missing or unserviceable will be replaced only as authorized in WP 0077 00.
3. Replace an unserviceable arming wire lanyard by fabrication as follows:
a. Cut the unserviceable arming wire lanyard from the arming wire.
b. Cut a 304 ½-inch length and a 7 ½-inch length of ½-inch wide tubular nylon webbing and sear the
ends of both webbing lengths. Avoid forming a sharp edge or lumped effect on the melted end.
c. Mark the 304 ½-inch length of webbing at points 3, 4 ½, and 13-inches from one end.
d. Form the arming wire attaching loop (1) on the webbing length by folding the marked end of the
webbing back at the 4 ½-inch mark.
e. Using ZZ sewing machine stitching 7 to 11 stitches per inch, secure the webbing foldback.
Beginning at the 3-inch mark, stitch a 2 15/16-inch long row of ¼-inch wide double throw zigzag
stitching toward the foldback seared end according to the details in the figure below. End the stitch
row at a point 1/6-inch back from the foldback seared end.
f. Mark the 7 ½-inch webbing length at points 3 and 4-inches from one end.
g. Form the safety tie loop (2) by doubling the webbing length at the 4-inch mark, allowing one end to
overlap the opposite end by ½-inch.
h. Position the folded 7 ½-inch webbing length on the 304 ½-inch webbing length with the 3-inch long
end of the folded webbing facedown and the folded end aligned with the 13-inch mark made in step
c. above.
i. Beginning at the 3-inch mark, secure the folded webbing length by stitching as outlined in step e.
above.
j. Insert the arming wire attaching loop on one end of the lanyard through the loop located at the top of
the arming wire.
k. Pass the opposite end of the lanyard through the arming wire attaching loop and draw the lanyard
length taut to form a tight attaching loop at the top of the arming wire.
300-IN.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0021 00-5/(6 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0022 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
PARACHUTE CONNECTOR
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Calipers (Item 5, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
File, Bastard, 10-IN. (Item 8, WP 0064 00)
File, Bastard, 12-IN. (Item 9, WP 0064 00) Equipment Condition
Removed from the M-2 cargo release
Materials/Parts assembly.
Connector, Parachute (Item 1, WP 0075 00)
Lubricant, Solid Film (Item 20, WP 0125 00) Disassembled.
References
WP 0005 00
INSPECT
1. Inspect the parachute connector in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1.
2. Inspect the arm spacing.
a. Ensure that the arms (1) engage into the retainer clamp. If they do not, the thickness of the tips is
too much.
b. The width of the tips of the arms should be between 29/32 and 31/32-inches.
c. If the width is greater than 31/32-inches, measure each arm individually. If either arm is larger than
31
/64-inches file the excess metal from the inside face of the arm to keep within allowable tolerances.
d. Place both arms together and check whether the total width is between 29/32 and 31/32-inches. If they
are not, repeat the procedure in step c., above.
e. Apply a coat of solid film lubricant to the exposed surfaces. Allow lubricant to dry for 24-hours before
using connector.
0022 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0022 00
NOTE
Do not touch exposed surfaces of metal with hands. Lubricant will not
adhere to an oily surface.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable parachute connector with a serviceable one from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0022 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0023 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
TIMER DELAY ASSEMBLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Repair
x Replace

Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, No.1 (Item 27, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Screwdriver, Flat-Tip, 3/16 -IN. (Item 30, WP 0064 00)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Removed from the M-2 cargo
Crocus Cloth (Item 9, WP 0125 00) parachute release assembly.
Timer Delay Assembly (Item 1, WP 0076 00)
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0079 00
INSPECT
1. Inspect the timer delay assembly in accordance with WP 0005 00, using the procedures in Table 1.
2. Check the timer delay.
a. With a screwdriver, turn stem (1) ¼ turn to the right, as if arming in the release assembly, and let the
time run down.
NOTE
The interlock pin must be down before timer can be armed.
b. If the time sequence is delayed in any way, check if the stem is binding on the mounting block. If so,
loosen three screws and slightly move timer and stem assembly to remove binding. When free,
retighten screws and recheck as in step a., above.
c. Install mounting block with timer and stem assembly, making sure that the retraction pin goes into
the hole in the key on the inside of the housing. (Ends of keys (2) must be retracted or even with the
outside of the housing.) To check the retraction pin, again arm timer and stem assembly by turning
the stem ¼ turn to the right and checking if the keys extend from the housing on each end. Release
the stem and allow the timer to run down, making sure that keys (2) retract when the timer runs
down.
REPAIR
1. Disassemble timer delay assembly.
0023 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0023 00
a. Place timer delay on working area and remove the two screws holding mounting block to housing.
b. Lift mounting block with timer and stem assembly out of housing.
NOTE
An internal interference problem with the timer delay assembly provided

as a spare part component has been identified. The internal toggle
makes contact with the key channel and prevents the timer from
functioning properly and retracting the keys. The timer delay assembly
can be identified by NSN 1670-01-099-2380, Part Number 11-1-894-1,
Contract Number DAAJ09-83-C-B848, Cage Code 3N257, Hansen
MFG. If found, dispose of IAW local procedures.
c. Remove three screws (3) from outside holding timer assembly to mounting block.
d. Lift damaged timing movement from timer block.
e. Once identified, determine if there are signs of marks where the toggle has rubbed up against the
channel in which the key slides. If found, the timer delay must be taken out of service and replaced.
2. Reassemble timer delay.
a. Insert stem hole of new timer movement in mounting block. Rotate timer and stem assembly so
three square sides are even with the top, end, and bottom sides of the mounting block.
NOTE
If the actuator pin (4) will not fit into the slot of the short key, clean the
tip of the actuator pin with a crocus cloth.
b. Insert mounting screws through three screw holes in mounting block into timer and stem.
0023 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0023 00
NOTE
The repair in step c. below, is an authorized expedient repair to enable

continued use of the timer and stem assemblies in which the screw
threads in the attachment plate have been damaged or stripped.
c. Replace the mounting screws with screw NSN 5303-00-983-6730 and nut NSN 5310-00-811-6419.
Place the new screws through the three screw holes in the mounting block through timer and stem
attachment plate. Install nut on each screw and tighten until snug.
d. Replace the two screws that hold the mounting block assembly to the housing. Re-inspect timer and
stem assembly.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing time movement parts only as authorized by WP 0079 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable time movement with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0023 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0024 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
TYPE IV SINGLE SUSPENSION LINK ASSEMBLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


Link Assembly, Single Suspension, Type IV (Item 1, WP 0080 00) Removed from the cargo parachute
linkage.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
NOTE
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the single suspension type IV link assembly in accordance with
WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00 using Table 1.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable single suspension type IV link with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0024 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0025 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
HEAVY-DUTY LINK ASSEMBLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Wrench, Open-End, 1 ½ and 1 ¾-IN. (Item 53, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Wrench, Open-End, 1 7/16 and 1 5/8-IN. (Item 56, WP 0064 00)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Removed from the cargo parachute
Link Assembly, Heavy-Duty (Item 1, WP 0081 00) linkage.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00;
WP 0081 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the heavy-duty link assembly in accordance with WP 0007 00
and Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing heavy-duty link assembly parts only as authorized by WP 0081 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable heavy-duty link assembly with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0025 00-1/(2Blank)
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0026 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
4-POINT LINK
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Equipment Condition
Link, 4 Point (Item 1, WP 0082 00) linkage.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00;
WP 0082 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the four-point link in accordance with WP 0007 00 and Table 1,
WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing four-point link parts only as authorized by WP 0082 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable arm clustering assembly with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0026 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0027 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
TYPE IV LINK COVER
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Cord, Nylon, Type III (Item 7, WP 0125 00) Removed from the cargo parachute
Cover, Link, Type IV (Item 1, WP 0083 00) linkage.
Tools References
Knife, Hot Metal (Item 18, WP 0064 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
Shears (Item 42, WP 0064 00)
Personnel Required
92R (10) Parachute Rigger
NOTE
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the type IV link cover in accordance with WP 0007 00 and Table
1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace a defective drawstring cord.
a. Cut the overhand knot on the defective cord.
b. Slide the damaged cord out of the sewn channel.
c. Cut a 24- or 28-inch length of type III nylon cord as applicable and sear both ends. Make sure that
the seared edge is not sharp or lumpy.
d. Insert one end of the replacement cord into the sewn channel. Make sure that the ends are even.
e. Tie the loose ends of the cord together with an overhand knot.
2. Replace an unserviceable type IV link cover with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0027 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0028 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
AERIAL DELIVERY CLEVIS
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Wrench, Open-End, 1 ¼ and 1 5/16-IN. (Item 52, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Wrench, Open-End, 1 ½ and 1 ¾-IN. (Item 53, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Open-End, 15/16 and 1-IN. (Item 59, WP 0064 00) Equipment Condition
Removed from the cargo parachute
Materials/Parts linkage
Clevis, Aerial Delivery (Item 1, WP 0084 00)
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00;
WP 0084 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the aerial delivery clevis in accordance with WP 0007 00 and
Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing aerial delivery clevis parts only as authorized by WP 0084 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable aerial delivery clevis with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0028 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0029 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
CLEVIS COVER
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Grommet Punch (Item 11, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger

Cover, Clevis (Item 2, WP 0085 00) Removed from the cargo parachute
linkage.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the clevis cover in accordance with WP 0007 00 and Table 1,
WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable clevis cover with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0029 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0030 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
SINGLE KNIFE PARACHUTE RELEASE STRAP
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Stone, Sharpening, Round (Item 44, WP 00??64 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger

Strap, Parachute Release, Single Knife (Item 1, WP 0086 00) Removed from the cargo parachute
linkage.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
1. Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the single knife parachute strap in accordance with WP 0007
00 and Table 1, WP 0005 00.
NOTE
When the ferrule (1) of a guillotine knife had been unscrewed to the full
open position, the safety hole (2) should be covered. If the aperture is
not covered, the item is unserviceable.
2. Sharpen a dull knife blade with a round sharpening stone.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable single knife parachute strap with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0030 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0031 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
MULTI-KNIFE PARACHUTE RELEASE STRAP
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Stone, Sharpening, Round (Item 44, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger

Strap, Parachute Release, Multi-Knife (Item 1, WP 0087 00) Removed from the cargo parachute
linkage.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
1. Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the single knife parachute strap in accordance with WP 0007
00 and Table 1, WP 0005 00.
NOTE
When the ferrule (1) of a guillotine knife had been unscrewed to the full
open position, the safety hole (2) should be covered. If the aperture is
not covered, the item is unserviceable.
2. Sharpen a dull knife blade with a round sharpening stone.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable multi-knife parachute strap with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0031 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0032 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
3-POINT COUPLING LINK ASSEMBLY COUPLING
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Equipment Condition
Link Assembly, Coupling, 3-Point (Item 1, WP 0088 00) linkage.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00;
WP 0088 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the three-point link assembly in accordance with WP 0007 00
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing three-point link assembly parts only as authorized by WP 0088 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable three-point link assembly with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0032 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0033 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
M-35 SUSPENSION BRACKET
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


Bracket, Suspension (Item 1, WP 0089 00) Removed from the cargo parachute
linkage
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the M-35 suspension bracket in accordance with WP 0007 00
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable M-35 suspension bracket with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0033 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0034 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
M-59 SUSPENSION BRACKET
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


Bracket, Suspension (Item 1, WP 0090 00) Removed from the cargo parachute
linkage
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the M-59 suspension bracket in accordance with
WP 0007 00 and Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable M-59 suspension bracket with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0034 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0035 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
SUSPENSION PLATE
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


Plate, Suspension (Item 1, WP 0091 00) Removed from the cargo parachute
linkage.
References
WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the suspension plate in accordance with WP 0007 00.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable suspension plate with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0035 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0036 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
10K CARGO TIE-DOWN
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace
Materials/Parts Personnel Required

Tie-down, Cargo, 10K (Item 1, WP 0092 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
References Equipment Condition

WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00; WP 0092 00 Removed from the cargo parachute
linkage.
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the 10K cargo tie-down in accordance with WP 0007 00 and
Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing 10K cargo tie-down parts only as authorized by WP 0092 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable 10K cargo tie-down with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0036 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0037 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
QUICK-RELEASE CARGO TIE-DOWN
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


Tie-down, Cargo, Quick-Release (Item 1, WP 0093 00) Removed from the cargo parachute
linkage.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the quick-release cargo tie-down in accordance with WP 0007
00 and Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable quick-release cargo tie-down with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0037 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0038 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
TYPE IV DRIVE OFF AID
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


Drive Off Aid, Type IV (Item 1, WP 0094 00) Fully assembled.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the type IV drive-off aid in accordance with WP 0007 00 and
Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable drive-off aid with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0038 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0039 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
AIRCRAFT CARGO TIE-DOWN
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


Tie-down, Cargo, Aircraft (Item 1, WP 0095 00) Fully assembled.
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00;
WP 0095 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the 10K cargo tie-down in accordance with WP 0007 00 and
Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing aircraft cargo tie-down parts only as authorized by WP 0095 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable aircraft cargo tie-down with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0039 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0040 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
3 ¾-INCH, 2-POINT LINK
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Wrench, Open End, 1-IN. and 1 1/8-IN. (Item 57, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
References
Materials/Parts WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00;
None WP 0096 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the 3 ¾-inch 2-point link in accordance with WP 0007 00 and
Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing 3 ¾-inch, 2-point link parts only as authorized by WP 0096 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable 3 ¾-inch, 2-point link with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0040 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0041 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
5 ½-INCH, 2-POINT LINK
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Wrench, Open End, 1-IN. and 1 1/8-IN. (Item 57, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
None WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00;
WP 0097 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the 5 ½-inch, 2-point link in accordance with WP 0007 00 and
Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing 5 ½-inch, 2-point link parts only as authorized by WP 0097 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable 5 ½-inch, 2-point link with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0041 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0042 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
RELEASE AWAY STATIC LINE ASSEMBLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Knife, Pocket (Item 19, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, No. 2 (Item 28, WP 0064 00)
References
Materials/Parts WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00;
None WP 0098 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger-type inspection of the release away static line assembly in accordance with WP
0007 00 and Table 1, WP 0005 00.
REPLACE
1. Replace damaged or missing release away static line assembly parts only as authorized by WP 0098 00.
2. Replace an unserviceable release away static line assembly with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0042 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0043 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION PARACHUTE JETTISON SYSTEM (EPJS)
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Assemble
x Test
x Disassemble

Power Supply, 28 VDC (Item 25, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Simulator, Initiator (Item 43, WP 0064 00)
References
Materials/Parts WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
None
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger type inspection of the EPJS in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00,
Table 1.
ASSEMBLE
1. Remove all cables from kit bag (not shown).
2. Remove Y-connectors (2) and Y-connector mounting boxes (not shown) from kit bag.
3. Remove control box (4) from kit bag.
4. In a suitable area, layout Y-connector mounting boxes, with Y-connectors (2) installed.
5. Ensure all Y-connector mounting boxes are facing the same direction as indicated by the FWD arrows
stenciled on the Y-connector mounting boxes.
6. Install interconnect cables (1) to Y-connectors (2) (P1 connects to J1; and P2 connects to J2).
8 2 2 2 2
3 1 1 1
Y-CONNECTOR Y-CONNECTOR Y-CONNECTOR Y-CONNECTOR
28 VDC
POWER
SUPPLY CONTROL
BOX
5 5
7 4 6 6 6 6
0043 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0043 00
7. Install the 50-foot main cable (3) between the first Y-connector (2) and control box (4) (P1 connects to J1
on Y-connector; P2 connects to control box TO LOADS J2 connector).
2
3
J1 Y-CONNECTOR J2
P1
J3
J2
P2 CONTROL
BOX 4
J1
8. Retrieve and connect four platform cables (5) to initiator simulators (6) (P3 on platform cable connects to
J3 on Y-connector; P4 on platform cable connects to J1 on initiator simulator).
J1 Y-CONNECTOR J2 J1 Y-CONNECTOR J2
J3 J3
P3
5
P4
J1
NOTE
Ensure 28 VDC power supply is turned OFF and unplugged prior to

connecting to EPJS.
NOTE
Initiator simulators will be used in place of squibs to functionally test the

system. Each initiator simulator uses two 1-AMP circuit breakers to
simulator the dual bridge wire in the squib.
0043 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0043 00
9. Install power cable (7) between control box (4) and 28 VDC power supply (8) (P1 connects to 28 VDC
power input J1; P2 connects to 28 VDC POWER SUPPLY).
115 VAC
POWER
CABLE
28 VDC
POWER
SUPPLY J2
7
CONTROL
BOX 4
P2 P1
J1
TEST
1. Set control box POWER and JETTISON switches to OFF.
2. Ensure control box circuit breaker is set (pushed in).
3. Rotate DIMMER control to full on position.
4. Plug 28 VDC power supply into 115 VAC power.
5. Set all initiator simulator circuit breakers to ON.
6. Set 28 VDC POWER switch to ON.
7. Set control box POWER switch to ON. Verify that all four LEDs on control box are illuminated. Verify that
the LED on each Y-connector is illuminated. If conditions are not met, proceed to subsets a. through d. If
conditions are met, proceed to step 8.
a. Verify LED is operable by pressing appropriate LAMP TEST switch.
b. Verify cabling is properly connected.
c. Verify initiator simulator circuit breakers are set to ON.
d. If necessary, replace suspected initiator simulator, platform cable and/or Y-connector.
8. Set JETTISON SWITCH, on control box to JETTISON. Verify that all breakers on initiator simulators
have tripped (OFF position). If no breaker on any initiator trips, the control box is defective and must be
replaced. If the breaker(s) on only one initiator simulator does not trip, the associated Y-connector of the
initiator simulator is defective and must be replaced. Proceed as follows:
0043 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION PARACHUTE JETTISON DEVICE (EPJD), SQUIB, AND SQUIB CABLE
THIS TASK COVERS:

• Inspect
• Test
• Repair
• Replace
Initiator Simulator (Item 1, WP 0118 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Kit, Tool, EPJD (Item 16, WP 0064 00)
Knife (Item 17, WP 0064 00)
Safety Goggles
Tester, Squib (Item 47, WP 0064 00)
Tweezers (Item 48A, WP 0064 00)
7
Wrench, /16-IN (Item 50, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Torque (Item 62, WP 0064 00)
Dishwashing Compound (Item 10, WP 0125 00) WP 0005 00
Kit, Refurbish (Item 15, WP 0125 00) WP 0007 00
Lube, O-Ring (Item 19, WP 0125 00) WP 0058 00
Rag, Wiping (Item 25, WP 0125 00) WP 0059 00
Safety Cap (Item 1, WP 0117 00)
Squib Assembly (Item 1, WP 0105 00)
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger type inspection of the EPJD, squib, and squib cable in accordance with WP 0007
00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1. If squib is installed, ensure that squib cable (3) and safety cap (4) are in firmly
attached to prevent misfire of squib.
NOTE
An EPJD squib and squib cable will be tested prior to every use. Testing will be
conducted with the squib and squib cable installed in an assembled and serviceable
EPJD. Testing of squib tester is only required once daily prior to first use.
TEST
Check the squib and squib cable with the squib tester.
NOTE
When retesting EPJD with live squib already installed, perform appropriate
paragraphs without removing squib from the EPJD housing.
1. Test the squib tester in accordance with WP 0059 00.

2. Test the initiator simulator in accordance with WP 0058 00.
3. Place the squib tester power ON/OFF switch in the OFF position.
4. Place CIRCUIT SELECT switch to A-B position.
5. Retrieve squib cable (3) to be tested (for the EPJD).
0044 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Insert pin gauge into connector on squib cable (3) ensuring proper alignment of pin holes with pins and
verify all pins are flush or above top of pin gauge. If squib cable is unserviceable, replace squib cable
with one from stock and repeat test procedure.
7. Attach squib cable (3) J5 connector end to port J2 on the Initiator Simulator. Ensure that the initiator
simulator circuit breaker switches are in the ON position.
8. Place the squib tester power ON/OFF switch in the ON position. Ensure the OPEN LED illuminates.
9. Attach squib cable (3) J4 end to the squib tester and observe the OPEN LED.
a. If OPEN LED stays on, replace cable (3).
b. If OPEN LED goes OFF and ON/flashes with cable movement, replace cable (3).
c. If OPEN LED stays OFF, proceed to next step.
10. Place CIRCUIT SELECT switch to C-D position.
NOTE
When switching CIRCUIT SELECT switch, the LED may flash.
a. If SHORT LED comes on, replace cable (3).
b. If SHORT LED comes on or flashes with movement, replace the cable (3).
c. If SHORT LED stays OFF, proceed to the next step.
12. Place the power ON/OFF switch in the OFF position.
NOTE
Match alignment keys on cable to the alignment slots on the safety cap.
13. Disconnect squib tester from squib cable (3) and install safety cap (4) on squib cable (3) J4 connector.
14. Disconnect squib cable (3) from Initiator Simulator.
Test the squib and squib cable assembly.
WARNING
The squib is a pyrotechnic device. The squib must be handled and installed with
the squib cable and safety cap attached. DO NOT SEPARATE SQUIB CABLE
WITH SAFETY CAP FROM THE SQUIB UNLESS INSTRUCTED BY THIS
TECHNICAL MANUAL. Use care when handling the live squib to prevent
accidental firing of the device. Avoid dropping or jarring the squib and avoid
static electricity. Failure to follow precautions can result in serious burn or eye
injury to personnel.
Change 2 0044 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
WARNING
Wear safety goggles and hand protection when handling the squib.
Once the squib is installed in the EPJD, ensure that the latch is secured by the
latch retainer nut and that the protective cover is around the EPJD when not in the
process of being rigged. Failure to do so can result in hand injury to personnel.
WARNING

1. In an area away from electrical equipment, remove squib (1) from the storage container. Examine the
squib for evidence of damage.
7
1
2
3 8
5
2. Remove packaging and two plastic caps from squib (1). Inspect squib to ensure that the shorting clip and
stainless steel covering are present and is free from damage. If squib is found to be defective, dispose of
squib in accordance with local procedures at Ammunition Supply Point (ASP).
3. Secure the latch (8) with the latch retainer nut.
4. Apply light coating of o-ring lube to o-ring (2).
5. Install the squib (1) into the EPJD housing (5). Snug squib (1) in place with the 1 inch open-end wrench.
6. Remove shorting clip from male pin side of the squib using tweezers and retain clip for future use.
7. Ensure safety cap is installed securely on the J4 connector (6) of the squib cable (3).
8. Attach J5 port (7) on squib cable (3) to squib (1).
9. On squib tester place CIRCUIT SELECT switch to the A-B position, ON/OFF switch to the ON position.
10. Verify the OPEN LED illuminates.
0044 00-3 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Remove safety cap (4) from squib cable (3).

12. Attach squib tester to the squib cable (3).
13. Observe LED lights.
a. No LED indicates a proper squib circuit.
b. A red LED at the 'Short' or 'Open' position indicates an unsatisfactory squib (1). If squib is found to
be defective, replace squib and dispose of defective squib in accordance with local procedures at
ASP.
NOTE
When switching from A-B to C-D the LED may flash momentarily.
15. Observe LEDs.

b. A red LED at the 'Short' or 'Open' position indicates an unsatisfactory squib (1). If squib is found to
be defective, replace squib and dispose of defective squib in accordance with local procedures at
ASP.
16. Place CIRCUIT SELECT switch to the A-B position.
17. Place the squib tester power ON/OFF switch to the OFF position.
18. Disconnect the squib tester from the squib cable (3).
19. Replace the safety cap (4) on the squib cable (3) connector.
END OF TASK
Change 2 0044 00-4

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
REPAIR
Repair EPJD
After a squib has been fired or if squib is expired, refurbish EPJD prior to next use as follows:
1. Disassemble
WARNING
The squib is a pyrotechnic device. Squib must be handled and installed

with squib cable and safety cap installed. DO NOT SEPARATE SQUIB
CABLE WITH SAFETY CAP FROM SQUIB. Failure to follow precautions
can result in injury to personnel. Wear safety goggles and hand
protection when handling the squib. Use care when handling the squib to
prevent accidental firing of the device. Avoid dropping or jarring the squib
and avoid static electricity. Failure to follow precautions can result in
serious burn or eye injury to personnel.
WARNING
Wear safety goggles and hand protection when handling the squib (1).
WARNING

original packing material including the original shorting clip. Install shorting clip in
a. If installed, remove squib cable (not shown) from squib (1).
b. Install shorting clip to squib pins.
c. Using 1-inch wrench, remove squib (1) from housing (2). Remove and discard o-ring (3).
d. Using piston stop/shear bolt retainer wrench, remove piston stop (4) and piston (5). Remove and
discard backup ring (6) and o-ring (7).
e. Using piston stop/shear bolt retainer wrench, remove the two shear bolt retainers (8) and shear bolt
(9) (shear bolt is removed from the bottom of the EPJD).
4
7
1
5 3
8 18
15
2 16
14
13
12
11 17
10 19
0044 00-5 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
f. Remove safety cap (10), if still in housing body.
g. Using T-handled hex driver, remove cross hole plug (11). Remove and discard o-ring (12).
h. Remove screws (13) and retainer clamp (14) from latch (15).
i. Remove latch retainer (16) from latch (15) and discard. If installed, remove keeper (17) from latch.
2. Clean
a. Clean the inside bores (18) of housing (2) that contained the piston (5), and the squib (1). Use warm
water, dishwashing compound, and large diameter bristle brush.
b. Clean small diameter bore (19) used for cross hole plug (11). Use warm water, dishwashing
compound, and small diameter bristle brush.
c. Rinse with clean water and dry thoroughly with a clean rag.
3. Assemble
a. Apply a light coating of o-ring lube to new o-ring (7) and backup ring (6). Install backup ring, then o-
ring onto piston (5).
b. Place piston (5) in top bore (18) and screw in piston stop (4) by hand. Rotate latch (15) closed and
apply pressure on latch to seat piston into bore (18). Using piston stop/shear bolt retainer wrench,
tighten piston stop (4).
c. Install new shear bolt (9) and retainers (8) into housing (2). Shear bolt should be installed from the
bottom of the EPJD. Retainers should be placed on bolt, notch side up, and installed one at a time.
Make sure each retainer is snug. Use piston stop/shear bolt retainer to facilitate installation of
retainers and shear bolt.
d. Install latch retainer (16) and keeper (17) onto latch.
e. Rotate latch (15) onto housing (2) and screw latch retainer (16) onto shear bolt (9).
f. Apply a light coating of O-ring lube to new o-ring (12) and install on cross hole plug (11).
g. Thread cross hole plug (11) into side bore (19) using T-handle hex driver. Do not tighten at this time.
h. Torque cross hole plug (11) to 72-inch pounds.
i. Install retainer clamp (14) in place over latch retainer (16), and secure with two screws (13).
Change 2 0044 00-6

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
WARNING
The squib is a pyrotechnic device. Squib must be handled and installed with
squib cable and safety cap installed. DO NOT SEPARATE SQUIB CABLE WITH
SAFETY CAP FROM SQUIB. Failure to follow precautions can result in injury to
personnel. Wear safety goggles and hand protection when handling the squib.
Use care when handling the squib to prevent accidental firing of the device.
Avoid dropping or jarring the squib and avoid static electricity. Failure to follow
precautions can result in serious burn or eye injury to personnel.
j. If new squib is being installed, test squib cable in accordance with TEST procedures this WP.
k. If storing EPJD with squib installed, install EPJD and squib cable (20) in protective cover. Ensure
hook and pile fastener closures are on the bottom of the EPJD.
l. Note installation date on EPJD
Repair squib cable
NOTE
Repair is limited to removal and replacement of the cable helical wrap.
1. Replace squib cable helical wrap.
a. If applicable, remove clamps from squib cable.
b. Carefully remove damaged wrap from cable.
c. Inspect cable for damage IAW WP 0005 00. If cable is in good working condition continue to step c.,
below. If cable is unserviceable, replace with a serviceable item from stock.
d. Cut suitable length of helical wrap.
e. Open one end of wrap and rewrap cable ensuring helical wrap covers entire length of squib cable.
f. Install clamps on squib cable and secure with screw and nut.
END OF TASK
REPLACE
Replace EPJD
Replace EPJD with serviceable item from stock.
Replace squib cable
Replace squib cable with serviceable item from stock.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0044 00-7/(8 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 01
________________________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MAINTENANCE
EXTRACTION PARACHUTE JETTISON DEVICE (EPJD-H), SQUIB, AND SQUIB CABLE
THIS TASK COVERS:

• Inspect
• Test
• Repair
• Replace
Tools
Hammer, Ball Peen (Item 13, WP 0064 00) Personnel Required
Kit, Tool, EPJD-H (Item 16A, WP 0064 00)
Pliers, Slip Joint (Item 23, WP 0064 00) References
Screwdriver, Cross Tip, No. 1 (Item 27, WP 0064 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
Tester, Squib (Item 47, WP 0064 00) WP 0058 00; WP 0059 00
Tweezers (Item 48A, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Open End, 1-1/2 IN. (Item 53, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Open End, 1-7/16 IN. (Item 56, WP 0064 00)
Wrench, Torque (Item 62, WP 0064 00)
Materials/Parts
Dishwashing Compound (Item 10, WP 0125 00)
Helical Bundle Wrap (Item 1, WP 0106 00)
Kit, Refurbish (Item 15A, WP 0125 00)
Lube, O-Ring (Item 19, WP 0125 00)
Rag, Wiping (Item 25, WP 0125 00)
Safety Cap (Item 1, WP 0117 00)
Safety Pin (Item 8, WP 0100 01)
Squib Assembly (Item 1, WP 0105 00)
Webbing, Cotton, Type I (Item 35, WP 0125 00)
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger type inspection of the EPJD-H, squib, and squib cable in accordance with WP 0007
00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1. If squib is installed, ensure that squib cable (3), Safety Cap (4) and safety pin
are in place.
NOTE
An EPJD-H squib and squib cable will be tested prior to every use. Testing
will be conducted with the squib and squib cable installed in an assembled
and serviceable EPJD-H. Testing of squib tester is only required once daily
prior to first use.
TEST
Check squib cable with the squib tester
NOTE
When retesting EPJD-H with live squib already installed, perform appropriate
paragraphs without removing squib from cutter block.
1. Test the squib tester in accordance with WP 0059 00.

2. Test the initiator simulator in accordance with WP 0058 00.
3. Place the squib tester power ON/OFF switch in the OFF position.
0044 01-1 Change 2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 01
________________________________________________________________________________________________

5. Retrieve squib cable (3) to be tested (for the EPJD-H).
6. Insert pin gauge into connector on Squib Cable (3) ensuring proper alignment of pin holes with pins and
verify all pins are flush or above top of pin gauge. If squib cable is unserviceable, replace squib cable
with one from stock and repeat test procedure.
7. Attach squib cable (3) J5 connector end to port J2 on the Initiator Simulator. Ensure that the Initiator
Simulator circuit breaker switches are in the ON position.
8. Place the squib tester power ON/OFF switch in the ON position. Ensure the OPEN LED illuminates.
9. Attach squib cable (3) J4 end to the squib tester and observe the OPEN LED.
a. If LED stays on, replace cable (3).
b. If LED goes OFF and ON/flashes with cable movement, replace cable (3).
c. If LED stays OFF, proceed to next step.
NOTE
When switching CIRCUIT SELECT switch, the LED may flash.
a. If SHORT LED comes on, replace cable (3).
b. If SHORT LED comes on or flashes with movement, replace the cable (3).
c. If SHORT LED stays OFF, proceed to the next step.
12. Place the power ON/OFF switch in the OFF position.
13. Disconnect squib tester from squib cable (3).
14. Match alignment keys on cable to the alignment slots on the safety cap and install safety cap (4) on squib
cable (3) J4 connector.
15. Disconnect squib cable (3) from Initiator Simulator.
Test the squib and squib cable
WARNING
The squib is a pyrotechnic device. The squib must be handled and installed
with the squib cable and safety cap or shorting clip attached. Do not remove
the squib cable with safety cap or shorting clip from the squib unless
instructed by this technical manual. Use care when handling the live squib to
prevent accidental firing of the device. Avoid dropping or jarring the squib and
avoid static electricity. Failure to follow precautions can result in serious burn
or eye injury to personnel.
WARNING
Wear safety goggles and hand protection when handling the squib.
WARNING

1. In an area away from electrical sources or equipment, remove squib (1) from the storage container.
Examine the squib for evidence of damage.
Change 2 0044 01-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 01
________________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Remove packaging and two plastic caps from squib (1). Inspect to ensure that the stainless steel
covering is present and is free from damage on the threaded end of the squib (1). Verify that squib
shorting clip is installed on squib. If shorting clip is missing immediately replace plastic cap to avoid any
contact with the open squib terminals. If squib is found to be defective, dispose of squib in accordance
with local procedures at ASP.
8
1
4
2
5
3
7
6
WARNING
Ensure that the safety pin is locking the cutter blade into the cutter block of the
EPJD-H before the squib is installed. Ensure knife blade is pointed in a safe
direction. After the squib has been installed, only handle the EPJD-H from the
bottom. Failure to do so can result in serious hand injury to personnel.
3. Install safety pin (6) into the EPJD-H housing (5) so that the cutter blade is locked into position by the
safety pin.
4. Apply light coating of o-ring lube to o-ring (2).
5. Install the squib (1) into the cutter block. Snug squib (1) in place with the 1 inch open-end wrench.
6. Remove shorting clip from male pin side of the squib using tweezers and retain clip for future use.
7. Ensure safety cap is installed correctly on the J4 connector (7) of the squib cable.
8. Attach J5 port (8) on squib cable (3) to squib.
9. Place squib tester CIRCUIT SELECT switch to the A-B position, ON/OFF switch to the ON position.
10. Verify the OPEN LED illuminates.
11. Remove cap (4) from squib cable (3).
12. Attach squib tester to the squib cable (3).
13. Observe LEDs.
b. A red LED at the 'SHORT' or 'OPEN' position indicates an unsatisfactory squib (1). If squib is found
to be defective, replace squib and dispose of defective squib in accordance with local procedures.
0044 01-3 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 01
________________________________________________________________________________________________
NOTE
When switching from A-B to C-D the LED may flash momentarily.
15. Observe LEDs.

b. A red LED at the 'SHORT' or 'OPEN' position indicates an unsatisfactory squib (1). If squib is found
to be defective, replace squib and dispose of defective squib in accordance with local procedures at
ASP.
16. Place CIRCUIT SELECT switch to the A-B position.
17. Place the squib tester power ON/OFF switch to the OFF position.
18. Disconnect the squib tester from the squib cable (3).
19. Match alignment keys on cable to the alignment slots on the safety cap and install safety cap (4) on squib
cable (3) J4 connector.
END OF TASK
REPAIR
Repair EPJD-H
After a squib has been fired or if squib is expired, refurbish EPJD-H prior to next use as follows:
1. Disassemble.
WARNING

squib BEFORE removing from EPJD-H. Disposal of defective, unsatisfactory, or
WARNING
If squib is not fired, ensure safety pin is installed in cutter block.
WARNING
Trapped gases. When removing a fired squib, there may be residual gases
trapped inside the cutter block. Back the squib out of the cutter block slowly to
allow any gases built up inside the cylinder to escape at a controlled rate.
a. Remove three screws (2) securing top plate (3) to cutter block (6) using a 3/16-IN T-handle allen
wrench from the tool kit.
b. Remove four bolts (11) and nuts (1) securing top cutter plate (3) to bottom plate (10) with 1 7/16-IN
and 1 1/2-IN open end wrenches. If required, cut and remove cable ties and remove top cutter plate
(3), spacers (17, 18) and cam link (16). Note orientation of cam link (16) to aid in assembly.
c. If installed, remove squib cable (not shown) from squib (4).
d. If squib has not been fired, insert shorting clip on pins in squib.
e. Slowly remove squib (4) from cutter block (6) using 1-inch wrench and allow any trapped residual
gases to escape at a controlled rate. Dispose of fired squib in accordance with local procedures at
ASP.
Change 2 0044 01-4

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 01
________________________________________________________________________________________________
f. Remove assembled cutter block (6) from bottom cutter plate (10) by removing three screws using a
3/16-IN T-handle allen wrench from the tool kit (9).
1
3
17
18
4
17
16
5
15
6
14
13
7
12 8
WARNING
9
10
11
WARNING
Ensure that proper protective gloves are used when handling the blade. Failure
to do so can result in serious hand injury to personnel.
g. Remove assembled blade (12) and piston (13) from cutter block (6) using pliers.
h. Remove blade (12) from piston (13) by removing screw (15) using a 9/64-IN T-handle allen wrench
from the tool kit.
i. Remove and discard o-ring (14).
j. Remove two shear pins (7) from cutter block (6) using 3/32 punch from the tool kit and a hammer.
0044 01-5 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 01
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Clean.
a. Clean the inside bores of cutter block (6) that contained the blade (12), piston (13), and the squib (4).
Use warm water, mild dishwashing compound, and large diameter bristle brush.
b. Rinse with clean water and dry thoroughly with a clean rag.
3. Assemble.
NOTE
Ensure to use the EPJD-H Refurbishment Kit to replace the used parts.
a. Install blade (12) on piston (13) and secure with screw (15) using a 9/64-IN T-handle allen wrench
from the tool kit.
b. Apply a light coating of o-ring lube to new o-ring (14) and install o-ring on piston (13).
c. Install assembled blade (12) and piston (13) in cutter block (6).
d. Install safety pin assembly (8) in assembled cutter block (6).
e. Install two shear pins (7) in cutter block (6) using 3/32 punch from the tool kit and a hammer.
f. Install assembled cutter block (6) on bottom plate (10) and secure using three screws (9) and a 3/16-
IN T-handle allen wrench from the tool kit.
WARNING
The squib is a pyrotechnic device. Squib must be handled and installed with
shorting clip and safety cap installed. Failure to follow precautions can result in
injury to personnel. Wear safety goggles and hand protection when handling the
squib. Use care when handling the squib to prevent accidental firing of the
device. Avoid dropping or jarring the squib and avoid static electricity. Failure to
follow precautions can result in serious burn or eye injury to personnel.
g. If new squib is being installed, test squib and squib cable in accordance with TEST procedures this
WP.
WARNING
After the squib has been installed in the EPJD-H, handle EPJD-H from the
bottom only. Failure to do so can result in injury to personnel.
h. Install four bolts (11) thru bottom cutter plate (10); install spacers (17, 18), cam link (16) ensuring
proper cam orientation.
i. Route squib cable thru large center hole in top cutter plate and install top cutter plate (3) on
assembled components; secure with nuts (1) using the 1 7/16-IN and 1 1/2-IN open-end wrenches
and tighten nuts flush to top of threads.
j. Install three screws (2) securing top plate (3) to cutter block (6).
k. Tie squib cable to top cutter plate (3) using one turn single ¼ in. cotton webbing.
l. Note installation date on EPJD-H.
Change 2 0044 01-6

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0044 01
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Repair squib cable
NOTE
Repair is limited to removal and replacement of the cable helical wrap.
1. Replace squib cable helical wrap.
a. If applicable, remove clamps from squib cable.
b. Carefully remove damaged wrap from cable.
c. Inspect cable for damage IAW WP 0005 00. If cable is in good condition continue to step c. below. If
cable is unserviceable, replace with a serviceable item from stock.
d. Cut suitable length of helical wrap.
e. Open one end of wrap and rewrap cable ensuring helical wrap covers entire length of squib cable.
f. Install clamps on squib cable and secure with screw and nut.
END OF TASK
REPLACE
Replace EPJD-H
1. Replace EPJD-H with serviceable item from stock.
Replace squib cable
1. Replace squib cable with serviceable item from stock.
Replace safety pin assembly
1. Replace safety pin assembly with serviceable item from stock.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0044 01-7/(8 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0045 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
Y-CONNECTOR
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Test
x Repair
x Replace

Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Separated from the Y-connector
Box, Control (Item 1, WP 0104 00) mounting box.
Cable, Power, 20-Foot (Item 1, WP 0110 00)
LED (Item 16/17, WP 0125 00) References
Y-Connector (Item 1, WP 0101 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Inspect the Y-connector in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1.
TEST
Test the LED.
1. Ensure the POWER and JETTISON switches of a serviceable control box are both OFF. Connect J1 of
the Y-connector to J2 of the control box. Connect the P1 plug of a serviceable power cable to the J1
receptacle of the control box.
2. Connect the P2 plug of the power cable to the 27 VDC power supply.
3. Plug the 28 VDC power supply cord into the 115 VAC power source.
4. Turn the power supply ON. Ensure the control box circuit breaker is pushed in. Set the POWER switch
of the control box to the ON position.
5. Rotate the DIMMER adjust knob on the control box fully clockwise.
6. Press the LAMP TEST switch on the Y-connector. If the LED does not light, set the control box POWER
switch to the OFF position and replace LED. If the LED does light, set the control box POWER switch to
the OFF position and continue with steps 7 through 9.
7. Ensure the circuit breaker switches of the initiator simulator are in the ON position. Connect the J1
connector (quick disconnect) of the initiator simulator to the J3 receptacle of the Y-connector.
8. Set the control box POWER switch to the ON position and activate the JETTISON SWITCH on the control
box. The circuit breaker switches should trip to the OFF position. If they do not, replace the Y-connector.
If they do, return Y-connector to service.
9. Turn 28 VDC power supply OFF and disconnect from 115 VAC power source. Disconnect initiator
simulator from Y-connector; disconnect Y-connector from control box; disconnect 20-foot power cable
from control box and 28 VDC power supply.
10. Return pieces and parts to proper storage location.
0045 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0045 00
REPAIR
Repair Defective LED.
1. Remove the four thumbscrews, the five pan head screws, and the cover of the Y-connector.
2. Remove and discard the defective LED from its socket.
CAUTION
Make sure that the flat on the flange of the LED lines up with the flat that
is marked on the socket. Improper installation may damage LED.
3. Install the new LED so the flat base of the LED matches the flat of the circle on the circuit board.
4. Reinstall the cover, pan head screws, and thumbscrews.
5. Ensure the circuit breaker switches of the initiator simulator are in the ON position. Connect the J1
connector (quick disconnect) of the initiator simulator to the J3 receptacle of the Y-connector.
6. Set the control box POWER switch to the ON position and activate the JETTISON SWITCH on the control
box. The circuit breaker switches should trip to the OFF position. If they do not, replace the Y-connector.
If they do, return Y-connector to service.
7. Turn 28 VDC power supply OFF and disconnect from 115 VAC power source. Disconnect initiator
simulator from Y-connector; disconnect Y-connector from control box; disconnect 20-foot power cable
from control box and 28 VDC power supply.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable Y-connector with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0045 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0046 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
Y-CONNECTOR MOUNTING BOX (C-130, C-141, C-17, C-5)
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


None N/A
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Inspect the Y-connector mounting box in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table1.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable Y-connector mounting box with a serviceable item from stock.
(C-130, C-141, C-17) (C-5)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0046 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0047 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
CONTROL BOX
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Test
x Repair
x Replace

Nut Driver, 3/16 -IN. (Item 22, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Power Supply, 28 VDC (Item 25, WP 0064 00)
Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, No. 1 (Item 27, WP 0064 00) Equipment Condition
Removed from system.
Materials/Parts POWER switch in OFF position.
Cable, Power, 20-Foot (Item 1, WP 0110 00) JETTISON SWITCH in OFF position.
LED (Item 16/17, WP 0125 00)
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Inspect the control box in accordance with WP007 00 AND WP005 00 and Table 1.
TEST
Test the LED(s).
1. Connect the P1 plug of a serviceable power cable to the J1 receptacle of the control box.
3. Plug 28 VDC power supply cord into 115 VAC power source.
4. Turn the power supply ON. Ensure that the control box circuit breaker is pushed in.
5. Set the POWER switch of the control box to the ON position.
6. Rotate the DIMMER adjust knot on the control box fully clockwise.
7. Press the LAMP TEST switch on the control box.
8. If all four LEDs light up, return control box to service. If all four LEDs do not light up, set POWER switch
of control box to OFF and replace 20-foot power cable.
9. Repeat steps 4 through 6.
10. If one or more LEDs do not light, replace defective LED(s).
0047 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0047 00
REPAIR
Repair Defective LED(s).
1. Set the POWER switch on the control box and 28 VDC power supply to OFF. Disconnect power cable
from the control box.
2. Remove the four screws and the cover of the control box.
3. On the backside of the cover, using nut driver, remove the two nuts holding the printed circuit board
(PCB) to the cover. Carefully remove the PCB from the cover.
4. Remove and discard the defective LED(s) from its socket.
NUMBER OF LOADS
DIM
LAMP INSTALL LED SO FLAT
DIMMER
COINCIDES WITH FLAT
TEST SILKSCREENED ON PCB
ON
OFF
POWER
JETTISON
SWITCH FLAT
CAUTION
Make sure that the flat on the flange of the LED lines up with the flat that
is marked on the PCB. Improper installation may damage the LED.
5. Install the new LED(s) so the flat side of the LED base matches the flat side of circle on PCB.
6. Reinstall the PCB to the cover using the two (2) nuts.
7. Reinstall the cover of the control box using the four (4) screws.
8. Repeat the inspection procedure to ensure all LEDs light up.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable control box with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0047 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0048 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
PLATFORM CABLE (ALL)/ 4-FOOT EXTENSION CABLE (C-5 and C-17 only)
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Test
x Replace

Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts N/A
Box, Control (Item 1, WP 0104 00)
Cable, Interconnect, 10-Foot (Item 1, WP 0108 00) References
Cable, Platform, 10-Foot (Item 1, WP 0107 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
Y-Connector (Item 1, WP 0101 00)
INSPECT
Inspect all platform cables and the 4-foot interconnect cables in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005
00, Table 1.
TEST
Test cable continuity.
1. Ensure the POWER and JETTISON switches of a serviceable control box are both OFF.
2. Connect the P13 connector of the 4-foot extension cable to the J3 connector of a serviceable Y-
connector.
3. Connect the P1 plug of a serviceable interconnect cable to the J1 receptacle of a serviceable Y-

connector.
4. Connect the P2 plug of the interconnect cable to the J2 receptacle of a serviceable control box.
8. Connect the J1 receptacle of a serviceable initiator simulator to the J13 connector of the 4-foot extension
cable. Make sure the two circuit breakers on the initiator simulator are set to ON.
9. Turn the power supply ON. Ensure the control box circuit breaker is pushed in.
10. Set POWER switch of the control box to ON.
12. Check that one LED on the control box is lit, and the LED on the Y-connector is lit.
0048 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0048 00
13. Lift the guard of the JETTISON SWITCH and place the JETTISON SWITCH in the ON position.
14. Turn 28 VDC power supply OFF and disconnect from 115 VAC power source. Disconnect 20-foot power
cable from 28 VDC power supply and control box.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable platform cable or 4-foot extension cable with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0048 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0049 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
10-FOOT INTERCONNECT CABLE
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Test
x Replace


Box, Control (Item 1, WP 0104 00) N/A
Y-Connector (Item 1, WP 0101 00) References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Inspect the 10-foot interconnect cable in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1.
TEST
2. Connect the P1 plug of the 10-foot interconnect cable to the J1 receptacle of a serviceable Y-connector.
3. Connect the P2 plug of the 10-foot interconnect cable to the J2 receptacle of a serviceable control box.
9. Press the LAMP TEST switch on the Y-connector. If the LED(s) light up, the 10-foot interconnect cable is
serviceable. If the LED(s) do not light, replace the 10-foot interconnect cable.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable 10-foot interconnect cable with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0049 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0050 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
50-FOOT MAIN CABLE
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Test
x Replace

Box, Control (Item 1, WP 0104 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
Y-Connector (Item 1, WP 0101 00)
INSPECT
Inspect the 50-foot main cable in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1.
TEST
2. Connect the P1 plug of the main cable to the J1 receptacle of a serviceable Y-connector.
3. Connect the P2 plug of the main cable to the J2 receptacle of a serviceable control box.
6. Plug 28 VDC power supply cord into the 115 VAC power source.
9. Press the LAMP TEST switch on the Y-connector. If the LED(s) do light up, the 50-foot main cable is
serviceable. If the LED(s) do not light up, replace the 50-foot main cable.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable 50-foot main cable with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0050 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0051 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
20-FOOT POWER CABLE
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Test
x Replace

Box, Control (Item 1, WP 0104 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Inspect the 20-foot power cable in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1.
TEST
1. Ensure the POWER and JETTISON switches of a serviceable control box are both OFF. Connect the P1
plug of the cable to the J1 receptacle of the control box.
4. Turn the power supply ON. Ensure that the control box circuit breaker is pushed in. Set the power switch
6. Press the LAMP TEST switch on the control box. If the LED(s) do light up, the 20-foot cable is
serviceable.
7. If the LED(s) do not light up, replace the 20-foot power cable.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable 20-foot power cable with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0051 00-1 /(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0052 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
PROTECTIVE COVER
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Repair
x Replace

Die, Grommet Setting (Item 7, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Grommet, Metallic, Spur, Die Set (Item 12, WP 0064 00)
Mallet, Rawhide (Item 21, WP 0064 00) Equipment Condition
Set, Chuck and Die (Item 31, WP 0064 00) Cover removed from system.
Sewing Machine, Darning (Item 32/33, WP 0064 00) Unpacked. Canopy with defects
Sewing Machine, General Sewing (Item 35, WP 0064 00) recorded. Clean.
Fastener Tape, Hook, Synthetic, 1 ½-IN. (Item 11, WP 0125 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
Fastener Tape, Pile, Synthetic, ¾-IN. (Item 12, WP 0125 00)
Thread, Nylon, Size E, OD (Item 32, WP 0125 00)
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger type inspection of the cover in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00,
Table 1.
REPAIR
NOTE
Sewing requirements will vary according to the type of item being

repaired and the type of repair being made. The type of sewing
machine, type of thread, the stitch range, and the stitch pattern (if
applicable) required to accomplish a sewing procedure will be specified
in the paragraph applicable to the item being repaired. All original
stitching that is cut during the performance of a sewing procedure will be
removed from the applicable item. Immediately after the
accomplishment of a machine sewing procedure, trim thread ends to a
point as close as possible to the material that has been sewn.
0052 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0052 00
Table 2-3. Sewing Machine Code Symbols.
Code Symbol Sewing Machine
LD SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: General Sewing; 301 Stitch; Light Duty;

NSN 3530-01-177-8590.
MD ZZ SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: Zigzag; 308 Stitch; Medium-Duty;

NSN 3530-01-181-1421.
LD ZZ SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: Zigzag; 308 Stitch; Light Duty;

NSN 3530-01-181-1420.
HD SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: General Sewing; 301 Stitch; Heavy-Duty;

NSN 3530-01-177-8588.
MD SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: General Sewing; 301 Stitch; Medium-Duty;

NSN 3530-01-177-8591.
DN SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: Darning; Lock Stitch;

NSN 3530-01-177-8589.
LHD SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: 301 Stitch; Light Heavy-Duty;

NSN 3530-01-186-3079.
ND SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: 301 Stitch; Double Needle;

NSN 3530-01-182-2873.
BT SEWING MACHINE, INDUSTRIAL: Bartack (Local Purchase)
Darning Repair. Darning is a sewing procedure used to repair limited size holes, rips, and tears. A darning
repair may be made either by hand or by sewing machine, depending upon the method preferred and the
availability of equipment. However, a darning machine should be used to darn small holes and tears where
fabric is missing. A darning repair will be performed using the following procedures, as appropriate:
1. Machine darning. Proceed as follows:
a. Using an authorized marking aid of contrasting color, mark a square around the damaged area and
ensure the marking is at least ¼-inch back from each edge of the damaged area.
b. Darn the damaged area by sewing the material in a back and forth manner, using size A or E nylon
thread.
c. Turn the material and stitch back and forth across the stitching made in b., above, until the hole or
tears are completely darned.
0052 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0052 00
2. Hand darning. When repair of a hole or tear is made by hand darning, the darn should match the original
weave of the damaged material as closely as possible. Hand darning will be performed as follows:
a. Using an authorized marking aid of contrasting color, mark a square around the damaged area and
ensure the marking is at least ¼-inch back from each edge of the damaged area.
b. Using a darning needle and a length of size A or E nylon thread, begin darning at one corner of the
marked area. Working parallel with the marking, pass the needle and thread back and forth through
the material until the opposite diagonal corner of the marked area is reached.
c. Turn the material and weave the needle and thread back and forth across the stitching made in b.,
above, until the hole is completely darned.
Grommet Repair.
1. Repair grommet as follows:
a. Remove burns, rough spots, rust, or corrosion from an installed grommet by filing with a file or by
buffing with a crocus cloth.
b. Reseat a loose grommet using the procedures listed in step 2., following.
0052 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0052 00
c. If fabric area around original grommet has been damaged, repair area by darning using procedures
in darning procedural steps detailed above. If darning does not provide an adequate repair,
construct a 2 ¾- by 2 ¾-inch sized reinforcement cloth and fold under ½-inch on all sides. After
removing original grommet, sew cloth to inside with a medium-duty sewing machine, size E nylon
thread, 7 to 11 stitches per inch, one row of stitches 1/8-inch from inside edge and the second row 3/8-
inch from outside edge.
2. Replace grommet as follows:
NOTE
For grommet installation by the hand-held method, refer to steps c.

through f., following. For grommet installation by hand-or foot-operated
press, refer to steps g. through k.
a. Using a suitable type tool, lift edge of original washer at one point.
b. Grip lifted washer edge with lineman pliers and roll washer edge back to lift washer from original
grommet. Remove original grommet from material.
c. Insert barrel of replacement grommet through accommodating hole in material and ensure grommet
flange is located on same side of material as original grommet.
0052 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0052 00
d. Position grommet on die with barrel facing up, position material over grommet barrel, and place the
washer over grommet barrel.
NOTE
When installing a flat grommet by the hand-held method, ensure the

grommet barrel and washer are aligned to preclude off-center setting of
the grommet.
e. Using a punch and rawhide mallet or other non-steel impact device, spread grommet barrel by
hammering until barrel collar is rolled down smooth on washer. If grommet barrel splits during
hammering process, remove and replace damaged grommet with a serviceable item from stock,
repeating procedures in step d. and e., above.
f. Check seating of grommet. If grommet can be turned by hand, repeat step e. until grommet is firmly
seated.
g. Install appropriate chuck or die in hand-operated press and secure locking screws with hex wrench
or screwdriver.
h. Insert barrel of replacement grommet through hole in material. Ensure grommet flange is on same
side of material as original grommet (grommet barrel inserted in material hole).
0052 00-5
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0052 00
i. Position grommet on die in press with barrel facing up and place replacement washer over barrel
(washer placed over grommet barrel).
j. Depress handle or foot pedal, spreading grommet barrel until collar is rolled down smoothly on
washer (press activated to seat the grommet).
k. Check grommet for firm seating. If grommet can be turned by hand, repeat step j., above, until a firm
seat is achieved (grommet installation completed).
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable item with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0052 00-6
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0053 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
KIT BAG
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Repair
x Replace

Sewing Machine, Darning (Item 32/33, WP 0064 00) 92R (10) Parachute Rigger
Sewing Machine, Medium Duty (Item 35, WP 0064 00)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts N/A
Thread, Nylon, Size E, OD (Item 32, WP 0125 00)
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00;
WP 0010 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger type inspection of the cover in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00,
Table 1.
REPAIR
Darning Rips, Holes, and Tears.
1. Refer to darning procedures in WP 0010 00.
2. Repair damaged seams using a medium-duty sewing machine, in accordance with original construction,
using size E nylon thread and 7 to 11 stitches per inch.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable item with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0053 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0054 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
Y-CONNECTOR MOUNTING BOX TIE-DOWN BRACKET (C-5)
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

N/A 92R (10) Parachute Rigger

N/A N/A
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Inspect the tie-down bracket in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable tie-down bracket (C-5 only) with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0054 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0055 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
20-FOOT POWER CABLE EXTENSION (C-17 only)
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


N/A N/A
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Inspect the 20-foot power cable extension in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable 20-foot power cable extension (C-17 only) with a serviceable item from stock.
FXC
J12 TO POWER P/N P12 TO AIRCRAFT
CO 811-00490
O O
C O
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0055 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0056 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
1-FOOT POWER CABLE ADAPTER (C-5 only)
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


1-Foot Power Cable Adapter (Item 1, WP 0116 00) N/A
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Inspect the power cable adapter in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable power cable adapter (C-5 only) with a serviceable item from stock.
FXC
J12 TO POWER P/N 811- P12 TO AIRCRAFT
CO O O
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0056 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0057 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
SAFETY CAP
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace


Safety Cap (Item 1, WP 0117 00) N/A
References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Inspect the safety cap in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable safety cap with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0057 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0058 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
INITIATOR SIMULATOR
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Test
x Replace


Y-Connector (Item 1, WP 0101 00) N/A
Box, Control (Item 1, WP 0104 00)
Cable, Power, 20-Foot (Item 1, WP 0110 00) References
WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger type inspection of the initiator simulator in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP
0005 00, Table 1.
TEST
Testing the initiator simulator.
1. Ensure the POWER and JETTISON switches of a serviceable control box are OFF. Connect P1 plug of a
serviceable 20-foot power cable to J1 receptacle of control box.
4. Turn the power supply ON. Ensure the control box circuit breaker is pushed in.
5. Connect J1 receptacle of initiator simulator directly into J3 receptacle of a serviceable Y-connector.
6. Connect J1 receptacle of Y-connector directly into J2 receptacle of control box.
7. Set circuit breakers on initiator simulator to ON.
8. Set POWER switch of control box to ON.
9. Set JETTISON SWITCH on control box to ON. If both circuit breakers on the initiator simulator are
tripped to OFF, the initiator simulator is serviceable. If either one or both breakers do not trip, the initiator
simulator is defective.
0058 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0058 00
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable initiator simulator with a serviceable item from stock.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0058 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0059 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MAINTENANCE
SQUIB TESTER
THIS TASK COVERS:

• Inspect
• Test
• Repair
Pin Inspection Gauge (Item 9, WP 0122 00)
Power Supply, 28 VDC (Item 25, WP 0120 00) References
Screwdriver, Cross Tip, No. 1 (Item 27, WP 0064 00) WP 0005 00
Squib Cable (Item 4, WP 0099 00) WP 0007 00
Tester, Squib (Item 47, WP 0064 00) WP 0058 00
Materials/Parts
Battery, AAA, 2 ea. (Item 2, WP 0125 00)
LED, Red (Item 17, WP 0125 00)
Wire, 20-gauge (Item 39, WP 0125 00)
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger type inspection of the squib tester in accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005
00, Table 1.
TEST
2. Place Tester power switch to ON position.
a. If no LED lights are on, replace batteries and repeat procedure.
b. If red LED light comes on, proceed to next step.
3. Ensure that Initiator Simulator has been tested in accordance with WP 0058 00 and inspected in
accordance with WP 0007 00 and WP 0005 00, Table 1.
4. Place CB1 and CB2 switches of Initiator Simulator to ON position.
5. Plug Squib Tester into Port J1 on the Initiator Simulator.
a. If LED light stays on, replace the Squib Tester.
b. Place CIRCUIT SELECT switch to C-D position.
NOTE
LEDS may flash when changing CIRCUIT SELECT switch positions.
c. If no LEDs come on, proceed to next step.

7. Place power switch to OFF position on Squib Tester.
8. Separate Squib Tester from Initiator Simulator. This completes the TEST Procedure.
0059 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0059 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
REPAIR
Replacing batteries and LEDs.
1. Remove three pan-head screws and cover from squib tester using No. 1 cross-tip screwdriver.
NOTE
When replacing batteries, always replace both batteries with fully charged
batteries. Dispose of batteries in accordance with local regulations.
2. Replace batteries; make sure to orient battery (+) and (-) terminals as shown in battery holder.
3. Set POWER switch to ON. If OPEN LED illuminates, test is complete.
4. If OPEN LED does not illuminate, replace LED D1. Orient LED as shown in following illustration.
5. If OPEN LED does not illuminate, verify correct installation of the LED. If incorrectly installed, reinstall
LED as shown. If OPEN LED still does not illuminate, replace squib tester.
6. Replace LED D2. Orient LED as shown in previous illustration.
7. Cut approximately 4 IN. of 20 gauge wire, strip ends if applicable and insert ends into receptacle pins C
and D.
8. Set CIRCUIT SELECT switch to C-D and POWER switch to ON. SHORT LED should illuminate. If
SHORT LED does not illuminate, verify correct installation of wire and LED. If short LED still does not
illuminate, replace squib tester.
9. Remove wire from connecting receptacle pins C and D. Replace cover and three pan-head screws and
return squib tester to service.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 2 0059 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0060 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE
28 VDC POWER SUPPLY
THIS TASK COVERS:

x Inspect
x Replace

Power Supply, 28 VDC (Item 1, WP 0120 00) WP 0005 00; WP 0007 00
INSPECT
Perform a technical/rigger type inspection of the 28 VDC Power Supply in accordance with WP 0007 00 and
WP 0005 00, Table 1.
REPLACE
Replace an unserviceable 28 VDC Power Supply with a serviceable item from stock.
A B
ON
28 VDC OFF
POWER
CORPORATIO
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0060 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P
CHAPTER 4
SUPPORTING INFORMATION
FOR
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0061 00
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE

Prepare the LVADS ancillary equipment for shipment by packing components into original or similar
containers in which they were received.
ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE
Placement of LVADS ancillary equipment in administrative storage should be for brief periods when a
maintenance resource shortage exists. Items should be in mission readiness within 24-hours or within the
time factors as determined by the directing authority. During the short period, appropriate maintenance
records will be kept.
Before placing the equipment in administrative storage, complete current preventive maintenance checks
and services, correct shortcomings, deficiencies, and apply applicable Modification Work Orders (MWO).
Storage Site Selection. To maintain the serviceability of stored LVADS Ancillary Equipment, use the
following procedures:
1. When available, store the LVADS ancillary equipment in a heated building.
2. LVADS Ancillary Equipment should be stored in a controlled temperature, dry, and well-ventilated
environment and protected from theft, dampness, fire, dirt, insects, rodents, and direct sunlight.
3. Do not store the equipment where it would prevent ventilation or interfere with light fixtures, heating
vents, fire fighting devices, cooling units, exits, or fire doors.
4. Do not store LVADS Ancillary Equipment when it is damaged, dirty, or damp.
5. All stored items will be marked, segregated, and located for accessibility and easy identification.
6. Do not store equipment in direct contact with any building floor or wall. Use bins, shelves, pallets,
racks, or dunnage to provide airspace between the storage area floor and the equipment. If
preconstructed shelving or other storage accommodations are not available, fabricate storage
provisions using suitable lumber or wooden boxes.
7. All available materials-handling equipment should be used as much as possible in the handling of
airdrop items.
8. Periodic rotation of stock, conservation of available space, proper housekeeping policies and strict
adherence to all safety regulations will be practiced at all times.
Inspection. In addition to the unit PMCS procedures, inspect the equipment for rips, tears, dirt, and
missing components.
Cleaning and Drying. Clean and dry ancillary equipment in accordance with procedures described in WP
0008 00.
PRESERVATION
If the LVADS ancillary equipment is stored without regular PMCS being performed, consult TM 38-230-2
for preservation requirements.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0061 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0062 00
PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
THIS WORKPACKAGE COVERS:

x In-Storage Inspection
x Shipment
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
92R(10) Parachute Rigger
Equipment Condition
Unpacked.
IN-STORAGE INSPECTION
General Information. An in-storage inspection is a physical check conducted on a random sample of
airdrop equipment that is located in storage. Authorized rigger personnel (MOS 92R(20)) will conduct this
inspection.
Intervals. Equipment in storage will be inspected at least semiannually and at more frequent intervals if
prescribed by the local parachute maintenance officer.
Inspection. Inspect to ensure the equipment is ready for issue.
1. If necessary, check for proper identification.
2. Check that no damage or deterioration has been occurred.
3. Ensure that all modifications, or similar requirements, have been completed.
4. Check the adequacy of the storage facilities, efforts taken to control pests and rodents, and protection
against unfavorable climatic conditions.
SHIPMENT
Initial Shipment. The initial packaging and shipping of equipment is the responsibility of item
manufacturers, who are required to comply with federal and military packing specifications, as stipulated in
contractual agreements. Equipment is normally shipped to depot activities, by domestic freight or parcel
post, and packed to comply with overseas shipping requirements. Except for those pieces of equipment
that are unpackaged and subjected to random inspections or testing by depot activity, equipment received
by a using unit will be contained in the original packaging materials.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0062 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0063 00
REFERENCES
THIS WORKPACKAGE COVERS: x Army Regulations

x Scope x Technical Bulletins
x Publication Indexes x Forms
x Pamphlets x Air Force Technical Orders
x Technical Manuals x Air Force Technical Order Forms
x Field Manuals x Marine Corps Forms
x Miscellaneous
SCOPE
This appendix lists all forms, technical manuals, and miscellaneous publications referenced in this manual.
PUBLICATION INDEXES
The following publication indexes should be consulted frequently for the latest changes or revisions of
references given in this work package, and for new publications relating to the material covered in this
manual:
PAMPHLETS
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms DA PAM 25-30
Functional Users Manual for The Army Maintenance Management System DA PAM 738-750
(TAMMS)
Functional Users Manual for The Army Maintenance Management System DA PAM 738-751
(Aviation) (TAMMSA)
TECHNICAL MANUALS
General Maintenance of Parachutes and Other Airdrop Equipment TM 10-1670-201-23/

T.O. 13C-1-41/
NAVAIR 13-1-17
Packaging of Material: Preservation (vol.1) TM 38-230-1
Packaging of Material: Packing (vol.2) TM 38-230-2
Procedures for the Destruction of Air Delivery Equipment to TM 43-0002-1/

Prevent Enemy Use T.O. 13C3-1-10/
NAVAIR 13-1-19
Administrative Storage of Equipment TM 740-90-1
Airdrop of Supplies and Equipment, General TM 10-500
Procedures for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use TM 750-244-3

Repair of Canvas and Webbing TM 10-269
Storage and Materials Handling TM 743-200-1

Technical Training of Parachutists TM 57-220
0063 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0063 00
FIELD MANUALS
Airdrop of Supplies and Equipment: Rigging Airdrop Platform FM 4.20.120 (FM 10-500-2)
First Aid for Soldiers FM 4-25.11 (FM 21-11)
MISCELLANEOUS
Abbreviations for Use on Drawings, and in Specifications, Standards, MIL-STD-12
and Technical Documents
Accounting for Lost, Damaged, and Destroyed Property AR 735-11
Airdrop, Parachute Recovery and Aircraft Personnel Escape Systems AR 750-32

Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms DA PAM 25-30
Functional User’s Manual for the Army Maintenance Management DA PAM 738-751
System Aviation
Maintenance Expenditure Limits for FSC Group 16, Classes 1610, TB 43-0002-4
1615, 1620, 1630, 1650, 1670, and 1680
Maintenance Expenditure Limits for FSC Group 16, Classes 1670 TB 43-0002-43
Army Material Maintenance Policy and Retail Maintenance Operations AR 750-1
Military Standard Transportation and Movement Procedures AR 55-45
(MILSTAMP)
Packing of Army Material of Shipment and Storage AR 746-1

Packaging of Material AR 700-15
Reporting Unsatisfactory Newly Procured and Contractor Maintained AR 702-1

Material
The Army Maintenance Management System DA PAM 738-750
ARMY REGULATIONS
Dictionary of United States Army Terms AR 310-25
Authorized Abbreviations and Brevity Codes AR 310-50
Packaging of Material AR 700-15
Army Material Maintenance Policy and Retail Maintenance Operations AR 750-1
Air Drop, Parachute Recovery and Aircraft Personnel Escape AR 750-32

Systems
Reporting of Supply Discrepancies AR 735-11-2
Reporting of Transportation Discrepancies in Shipments AR 55-38
0063 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0063 00
TECHNICAL BULLETINS
Maintenance Expenditure Limits for FSC Group 16, FSC Class 1670 TB 43-0002-43
FORMS
Equipment Inspection & Maintenance Worksheet DA Form 2404
Equipment Log Assembly (Records)
Equipment Modification Record
Exchange Tag DA Form 2402
Forms. Recommended Changed to Publications and Blank Forms DA Form 2028
Maintenance Request DA Form 5504
Product Quality Deficiency Report SF 368

Recommended Changes to Equipment Technical Publications DA Form 2028-2
Report of Discrepancy SF 364
Transportation Discrepancy Report SF 361
AIR FORCE TECHNICAL ORDERS
Cleaning of Parachute Assemblies T.O. 14D1-1-2
Parachute Logs and Records T.O. DO-25-241
AIR FORCE TECHNICAL ORDER FORMS
Parachute Log AFTO 391
Parachute Repack Inspection and Component Card AFTO 392
MARINE CORPS FORMS
Marine Corps Military Incentive Awards Program MCO 1650.17F
Parachute History Record NAV WPN CEN or NAV

WPNS CL 13512/11
Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) MCO 4855.10B
Recommended Changes to Technical Publications NAVMC 10772
0063 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:

• Introduction
• Maintenance Functions
• Explanation of Columns in the MAC
• Explanation of Columns in Tool and Test Equipment Requirements
• Explanation of Column in Remarks
INTRODUCTION
The Army Maintenance System MAC
This introduction provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions authorized at the
two maintenance levels under the Two-Level Maintenance System concept.
This MAC (immediately following the introduction) designates overall authority and responsibility for the
performance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the
maintenance functions to the end item or component shall be consistent with the capacities and capabilities
of the designated maintenance levels, which are shown on the MAC in column (4) as:
Field – includes three subcolumns, Crew (C), Service (O), and Field (F).
Sustainment – includes two subcolumns, Below Depot (H) and Depot (D).
The maintenance to be performed below depot and in the field is described as follows:
1. Service maintenance. The responsibility of a using organization to perform maintenance on its assigned
equipment. It normally consists of inspecting, servicing, lubricating, adjusting, and replacing parts,
minor assemblies, and subassemblies. The replace function for this level of maintenance is indicated
by the letter "O" in the third position of the SMR code. An "O" appearing in the fourth position of the
SMR code indicates complete repair is possible at the service maintenance level.
2. Field maintenance. Maintenance accomplished on a component, accessory, assembly, subassembly,

plug-in unit, or other portion either on the system or after it is removed. The replace function for this
level of maintenance is indicated by the letter "F" appearing in the third position of the SMR code. An
"F" appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code indicates complete repair is possible at the field
maintenance level. Items are returned to the user after maintenance is performed at this level.
3. Below Depot sustainment. Maintenance accomplished on a component, accessory, assembly,

subassembly, plug-in unit, or other portion, either on the system or after it is removed. The replace
function for this level of maintenance is indicated by the letter "H" appearing in the third position of the
SMR code. An "H" appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code indicates complete repair is
possible at the below depot sustainment maintenance level. Items are returned to the supply system
after maintenance is performed at this level. The tools and test equipment requirements table
(immediately following the MAC) lists the tools and test equipment (both special tools and common tool
sets) required for each maintenance function as referenced from the MAC. The remarks table
(immediately following the tools and test equipment requirements) contains supplemental instructions
and explanatory notes for a particular maintenance function.
Maintenance Functions
Maintenance functions are limited to and defined as follows:
1. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or
electrical characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel).
This includes scheduled inspection and gauging and evaluation of cannon tubes.
0064 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
2. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical
characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards on a
scheduled basis, i.e., load testing of lift devices and hydrostatic testing of pressure hoses.
3. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition; e.g., to clean
(includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants,
chemical fluids, or gases. This includes scheduled exercising and purging of recoil mechanisms. The
following are examples of service functions:
a. Unpack. To remove from packing box for service or when required for the
performance of maintenance operations.
b. Repack. To return item to packing box after service and other maintenance
operations.
c. Clean. To rid the item of contamination.
d. Touch up. To spot paint scratched or blistered surfaces.
e. Mark. To restore obliterated identification.
4. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper position, or by setting
the operating characteristics to specified parameters.
5. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
6. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments of test,

measuring, and diagnostic equipment used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of two
instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any
discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared.
7. Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other
maintenance functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare,
repair part, or module (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an
equipment or system.
8. Paint (ammunition only). To prepare and spray color coats of paint so that the ammunition can be
identified and protected. The color indicating primary use is applied, preferably, to the entire exterior
surface as the background color of the item. Other markings are to be repainted as original so as to
retain proper ammunition identification.
9. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. “Replace”
is authorized by the MAC and assigned maintenance level is shown as the third position code of the
Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SMR) code.
10. Repair. The application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting,

removal/installation, disassembly/assembly procedures and maintenance actions to identify troubles
and restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a
part, subassembly, module (component or assembly), end item, or system.
Change 2 0064 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
NOTE
The following definitions are applicable to the “repair” maintenance function:

Services. Inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate, and/or replace.
Fault location/troubleshooting. The process of investigating and detecting the
cause of equipment malfunctioning; the act of isolating a fault within a system or
Unit Under Test (UUT).
Disassembly/assembly. The step-by-step breakdown (taking apart) of a
spare/functional group coded item to the level of its least component, that is
assigned an SMR code for the level of maintenance under consideration (i.e.,
identified as maintenance significant).
Actions. Welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, machining, and/or
resurfacing.
11. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely
serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical
publications. Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army.
Overhaul does not normally return an item to like-new condition.
12. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to
a like-new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree
of material maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning
to zero those age measurements (e.g., hours/miles) considered in classifying Army
equipment/components.
Explanation of Columns in the MAC
Column (1) Group Number. Column (1) lists Functional Group Code (FGC) numbers, the purpose of which
is to identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the Next
Higher Assembly (NHA).
Column (2) Component/Assembly. Column (2) contains the item names of components, assemblies,
subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized.
Column (3) Maintenance Function. Column (3) lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in
column (2). (For a detailed explanation of these functions, refer to “Maintenance Functions” outlined
above).
Column (4) Maintenance Level. Column (4) specifies each level of maintenance authorized to perform each
function listed in column (3), by indicating work time required (expressed as man hours in whole hours or
decimals) in the appropriate subcolumn. This work time figure represents the active time required to
perform that maintenance function at the indicated level of maintenance. If the number or complexity of the
tasks within the listed maintenance function varies at different maintenance levels, appropriate work time
figures are to be shown for each level. The work time figure represents the average time required to restore
an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item, or system) to a serviceable condition
under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time (including any necessary
disassembly/assembly time), troubleshooting/fault location time, and quality assurance time in addition to
the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the
MAC. The symbol designations for the various maintenance levels are as follows:
0064 00-3 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
Field:
C Crew maintenance
O Service maintenance
F Field maintenance
Sustainment:
L Specialized Repair Activity (SRA)
H Below Depot maintenance
D Depot maintenance
NOTE
The “L” maintenance level is not included in column (4) of the MAC.
Functions to this level of maintenance are identified by work time figure in
the “H” column of column (4), and an associated reference code is used in
the REMARKS column (6). This code is keyed to the remarks, and the
SRA complete repair application is explained there.
Column (5) Tools and Equipment Reference Code. Column (5) specifies, by code, those common tool sets
(not individual tools), common Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE), and special tools,
special TMDE and special support equipment required to perform the designated function. Codes are
keyed to the entries in the tools
and test equipment table.
Column (6) Remarks Code. When applicable, this column contains a letter code, in alphabetical order,
which is keyed to the remarks table entries.
Explanation of Columns in the Tools and Test Equipment Requirements
Column (1) - Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool or test equipment
reference code correlates with a code used in column (5) of the MAC.
Column (2) - Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the
tool or test equipment.
Column (3) - Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.
Column (4) - National Stock Number (NSN). The NSN of the tool or test equipment.
Column (5) - Tool Number. The manufacturer's part number.
Explanation of Columns in the Remarks
Column (1) - Remarks Code. The code recorded in column (6) of the MAC.
Column (2) - Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance
function being performed as indicated in the MAC.
Change 2 0064 00-4

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
Table 1. MAC For Ancillary Equipment for Low Velocity Air Drop System (LVADS)
(4) (6)
(5)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL REMARKS
(2) (3) TOOLS AND
(1) FIELD SUSTAINMENT CODE
COMPONENT/ MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
GROUP CREW SERVICE FIELD BELOW DEPOT
ASSEMBLY FUNCTION REFERENCE
NUMBER DEPOT
CODE
C O F H D
01 Multi-Loop Line Inspect 0.2 A

Repair 0.4 19, 41
Replace 0.2
02 Extraction Force 0.5 2, 8, 9, 17, A

Inspect
Transfer Coupling 1.0 45, 46, 50,
Repair
0.1 52, 54,56
Replace
0201 EFTC Adapter Link Inspect 0.1 56 A

Assembly Replace 0.1
0202 EFTC 3-Point Link Inspect 0.1 56 A

0203 EFTC Connector Inspect 0.2 A

27, 57
Latch Assembly Replace 0.1
0204 EFTC Latch 0.2 4, 14, 15, A

Inspect
Assembly 0.1 21, 23, 26,
Replace
Coupling 29, 49, 50
0205 EFTC Cable Inspect 0.3 A

0206 EFTC Actuator Inspect 0.2 A

45, 56
2, 8, 9, 18,
03 M-1 Cargo Inspect 0.3 19, 28, 30, A
Parachute Release Repair 0.6 39, 40, 41,
Replace 0.1 52, 53, 58,
60
0301 Parachute Inspect 0.1 A

5, 8, 9
Connector Replace 0.1
0302 Timer Delay Inspect 0.3 A

27, 30
Assembly Repair 0.3
Replace 0.1
04 M-2 Cargo Inspect 0.3 2, 51, 58, A

Parachute Release Repair 0.6 59
Replace 0.1
0401 Parachute Inspect 0.1 5, 8, 9 A

0402 Timer Delay Inspect 0.3 A

27, 30
Assembly Repair 0.3
Replace 0.1
0064 00-5 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
Table 1. MAC For Ancillary Equipment for Low Velocity Air Drop System (LVADS) – continued.
(1) (4)
(5)
GROUP MAINTENANCE LEVEL
(2) (3) TOOLS AND (6)
NUMBER FIELD SUSTAINMENT
COMPONENT/ MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT REMARKS
CREW SERVICE FIELD BELOW DEPOT
ASSEMBLY FUNCTION REFERENCE CODE
DEPOT
CODE
C O F H D
05 Type IV Single Inspect 0.2 A

Suspension Link Replace 0.1
Assembly
0501 Heavy-Duty Link Inspect 0.2 53, 56 A

0502 4-Point Link Inspect 0.2 A

Replace 0.1 53, 56
0503 Type IV Link Inspect 0.1 A

Cover Replace 0.1 18, 42
0504 Aerial Delivery Inspect 0.1 52, 53, 59 A

Clevis Replace 0.1
0505 Clevis Cover Inspect 0.1 A

Replace 0.1 11
0506 Single Knife Inspect 0.1 A

Parachute Replace 0.1 44
Release Strap
0507 Multi-Knife Inspect 0.1 A

44
Parachute Replace 0.1
Release Strap
0508 3-Point Coupling Inspect 0.2 53, 56 A

Link Assembly Replace 0.1
0509 M-35 Suspension Inspect 0.1 A

Bracket Replace 0.1
0510 M-59 Suspension Inspect 0.1 A

Bracket Replace 0.1
0511 Suspension Plate Inspect 0.1 A

Replace 0.1
0512 10k Cargo Tie- Inspect 0.1 A

down Replace 0.1
0513 Quick Release Inspect 0.1 A

Cargo Tie-down Replace 0.1
Change 2 0064 00-6

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
(4) (6)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL (5) REMARKS
(1) (2) (3) CODE
FIELD SUSTAINMENT TOOLS AND
GROUP COMPONENT/ MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER ASSEMBLY FUNCTION CREW SERVICE FIELD BELOW DEPOT REFERENCE
DEPOT CODE
C O F H D
0514 Type IV Drive-Off Inspect 0.1 A

Aid Replace 0.1
0515 Aircraft Cargo Tie- Inspect 0.1 A

down Replace 0.1
0516 3 ¾-IN., 2-Point Inspect 0.1 57 A

Link Replace 0.1
0517 5 ½-IN., 2-Point Inspect 0.1 57 A

Link Replace 0.1
0518 Release Away Inspect 0.2 A

19, 28
Static Line Replace 0.1
Assembly
06 Extraction Inspect 0.5 A, C, D

Parachute Jettison Assemble 0.3 25, 43
System (EPJS) Test 0.5
Disassemble 0.1
Extraction
0601 Parachute Jettison Inspect 0.2 A, C
Device (EPJD), Test 0.1 16, 47, 62
Squib, Squib Replace 0.4
Cable
0602 Y-Connector Inspect 0.1

Test 0.2 25, 43
A, C, D
Repair 0.3
Replace 0.1

Mounting Box Replace 0.1 A, B, C,
(C-130, C-141, C- D
17)

A, B, C,
Mounting Box (C- Replace 0.1
D
5)
0605 Control Box Inspect 0.2

Test 0.2 22, 25, 27
A, C, D
Repair 0.3
Replace 0.1
0606 Squib Assembly Inspect 0.1

Test 0.1 A, B, C,
Repair 0.1 D
0607 EPJS Squib Cable Inspect 0.1

Test 0.1
Repair 0.1 A, B, C
Replace 0.1
0064 00-7 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
(1) (4)
GROUP MAINTENANCE LEVEL
(5)
NUMBER SUSTAINMEN
(2) (3) FIELD TOOLS AND (6)
COMPONENT/ MAINTENANCE T EQUIPMENT REMARKS
ASSEMBLY FUNCTION CREW SERVICE FIELD BELOW DEPOT REFERENCE CODE
DEPOT CODE
C O F H D
0608 10-Foot Platform Inspect 0.1

Cable Test 0.3 27, 43 A, B, C,
Replace 0.1 D
0609 10-Foot Inspect 0.1

Interconnect Test 0.2 25 A, B, C,
Cable Replace 0.1 D
0610 50-Foot Main Inspect 0.1

27 A, B, C,
Cable Test 0.2
D
Replace 0.1
0611 20-Foot Power Inspect 0.1

Cable Test 0.2 27 A, B, C,
Replace 0.1 D
0612 Protective Cover Inspect 0.1 7, 12, 21,

Repair 0.3 31, 32, 33,
A, C
Replace 0.1 35
0613 Kit Bag Inspect 0.1

32, 33, 35 A, C, D
Repair 0.3
Replace 0.1
0614 4-Foot Extension Inspect 0.1 A, B, C,

Cable Test 0.3 27, 43 D
(C-5 and C-17) Replace 0.1
0615 Y-Connector Inspect 0.1 A, B, C,

Mounting Box Tie- Replace 0.1 D
Down Bracket (C-
5)
0616 20-Foot Power Inspect 0.1 A, B, C,

Cable Extension Replace 0.1 D
(C-17)
0617 1-Foot Power Inspect 0.1 A, B, C,

Cable Adapter (C- Replace 0.1 D
5)
0618 Safety Cap Inspect 0.1 A, B, C,

Replace 0.1 D
Change 2 0064 00-8

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
(4) (5)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL REMARKS
(4) CODE
SUSTAINMEN
(1) (2) (3) FIELD TOOLS AND
T
GROUP COMPONENT/ MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER ASSEMBLY FUNCTION CREW SERVICE FIELD BELOW DEPOT REFERENCE
DEPOT CODE
C O F H D
0619 Initiator Simulator Inspect 0.1 A, B, C,

Test 0.1 25 D
Replace 0.1
0620 Squib Tester Inspect 0.1 A, C, D

Test 0.1 25, 27
Repair 0.2
Replace 0.1
0621 28 VDC Power Inspect 0.1 A, B, C,

Supply Replace 0.1 D
0622 Extraction Inspect 0.1 A, B, D

Parachute Jettison Repair 0.4 16A, 47
Device – Heavy Replace 0.2
(EPJD-H)
062201 Safety Pin Inspect 0.1 A, D

0623 EPJD-H Squib Inspect 0.1 16A, 47 A, B, D

Cable Test 0.1
Repair 0.1
Replace 0.1
07 Link, Parachute Inspect 0.1 A

END OF TABLE
0064 00-9 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
Table 2. Tool and Test Equipment Requirements for Ancillary Equipment

For Low Velocity Air Drop System (LVADS)
(1)
TOOL OR
(2) (4)
TEST (3) (5)
MAINTENANCE NATIONAL STOCK
EQUIPMENT NOMENCLATURE TOOL NUMBER
LEVEL NUMBER
REFERENCE
CODE
1 O 10-Ounce, Weight Locally Manufactured N/A
2 O Brush, Scrub, Household 7920-00-282-2490 H-B-1490
3 O Brush, Stenciling 7520-00-248-9285 H-B-621
4 O Brush, Wire, Stainless Steel 7920-00-269-1259 20010
599-579-2
5 O Calipers 5210-01-010-4522
6 O Compressor, Air Hose Locally Manufactured N/A

7
O Chuck, Punch 3460-00-329-3346 9766
8 O File, Bastard, 10-IN. 5110-00-234-6539 GGG-F-325
9 O File, Bastard, 12-IN. 5110-00-239-7770 GGG-F-325
10 O File, Flat 5110-00-249-2848 GGG-F-325
11 O Grommet Punch
Grommet, Metallic, Spur, Die

12 O 5120-00-221-1148 MIL-P-16208
Set, No. 2
13 O Hammer, Ball Peen, 16-ounce 5120-01-114-5499 GGG-H-86
14 O Hex Key, Set 5120-00-935-4641 AW1020K
15 O Impact, Socket Set, Manual 5120-00-724-2145 PIT 2230 B
16
O Kit, Tool, EPJD 1670-01-502-4014 811-00469
16A O Kit Tool, EPJD-H 1670-01-544-7423 811-00620
17 O Knife 5110-00-162-2205 MIL-K-818C
18 O Knife, Hot Metal 3439-01-197-7656 4025
19 O Knife, Pocket 5110-00-240-5943 GGG-K-484
20 O Machine, Stencil Cutting 7490-00-164-0537 A-A-2722
21 O Mallet, Rawhide 5120-00-293-3397 GGG-H-33
21A
O Marking Aid, Yellow 7510-00-264-4612 A-A-87
Change 2 0064 00-10

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00

For Low Velocity Air Drop System (LVADS) - continued
(1)
TOOL OR
(2) (4)
TEST (3) (5)
LEVEL NUMBER
REFERENCE
CODE
22 O Nut Driver, 3/16-IN. 5120-00-596-1263 A-A-2382
23 O Pliers, Slip Joint (straight nose) 5120-00-224-2534 GGG-W-641
L-115
24 O Pot, Melting, Electric 5120-00-924-5213
25 O Power Supply, 28 VDC 6130-01-494-8726 11-1-7305
Punch, Hardened, 50 Rockwell,

3
26 O C Hardness or Higher, /8-IN. 5120-00-197-9490 GGG-P-831
Diameter Point
811-00609
26A O Refurbish Kit, EPJD-H 1670-01-551-3053
27 O Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, No. 1 5120-01-335-6883 A-A-2711
28 O Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, No. 2 5120-01-335-6886 A-A-2711
29 O Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, No. 3 5120-00-234-8912 19943
30 O Screwdriver, Flat-Tip, 3/16-IN. 5120-00-277-7356 A-A-2711
7540756
31 O Set, Chuck and Die 5120-00-694-5153
Sewing Machine, Darning,

32 O 3530-01-177-8589 00-S-00256/16
Industrial
Sewing Machine, Darning,

33 O 3530-01-177-8589 00-S-00256/16
Industrial, Lock Stitch
Sewing Machine, General

34 O Sewing, Industrial, 301 Stitch, 3530-01-177-8588 00-S-00256/13
Heavy-Duty
Sewing Machine, General
35 O Sewing, Industrial, 301 Stitch, 3530-01-177-8591 00-S-00256/13
Medium-Duty
Sewing Machine, General 00-S-00256/13
36 O Sewing, Industrial, 301 Stitch; 3530-01-177-8590
Light-Duty
Sewing Machine, Industrial, 301
37 O 3530-00-892-4636 00-S-00256/12
Stitch, Double Needle
Sewing Machine, Industrial, 301

38 O 3530-01-186-3079 00-S-00256/13
Stitch, Light, Heavy-Duty
0064 00-11 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00
(1)
TOOL OR
(2) (4)
TEST (3) (5)
LEVEL NUMBER
REFERENCE
CODE
Sewing Machine, Zig-zag,

39 O 3530-01-181-1420 00-S-00256/14
Industrial, 308 Stitch, Light-Duty
Sewing Machine, Zig-zag,
40 O Industrial, 308 stitch, Medium- 3530-01-181-1421 00-S-00256/14
Duty
41 O Shear, Trimmer 5110-00-596-9703 GGG-S-278
42 O Shears 5110-00-223-6370 GGG-S-278
43 O Simulator, Initiator 1670-01-496-4748 811-00444
44 O Stone Sharpening, Round Local Purchase N/A
45 O Straight Edge, 2-IN. 6675-00-190-5850 A-A-843
46 O Tape Measure, 25-FT 5210-01-139-7444 DLT-125H
47 O Tester, Squib 6625-01-495-2015 811-00491

48
O Timer, 15 Second 1670-00-400-2772 11-1-894-1
48A O Tweezers, Craftsman’s 5498A19
49 O Wrench, Adjustable, 10-IN. 5120-00-449-8083 5385A14
50 O Wrench, Open End, 7/16-IN. 5120-00-228-9505 1214
Wrench, Open-End, ¾-IN. and

51 O 13 5120-00-187-7129 A-A-1356
/16-IN.
Wrench, Open-End, 1 ¼-IN.
52 O 5 5120-00-277-2321 A-A-1356
and 1 /16-IN.
Wrench, Open-End, 1 ½-IN.and

53 O 5120-00-277-9818 A-A-1356
1 ¾-IN.
1
Wrench, Open-End, 1 /16 and
54 O 1 5120-00-293-0190 A-A-1356
1 /8 –IN.
Wrench, Open-End, 1 1/8-IN.
55 O 5120-00-277-2694 A-A-1356
and 1 ¼-IN.
7
Wrench, Open-End, 1 /16-IN.
56 O 5 5120-00-277-2326 A-A-1356
and 1 /8-IN.
Wrench, Open-End, 1 and 1 1/8-

57 O 5120-00-187-7133 A-A-1356
IN.
Wrench, Open-End, 13/16-IN.
58 O 5120-00-187-7130 A-A-1356
and 7/8-IN.
Change 2 0064 00-12

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0064 00

(1)
TOOL OR
(2) (4)
TEST (3) (5)
LEVEL NUMBER
REFERENCE
CODE
Wrench, Open-End, 15/16-IN.

59 O 5120-00-277-7025 A-A-1356
and 1-IN.
Wrench, Open-End, 5/8-IN. and
60 O 9 5120-00-187-7126 A-A-1356
/16-IN.
7
Wrench, Open-End, /16-IN. and
61 O 5120-00-187-7123 A-A-1356
½-IN.
Wrench, Torque, 0-150-IN.-

62 O 5120-01-396-5684 1502LDIN
pounds, needle on dial
63 O Yardstick 5120-00-985-6610 GGG-Y-0035
64 Needle, Tacking
END OF TABLE
Table 3. Remarks for Ancillary Equipment for the Low Velocity Airdrop System
REMARKS
REMARKS
CODE
A Is a Technical/Rigger inspection.
B Repair is limited to replacement of defective components.
For use with EPJD

C
D For use with EPJD-H
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0064 00-13/(14 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0065 00
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL), INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This manual lists and authorizes spare and repair parts; special tools; special test, measurement, and
diagnostic equipment (TMDE); and other special support equipment required for performance of
organizational, direct support, and general support maintenance of the ancillary equipment. It authorizes
the requisitioning, issue, and disposition of spares, repair parts and special tools, as indicated by the
Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SMR) codes.
GENERAL
In addition to the Introduction work package, this RPSTL is divided into the following work packages:
Repair Parts List Work Packages. Work packages containing lists of spares and repair parts authorized
by this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. These work packages also include parts that
must be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in
ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure, and item number
sequence. Sending units, brackets, filters, and bolts are listed with the component they mount on. Bulk
materials are listed by item name in FIG. BULK at the end of the work packages. Repair parts kits are listed
separately in their own functional group and work package. Repair parts for reparable special tools are also
listed in a separate work package. Items listed are shown on the associated illustrations.
Special Tools List Work Package. Work packages containing lists of special tools, special TMDE, and
special support equipment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI) information in the
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column.) Tools that are components of common tool sets
and/or Class VII are not listed.
Cross Reference Indexes Work Package. There are two cross-reference indexes work packages in this
RPSTL: the National Stock Number (NSN) Index work package, and the Pat Number (P/N) Index work
package. The National Stock Number Index work package refers you to the figure and item number. The
Pat Number Index work package refers you to the figure and item number.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS
Column 1, Item No. Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration.
Column 2, SMR Code. The Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) code is a 5-position code
containing supply/requisitioning information, maintenance category authorization criteria, and disposition
instructions, as shown in the following breakout:
0065 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0065 00
*Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all the corrective
maintenance tasks of the REPAIR function in a use/user environment in order to restore serviceability
to a failed item.
Source Code. The source code tells you how to get an item needed for maintenance, repair, or
overhaul of an end item/equipment. Source codes are always the first and second positions of the
SMR code. Explanations of source codes follow:
SOURCE CODE EXPLANATION

PA Stock items; use the applicable NSN to requisition/
PB request items with these source codes. They are
PC authorized to the level indicated by the code
PD entered in the 3rd position of the SMR code.
PE
PF NOTE
PG Items coded PC are subject to deterioration.
Items with these codes are not to be requested/

KD requisitioned individually. They are part of a kit
KF that is authorized to the maintenance level
KB indicated in the 3rd position of the SMR code. The
complete kit must be requisitioned and applied.
Items with these codes are not to be

requisitioned/requested individually. They must be
MO – (Made at unit/AVUM Level) made from bulk material that is identified by the
P/N in the DESCRIPTION and USABLE ON CODE
MF – (Made at DS/AVIM Level)
(UOC) column and listed in the bulk material group
MH – (Made at GS Level)
work package of the RPSTL. If the item is
ML – (Made at SRA) authorized to you by the 3rd position code of the
MD – (Made at Depot) SMR code, but the source code indicates it is
made at a higher level, order the item from the
higher level of maintenance.
Items with these codes are not to be

requested/requisitioned individually. The parts that
AO – (Assembled by unit AVUM Level) make up the assembled item must be requisitioned
AF – (Assembled by DS/AVIM Level) or fabricated and assembled at the level of
AH – (Assembled by GS Level) maintenance indicated by the source code. If the
AL – (Assembled by SRA) 3rd position code of the SMR code authorizes you
AD – (Assembled by Depot) to replace the item, but the source code indicates
the item is assembled at a higher level, order the
item from the higher level of maintenance.
Do not requisition an XA-coded item. Order the

XA -
next higher assembly. (Refer to the NOTE below.)
If an item is not available from salvage, order it

XB -
using the CAGEC and P/N.
0065 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0065 00
SOURCE CODE – continued EXPLANATION - continued
Installation drawings, diagrams, instruction sheets,

XC - field service drawings; identified by manufacturer’s
P/N.
Item is not stocked. Order an XD-coded item

XD - through normal supply channels using the
CAGEC and P/N given, if no NSN is available.
NOTE
Cannibalization or controlled exchanged, when authorized, may be

used as a source of supply for items with the above source codes,
except for those source coded XA or those aircraft support items
restricted by requirements of AR 750-1.
Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to use and
repair support items. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR
Code as follow:
Third position. The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest
maintenance level authorized to remove, replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered
in the third position will indicate authorization to one of the following levels of maintenance.
MAINTENANCE CODE APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
Crew or operator maintenance done within

C-
unit/AVUM maintenance.
Unit level/AVUM maintenance can remove,
O-
replace, and use the item.
Direct support/ AVIM maintenance can remove,
F-
General support maintenance can remove,
H-
Specialized repair activity can remove, replace,
L-
and use the item.
D- Depot can remove, replace, and use the item.
0065 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0065 00
Fourth position. The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells you whether or not the
item is to be repaired and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete
repair (perform all authorized repair functions).
NOTE
Some limited repair may be done on the item at a lower level of

maintenance, if authorized by the Maintenance Allocation Chart
(MAC) and SMR code.
MAINTENANCE CODE APPLICATION/ EXPLANATION
Unit/AVUM is the lowest level that can do

O-
complete repair of the item.
Direct support/AVIM is the lowest level that can do
F-
General support is the lowest level that can do
H-
Specialized repair activity (designate the
L- specialized repair activity) is the lowest level that
can do complete repair of the item.
Depot is the lowest level that can do complete
D-
repair of the item.
Z- Non-repairable. No repair is authorized.
No repair is authorized. No parts or special tools

are authorized for the maintenance of a B-coded
B-
item. However, the item may be reconditioned by
adjusting, lubricating, etc., at the user level.
Recoverability code. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action on
unserviceable items. The recoverability code is entered in the fifth position of the SMR code as
follows:
RECOVERABILITY CODE APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
Non-repairable item. When unserviceable,

condemn and dispose of the item at the level of
Z-
maintenance shown in the third position of the
SMR Code.
0065 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0065 00
RECOVERABILITY CODE – continued APPLICATION/EXPLANATION - continued
Repairable item. When uneconomically

O- reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at
the unit level.

F- repairable, condemn and dispose of the item at
the direct support level.

H- repairable, condemn and dispose of the item at
the general support level.
Repairable item. When beyond the lower level

repair capability, return to depot. Condemnation
D-
and disposal of item not authorized below depot
level.
Repairable item. Condemnation and disposal

L- not authorized below Specialized Repair Activity
(SRA).
Item requires special handling or condemnation

procedures because of specific reasons (such
as, precious metal content, high dollar value,
A-
critical material or hazardous material). Refer to
appropriate manuals/directives for specific
instructions.
Column 3, NSN. The NSN for the item is listed in this column.
Column 4, CAGEC. The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a five-digit numeric code
that is used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency that supplies the item.
Column 5, Part Number. Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, company,
firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by
means of its engineering drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an
item or range of items.
NOTE
When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive
may have a different P/N from the part ordered.
0065 00-5
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0065 00
Column 6, Description and Usable on Code (UOC). This column includes the following information:
1. The federal item name and, when repaired, a minimum description to identify the item.
2. P/Ns for bulk materials are referenced in this column in the line entry for the to be manufactured or
fabricated.
3. Hardness Critical Item (HCI). A support item that provides the equipment with special protection from
electromagnetic pulse (EMP) damage during a nuclear attack.
4. The statement END OF FIGURE appears just below the last item description in column (6) for a given
figure in both the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
Column 7, QTY. The QTY (quantity per figure) column indicates the quantity of the item used in the
breakout shown on the illustration/figure, which is prepared for a functional group, sub-functional group, or
an assembly. A “V” appearing in the column instead of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable and
quantity may change from application to application.
1. National Stock Number (NSN) Index Work Package.
STOCK NUMBER Column. This column lists the NSN by National Item Identification Number (NIIN)
sequence. The NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the NSN, i.e.
NSN
5305-01-574-1467
NIIN
When using this column to locate an item, ignore the first 4 digits of the NSN. However, the
complete NSN should be used when ordering items by stock number.
FIG. column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located. The figures
are in numerical order in the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
ITEM column. The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the adjacent FIG.
column. This item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line.
2. Part Number (P/N) Index Work Package.

P/Ns in this index are listed in ascending alphanumeric sequence (vertical arrangement of letter and
number combinations which places the first letter or digit of each group in order A through Z, followed by the
numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or digit in like order).
PART NUMBER Column. Indicates the P/N assigned to the item.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in the repair
pats list and special tools list work packages.
0065 00-6
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0065 00
ITEM Column. The item number is the number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure referenced in
the adjacent figure number column.
SPECIAL INFORMATION
The Usable on Code title appears in the lower right corner of column (5), Description. Usable on codes are
shown in the right-hand margin of the description column. Identification of the usable on codes used in the
RPSTL are:
Code: Used on:
N/A N/A
Fabrication Instructions. Bulk materials required to manufacture items are listed in the bulk material
functional group of this RPSTL. Part numbers for bulk material are also referenced in the Description
Column of the line item entry for the item to be manufactured/fabricated. Detailed fabrication instructions
for items source coded to be manufactured or fabricated are found in this TM.
Index Numbers. Items that have the word BULK in the figure column will have an index number shown in
the item number column. This index number is a cross-reference between the NSN / P/N index work
packages and the bulk material list in the repair parts list work package.
Illustration List. The illustrations in this RPSTL contain unit authorized items. Illustrations published in this
TM that contain unit authorized items also appear in this RPSTL. The tabular list in the repair parts list work
package contains only those parts coded “O” in the third position of the SMR code, therefore, there may be
a break in the item number sequence.
HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS
1. When National Stock Number or Part Number is Not Known.
First. Using the table of contents, determine the assembly group or sub-functional group to which the item
belongs. This is necessary since the figures are prepared for functional groups and sub-assembly groups,
and lists are divided into the same groups.
Second. Find the item covering the figure covering the functional group or sub-functional group to which
the item belongs.
Third. Identify the item on the figure and note the number(s).
Fourth. Look in the repair parts list work packages for the figure and item numbers. The NSNs and part
numbers are on the same line as the associated item numbers.
2. When NSN is Known.
First. If you have the NSN, look in the STOCK NUMBER column of the NSN index work package. The
NSN is arranged in NIIN sequence. Note the figure and item number next to the NSN.
Second. Turn to the figure and locate the item number. Verify that it is the one you are looking for.
0065 00-7
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0065 00
3. When P/N is Known.
First. If you have the P/N and not the NSN, look in the PART NUMBER column of the P/N index work
package. Identify the figure and item number.
Second. Look up the item on the figure in the applicable repair parts list work package.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0065 00-8
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0066 00
GROUP 01 MULTI-LOOP LINE
3
2
Figure 1. Typical Multi-Loop Line
0066 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0066 00
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
(3) (4) DESCRIPTION AND (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NSN CAGEC USABLE ON CODE QTY
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 01, Multi-Loop Line

Figure 1, Typical Multi-Loop Line
1 PAOZZ 7510-00-053-0942 81337 PPP-T-97 TY4 Keeper, Fixed V
Line, Multi-loop, 2-Loop,

2 PAOOO 1670-01-062-6301 81337 68F217-48 3-FT
V
Line, Multi-Loop, 4-
1670-01-062-6306 68F217-52 Loop, 3-FT
1670-01-062-6304 68F217-49 Loop, 9-FT
1670-01-062-6305 68F217-53 Loop, 9-FT
1670-01-063-7760 68F217-58 Loop, 11-FT
1670-01-062-6310 68F217-59 Loop, 11-FT
1670-01-062-6303 68F217-50 Loop, 12-FT
1670-01-062-6307 68F217-54 Loop, 12-FT
1670-01-063-7761 68F217-22 Loop, 16-FT
1670-01-062-6308 68F217-55 Loop, 16-FT
1670-01-062-6302 68F217-51 Loop, 20-FT
1670-01-064-4453 68F217-56 Loop, 20-FT
1670-01-062-6309 68F217-57 Loop, 28-FT
1670-01-064-4451 68F217-47 Loop, 36-FT
1670-01-064-4452 68F217-45 Loop, 60-FT
0066 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0066 00
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
2 PAOOO 1670-01-062-6313 81337 68F217-30 Loop, 60-FT
V
1670-01-064-4454 68F217-32 Loop, 60-FT
1670-01-062-6311 68F217-41 Loop, 120-FT
1670-01-062-6312 68F217-33 Loop, 120-FT
1670-01-107-7651 68F217-60 Loop, 140-FT
1670-01-107-7652 68F217-61 Loop, 160-FT
3 MOOZZ 81337 68F217-2 Keeper, Sliding 2
4 MOOZZ 81337 68F217-5 Buffer 2
END OF FIGURE
0066 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0067 00
GROUP 02 EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING
1 2 3 4 5
6 through 9, 10, 15 6 through 9, 11, 15 6 through 9, 12, 15 6 through 9, 13, 15 6 through 9, 14, 15
7
8
6
9
10, 11, 12,

13, 14
10, 11, 12,

15 13, 14
Figure 2. Extraction Force Transfer Coupling
0067 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0067 00
GROUP 02 EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 02, Extraction Force Transfer Coupling

Figure 2, Extraction Force Transfer Coupling
Coupling, Extraction
XCOOO 81337 11-1-2060 Force Transfer
V
Coupling Assembly,
1 PAOOO 1670-00-434-5783 81337 11-1-2060-1 Airdrop, 12-FT
V
Coupling Assembly,
2 PAOOO 1670-00-434-5785 81337 11-1-2060-2 Airdrop, 16-FT
V
Coupling Assembly,
3 PAOOO 1670-00-434-5787 81337 11-1-2060-3 Airdrop, 20-FT
V
Coupling Assembly,
4 PAOOO 1670-00-434-5782 81337 11-1-2060-4 Airdrop, 24-FT
V
Coupling Assembly,
5 PAOOO 1670-01-326-7309 81337 11-1-2060-5 Airdrop, 28-FT
V
6 PAOOO 1670-00-162-4979 81337 11-1-1721 Adapter, Link Assembly 2
Link Assembly,
7 PAOOO 1670-00-162-4981 81337 11-1-1715-1 2
Coupling
Latch Assembly,
8 PAOOO 1670-01-470-3696 81337 11-1-1725 Coupling
1
Latch Assembly,
9 PAOOO 1670-01-470-8333 81337 11-1-3924 Connector
2
Cable Assembly,
10 PAOZZ 1670-00-434-5797 81337 11-1-2061-1 Coupling 12-FT
Cable Assembly,
11 PAOZZ 1670-00-434-5798 96906 11-1-2061-2 Coupling, 16-FT
2
Cable Assembly,
2
Cable Assembly,
1
Cable Assembly,
2
15 PAOOO 1670-01-182-1979 81337 11-1-1737 Actuator Assembly 2
END OF FIGURE
0067 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0068 00
GROUP 0201 EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER COUPLING ADAPTER LINK ASSEMBLY
2 through 6
4
2 5
3
Figure 3. Link Assembly Adapter
0068 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0068 00
GROUP 0201 ADAPTER LINK ASSEMBLY

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 03, Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Adapter Link Assembly

Figure 3, Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Adapter Link Assembly
1 PAOOO 1670-00-162-4979 81337 11-1-1721 Adapter, Link Assembly 1
2 PAOZZ 5365-01-354-8932 81337 11-1-1722 Spacer, Plate 2
3 PAOZZ 5365-00-180-5850 81337 11-1-1723 Spacer, Sleeve 1
Nut, Self-Locking, 1-IN.,

4 PAOZZ 5310-00-776-1963 96906 MS21083/N16 1-UNJF-3B
2
5 XDOZZ 81337 11-1-1724 Spacer, Sleeve 1
6 PAOZZ 5306-01-471-5421 81337 11-1-3910-3 Screw, Cap, Hexagon 2
END OF FIGURE
0068 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0069 00
GROUP 0202 EFTC 3-POINT COUPLING LINK ASSEMBLY
2 through 6
6 4
Figure 4. EFTC Coupling Link Assembly
0069 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0069 00
GROUP 0202 EFTC 3-POINT COUPLING LINK ASSEMBLY
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 04, EFTC 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly

Figure 4, EFTC 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly
Link Assembly,
1 PAOOO 1670-00-162-4981 81337 11-1-1715-1 Coupling
1
3 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1717 Plate, Slide 2
4 PAOZZ 5306-01-471-5336 81337 11-1-3910-1 Screw, Cap, Hexagon 3

Nut, Self-Locking, 1-IN.,
5 PAOZZ 5310-00-776-1963 96906 MS21083-N16 1-UNJF-3B
3
6 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1716 Cam 1
END OF FIGURE
0069 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0070 00
GROUP 0203 EFTC CONNECTOR LATCH ASSEMBLY COUPLING
2 through 18
3 4 5
2
6 7
18
8
11
10
16
13
17 14
15 12
Figure 5. Latch Assembly Coupling
0070 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0070 00
GROUP 0203 LATCH ASSEMBLY COUPLING

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0203, EFTC Connector Latch Assembly Coupling

Figure 5, Latch Assembly Coupling
Latch Assembly,
1 PAOOO 1670-01-470-3696 81337 11-1-1725 1
Coupling
2 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1727-3 Plate, Side, Left 1
3 PAOZZ 5320-00-117-6829 96906 MS20470AD4-7 Rivet, Solid 4
Nut, Self-locking, ¾-
4 PAOZZ 5310-00-939-0783 96906 MS21083-N12 1
IN., 18-UNJF
5 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1734 Retainer, Upper 1

Screw, Machine, ¼-
6 PAOZZ 5305-00-058-4007 96906 MS24694S115 4
IN., 28-UNF
7 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1735 Retainer, Lower 1
8 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1736 Spring, Catch 1
9 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1731 Pin 3
10 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1728 Link, Idler 1
11 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1730 Link, Lock 1
12 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1729 Catch 1
13 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1732 Sleeve, Idler, Link 2
Washer, Lock, ¼-IN.,

14 PAOZZ 5310-00-582-5965 96906 MS35338-44 2
18-UNJF
Screw Cap, Hex HD,

15 PAOZZ 5305-00-267-8953 80204 B1821BH025F063N .250-28UNF-28UNF- 2
2AX .62LG, Type II
16 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1726 Hook Retainer 1
17 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1727-5 Plate, Side Right 1
18 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1733 Pad, Friction 2
END OF FIGURE
0070 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0071 00
GROUP 0204 CONNECTOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
2
2 through 4
Figure 6. Connector Latch Assembly
0071 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0071 00
GROUP 0204 CONNECTOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (4) (5)
(3) DESCRIPTION AND (7)
ITEM SMR CAGE PART
NSN USABLE ON CODE QTY
NO. CODE C NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0204, Connector Latch Assembly

Figure 6, Connector Latch Assembly
Latch Assembly,
1 PAOOO 1670-01-470-8333 81337 11-1-3924
Connector
Nut, Hex 1-12-UNF-2B,

Steel, Carbon, Grade A,
2 XDOOO 80204 ANSI B18.2.2 ASTM A563, Zinc Coat 2
per ASTM B633, Type II,
Class SC3
3 PAOOO 5365-01-354-8932 81337 11-1-1722 Plate, Side 2
4 PAOOO 5306-01-471-5419 81337 11-1-3910-2 Bolt, Link 2
END OF FIGURE
0071 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0072 00
GROUP 0205 COUPLING CABLE ASSEMBLY
7
6
Figure 7. Coupling Cable Assembly
0072 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0072 00
GROUP 0205 COUPLING CABLE ASSEMBLY

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0205, Coupling Cable Assembly

Figure 7, Coupling Cable Assembly
Cable Assembly,
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-434-5797 81337 11-1-2061-1 1
Coupling, 12-FT
Cable Assembly,
2 PAOZZ 1670-00-434-5798 81337 11-1-2061-2 1
Coupling, 16-FT
Cable Assembly,
3 PAOZZ 1670-00-434-5795 81337 11-1-2061-3 1
Coupling, 20-FT
Cable Assembly,
4 PAOZZ 1670-00-434-5782 81337 11-1-2061-4 1
Coupling, 24-FT
Cable Assembly,
5 PAOZZ 1670-00-157-6527 81337 11-1-2061-5 1
Coupling, 28-FT
6 PAOZZ 5315-00-839-2325 96906 ASME B18.8.1 Pin, Cotter 2
7 PAOOZ 5315-00-812-3766 96906 MS20392-2C15 Pin, Straight-head 2
END OF FIGURE
0072 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0073 00
GROUP 0206 ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
2 through 27
6
5
4
3
12
2 11 4
7 8
9 10
13
5
14
20
21 17
16
20 18
25
11 19
12
23
24
22
17
20
Figure 8. Actuator Assembly
0073 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0073 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0206, Actuator Assembly

Figure 8, Actuator Assembly
1 PAOOO 1670-01-182-1979 81337 11-1-1737 Actuator Assembly 1
2 PAOZZ 4010-01-216-6763 81349 MIL-W-5424 Cable, 7x7x1/16 1

Swaging Sleeve,
3 PAOZZ 4030-00-452-2568 96906 MS51844-1 3
Wire
4 PAOZZ 5315-00-839-2325 96906 MS24665-132 Pin, Cotter 2
5 PAOZZ 5310-00-809-8546 96906 MS27183-8 Washer, Flat, 7/32-IN. 2
6 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1745 Cover, Housing 1
7 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1739 Shell, Spring 1

Spring, Helical,
8 PAOZZ 5360-01-320-0999 81337 11-1-1747 1
Compressed
9 PAOZZ 1670-01-315-7001 81337 11-1-1738 Rod, Spring Guide 1
10 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1741 Actuator, Cable 1
11 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1743 Cam, Locking 2
12 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1744 Spacer 2

Pin, Shoulder,
13 PAOZZ 5315-01-318-6886 81337 11-1-1750 1
Headless
14 PAOZZ 5365-01-320-8511 81337 11-1-1752 Ring, Retaining 1
Spring, Helical,
15 PAOZZ 5360-01-322-3607 81337 11-1-1751 1
Compressed
16 PAOZZ 5315-00-058-9765 96906 MS16562-230 Pin, Spring 1
Pin, Grooved,
17 PAOZZ 5315-01-312-1188 96906 MS35675-26 2
Headless
Pin, Grooved,
18 PAOZZ 5315-01-134-9400 96906 MS35678-30 1
Headless
Pin, Straight,
19 PAOZZ 5315-00-990-1338 96906 1
MS20392-2C19 Headless
0073 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0073 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
20 PAOZZ 5315-00-200-3183 96906 MS16562-240 Pin, Spring 3
21 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1742 Block, Stop 1
22 PAOZZ 5315-00-812-3752 96906 MS20392-2C57 Pin, Straight, Headed 1
23 PAOZZ 5315-00-166-5441 81337 11-1-1749 Pin, Wire, Locking 1
Pin, Shoulder,
24 PAOZZ 5315-01-357-8453 81337 11-1-1753 1
Headless
25 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1746 Arm, Actuator 1
26 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1740 Housing, Actuator 1
27 PAOZZ 5315-00-702-1301 96906 MS17985-620 Pin, Quick-Release 2
END OF FIGURE
0073 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0074 00
GROUP 03 M-1 CARGO PARACHUTE RELEASE
1 2
2 through 32 2
3, 4
32 31 5, 6
30
7
25
26
27
17 28
29 8
9
10
14 11
12
13
15 16
24
23 14
18
17
9 8
22 15
16
19
20
21
Figure 9. M-1 Cargo Parachute Release
0074 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0074 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 03, M-1 Cargo Parachute Release

Figure 9, M-1 Cargo Parachute Release
Release, Cargo
1 PAOOO 1670-01-097-8816 81337 11-1-1487-2 Parachute, M-1
1
2 PAOZZ 5310-00-926-1852 96906 MS21083N6 Nut, Self-Locking 3

Washer, Flat .640 ID,
3 PAOZZ 5310-01-408-2779 80205 NAS1149F1063P .063 THK
2
5 PAOZZ 5305-00-957-7811 96906 MS24693S272 Screw, Machine 4
6 XDOZZ 96906 MS35790N17 Washer, Lock 4
7 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1500 Plate, Front 1
8 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1491 Toggle, M-1 2
9 PAOZZ 5325-01-087-1605 81337 11-1-1492 Slide, Toggle Lock 2
10 PBOZZ 5306-00-451-1136 81337 11-1-3904-1 Bolt, Connector 3
11 PAOZZ 5365-00-139-4990 81337 11-1-3905-1 Sleeve, Connector 3
13 PAOOO 1670-00-400-2771 81337 11-1-3718-1 Connector, Assembly 3
15 PAOZZ 5365-00-451-8290 81337 11-1-1499 Spacer, Load Suspension 4

Bolt, Machine, .625-
16 XDOZZ 81337 11-1-3907-1 18UNF .3A
6
17 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1497 Link, Suspension, Lower 2
18 PAOZZ 1670-01-087-1604 81337 11-1-1490 Clamp, Retainer 1
19 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1489 Plate, Back 1
20 PAOZZ 5306-00-207-8362 88044 11-1-4100 Bolt, Machine 3

Bolt, Machine, .625-
21 XDOZZ 81337 11-1-3907-1 18UNF-3A
6
22 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1494 Spacer 3
0074 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0074 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
23 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1495 Shaft, Straight Toggle 1
Link, Suspension,
24 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1488 1
Upper
25 PAOOO 1670-00-400-2772 81337 11-1-894-1 Timer Delay Assembly 1
Time Movement,
26 PAOZZ 6645-01-108-3457 81337 11-1-2614-1 Mechanical
1
27 PAOZZ 5315-01-102-8755 81337 11-1-2671 Key, Short 1
28 PAOZZ 5315-01-102-8754 81337 11-1-2670 Key, Long 1
29 PAOZZ 1670-01-102-8753 81337 11-1-2669 Toggle, Timer, Delay 1
30 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1496 Guide, Arming Wire 1
31 PAOZZ 4010-00-431-8490 81337 11-1-493 Wire, Arming 1
32 MOOZZ 81337 11-1-488 Lanyard, Arming Wire 1
END OF FIGURE
0074 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0075 00
GROUP 0301 PARACHUTE CONNECTOR
2 through 7
4
6
5
Figure 10. Parachute Connector
0075 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0075 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0301, Parachute Connector

Figure 10, Parachute Connector
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-400-2771 81337 11-1-3718-1 Connector, Assembly V

Nut, Self Locking, Hex,
3 PAOZZ 5310-00-943-9897 81337 MS21083N9 .562-18UNJF
4 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-3719-1 Connector Body 1
5 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-3721-1 Pin, Connector 1
6 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-3720-1 Connector, Arm 2
7 PAOZZ 5306-00-451-1136 81337 11-1-3904-1 Bolt, Connector 1
END OF FIGURE
0075 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0076 00
GROUP 0302 TIMER DELAY ASSEMBLY
4
Back View
Side View
Internal Side View
Figure 11. Timer Delay Assembly
0076 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0076 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0302, Timer Delay Assembly

Figure 11, Timer Delay Assembly
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-400-2772 81337 11-1-894-1 Timer Delay Assembly 1
2 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-2666 Housing Assembly 1
3 PAOZZ 1670-01-098-4189 81337 11-1-2660 Mounting Block Assembly 1

Screw, Machine,
4 XAOZZ 80204 ANSI B18.6.3 Countersunk, Type I, 6
.112-40X.25L
Timer and Stem

5 PAOZZ 6645-01-017-9534 81337 11-1-2614-1 Assembly
1
END OF FIGURE
0076 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0077 00
1 10
2
2 through 35 11 through 14
3
4 5
6
15
35 7
33
8
16
20 34 9
17
10
21 11
33 12
13
18
20 14
19
25
22
31
9 8 20
23
30 19 21
22
32
24 20
26 8
20
9 25
21 29 29 26 22
19 23
20
28 22
24
20
27
19
21
20
Figure 12. M-2 Cargo Parachute Release
0077 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0077 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 04, M-2 Cargo Parachute Release

Figure 12, M-2 Cargo Parachute Release
Release, Cargo
1 PAOOO 1670-01-097-8817 81337 11-1-565-2 Parachute, M-2
1
2 XCOZZ 81337 11-1-487 Lanyard & Arming Wire 1
3 MOOZZ 81337 11-1-488 Lanyard, Arming Wire 1
4 PAOZZ 4010-00-431-8490 81337 11-1-493 Wire, Arming 1
6 XDOZZ 81337 11-1-899 Guide, Arming Wire 1
7 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-513 Plate, Front 1
8 PAOZZ 1670-01-315-4562 81337 11-1-511 Toggle 2
9 PAOZZ 1670-01-307-0534 81337 11-1-567 Slide, Toggle Lock 2
10 PAOOO 1670-00-400-2772 81337 11-1-894-1 Timer Delay Assembly 1
Timing Movement,
11 PAOZZ 6645-01-108-3457 81337 11-1-2614-1 Mechanical
1
12 PAOZZ 5315-01-102-8755 81337 11-1-2671 Key, Short 1
13 PAOZZ 5315-01-102-8754 81337 11-1-2670 Key, Machine, Long 1
14 PAOZZ 1670-01-102-8753 81337 11-1-2669 Toggle 1
15 PAOOO 1670-00-400-2771 81337 11-1-3718-1 Connector, Parachute 8
16 PAOZZ 5306-00-451-1136 81337 11-1-3904-1 Bolt, Connector 8
19 PAOZZ 5306-01-320-1048 81337 11-1-3515 Bolt, Shoulder 4
20 PAOZZ 1670-01-333-1748 81337 11-1-3725 Guide, Sling 8
0077 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0077 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Sleeve, Suspension,
22 PAOZZ 5365-01-321-2530 81337 11-1-3723 Lower Link
24 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-478 Link, Suspension, Lower 2
25 PAOZZ 5340-01-323-5678 81337 11-1-491 Clevis, Suspension Link 2
26 PAOZZ 5306-00-451-1138 81337 11-1-490 Bolt, Clevis 2
27 PAOZZ 5306-01-318-9533 81337 11-1-3514 Bolt, Sleeve, Clevis 2
28 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-566 Back, Plate 1
29 PAOZZ 5365-01-321-0603 81337 11-1-3441 Sleeve, Clevis 2
30 PAOZZ 5340-01-310-2323 81337 11-1-512 Clamp, Retaining 1
31 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-477 Link, Suspension, Upper 1
32 PAOZZ 3040-01-313-8016 81337 11-1-3724 Shaft, Straight, Toggle 1
34 PAOZZ 5307-01-320-7260 81337 11-1-562 Stud, Shouldered 1
ASME/ANSI
35 PAOZZ 5305-00-983-7428 96906 Screw, Cap 4
B18.3
END OF FIGURE
0077 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0078 00
2 through 7
4
5
6
Figure 13. Parachute Connector
0078 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0078 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0401, Parachute Connector

Figure 13, Parachute Connector
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-400-2771 81337 11-1-3718-1 Connector, Assembly V
2 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-3905-1 Sleeve, Connector 1

Nut, Self Locking, Hex,
3 PAOZZ 5310-00-943-9897 81337 MS21083N9 .562-18UNJF
4 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-3719-1 Connector Body 1
5 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-3721-1 Pin, Connector 1
6 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-3720-1 Connector, Arm 2
7 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-3904-1 Bolt, Connector 1
END OF FIGURE
0078 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0079 00
Back View
4 Side View
Internal Side View
Figure 14. Timer Delay Assembly
0079 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0079 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0402, Timer Delay Assembly

Figure 14, Timer Delay Assembly
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-400-2772 81337 11-1-894-1 Timer Delay Assembly 1
2 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-2666 Housing Assembly 1
3 PAOZZ 1670-01-098-4189 81337 11-1-2660 Mounting Block Assembly 1

Screw, Machine,
4 XAOZZ 81337 ANSI B18.6.3 Countersunk, Type I, 6
.112-40X.25L
Timer and Stem

5 PAOZZ 6645-01-017-9534 81337 11-1-2614 Assembly
1
END OF FIGURE
0079 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0080 00
GROUP 05 TYPE IV SINGLE SUSPENSION LINK ASSEMBLY
Figure 15. Type IV Single Suspension Link Assembly
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 05, Type IV Single Suspension Link Assembly

Figure 15, Type IV Single Suspension Link Assembly
Link Assembly, Single

1 PAOZZ 1670-00-783-5988 81337 11-1-3359 Suspension, Type IV
AR
END OF FIGURE
0080 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0081 00
GROUP 0501 HEAVY-DUTY LINK ASSEMBLY
2 through 7
3
4
Figure 16. Heavy-Duty Link Assembly
0081 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0081 00
GROUP 0501 HEAVY-DUTY LINK ASSEMBLY

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5) (7)
(3) (4) DESCRIPTION AND
ITEM SMR PART QT
NSN CAGEC USABLE ON CODE
NO. CODE NUMBER Y
(UOC)
Group 0501, Heavy-Duty Link Assembly

Figure 16, Heavy-Duty Link Assembly
1 AOOZZ 81337 68B1883 Link Assembly, Heavy-Duty AR
2 PAOZZ 5306-00-435-8994 88044 AN17-36A Bolt, Machine, 1-IN., 12-NF 2
3 PAOZZ 5365-00-005-1577 98750 66B1887 Spacer, Sleeve, Small 2
4 PAOZZ 1670-00-003-1954 81337 66B1883-2 Slide Plate, 5 ½-IN. 2

Nut, Plain, Hex, 1-IN., 12-
5 PAOZZ 5310-00-232-5165 81352 AN315-15R NF
2
6 PAOZZ 1670-00-003-1953 81337 66B1883-1 Slide Plate, 3 ¾-IN. 2
7 PAOZZ 5365-00-007-3414 98750 65B3650 Spacer, Sleeve, Large 2
END OF FIGURE
0081 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0082 00
GROUP 0502 4-POINT LINK
2 through 6
5 3
3
6
Figure 17. 4-Point Link
0082 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0082 00
GROUP 0502 4-POINT LINK

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0502, 4-Point Link

Figure 17, 4-Point Link
1 PAOOO 1670-00-006-2752 81337 65D3820 Link, 4-Point AR

Bolt, Machine, 1-IN.,
2 PAOZZ 5306-00-435-8994 81352 AN17-36A 4
12-NF
3 PAOZZ 5365-01-092-7849 81337 67B2226 Spacer, Bolt 4
Nut, Plain, Hex, 1-IN.,

4 PAOZZ 5310-00-232-5165 81352 AN315-15R 4
12-NF
5 XAOZZ 81337 65D3663 Plate, Side 2
6 XAOZZ 81337 67B2211-1 Spacer, Loop 1
END OF FIGURE
0082 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0083 00
GROUP 0503 TYPE IV LINK COVER
Figure 18. Type IV Link Cover
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0503, Type IV Link Cover

Figure 18, Type IV Link Cover
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-360-0329 98750 50C7496 Cover, Link, Type IV AR
END OF FIGURE
0083 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0084 00
GROUP 0504 AERIAL DELIVERY CLEVIS
2 3
9
8
Figure 19. Aerial Delivery Clevis
0084 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0084 00
GROUP 0504 AERIAL DELIVERY CLEVIS

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (4) (5)
(3) DESCRIPTION (7)
ITEM SMR CAGE PART
NSN AND USABLE ON QTY
NO. CODE C NUMBER
CODE (UOC)
Group 0504, Aerial Delivery Clevis

Figure 19, Aerial Delivery Clevis
Clevis, Medium, ¾-
1 PAOZZ 4030-00-678-8562 96906 MS70087-2 AR
IN.
2 PAOZZ 5305-00-940-8069 80204 B1821BH075F450N Bolt 1
3 PAOZZ 5310-00-842-1190 96906 MS35691-61 Nut 1

1
Clevis, Large, 1 /8-
4 PAOZZ 4030-00-090-5354 96906 MS70087-3 AR
IN.
5 PAOZZ 5310-00-891-3428 96906 MS35691-77 Nut 1
6 PAOZZ 5305-00-177-5617 80204 B1821BH100F475N Bolt 1
7 XAOZZ 96906 MS70087-11 Sleeve 1
8 XAOZZ 96906 MS70087-10 Pin 1
Clevis, Screw Pin,

9 PAOZZ 4030-00-432-2516 96906 MS70087-5 AR
1 1/8-IN.
END OF FIGURE
0084 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0085 00
GROUP 0505 CLEVIS COVER
Figure 20. Clevis Cover
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0505, Clevis Cover

Figure 20, Clevis Cover
1 PAOZZ 5325-01-028-0945 81349 MIL-G-16491 Grommet, Metallic 3
2 PAOZZ 1670-00-360-0328 98750 50C7406 Cover, Large Clevis AR
END OF FIGURE
0085 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0086 00
GROUP 0506 SINGLE KNIFE PARACHUTE RELEASE STRAP
Figure 21. Single Knife Parachute Release Strap
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0506, Single Knife Parachute Release Strap

Figure 21, Single Knife Parachute Release Strap
Strap, Parachute
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-473-5116 81337 11-1-129 AR
Release, Single Knife
END OF FIGURE
0086 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0087 00
GROUP 0507 MULTI-KNIFE PARACHUTE RELEASE STRAP
Figure 22. Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0507, Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap

Figure 22, Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap
Strap, Parachute Release,

1 PAOZZ 5340-00-040-8219 81337 11-1-484-2 AR
Multi-Knife
END OF FIGURE
0087 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0088 00
GROUP 0508 3-POINT COUPLING LINK ASSEMBLY
2 through 5
Figure 23. 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly
0088 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0088 00
GROUP 0508 3-POINT COUPLING LINK ASSEMBLY

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0508, 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly

Figure 23, 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly
Link Assembly,
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-307-0155 81337 11-1-1715-2 AR
Coupling, 3-Point
2 PAOZZ 5306-01-471-5336 81337 11-1-3910-1 Screw 3
3 PAOZZ 5365-00-405-9293 81337 11-1-1718 Spacer, Bolt 3
Nut, Self-Locking,
4 PAOZZ 5310-00-776-1963 96906 MS21083-N16 3
1-IN., 13-UNJF-3B
5 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-1717 Plate, Side 2
END OF FIGURE
0088 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0089 00
GROUP 0509 M-35 SUSPENSION BRACKET
Figure 24. M-35 Suspension Bracket
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0509, M-35 Suspension Bracket

Figure 24, M-35 Suspension Bracket
1 XDOZZ 81337 53C7084-1 Bracket, Suspension AR
END OF FIGURE
0089 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0090 00
GROUP 0510 M-59 Suspension Bracket
Figure 25. M-59 Suspension Bracket
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0510, M-59 Suspension Bracket

Figure 25, M-59 Suspension Bracket
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-078-4319 81337 53C7084-2 Bracket, Suspension AR
END OF FIGURE
0090 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0091 00
GROUP 0511 SUSPENSION PLATE
Figure 26. Suspension Plate
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0511, Suspension Plate

Figure 26, Suspension Plate
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-141-1522 81337 11-1-2615 Plate, Suspension AR
END OF FIGURE
0091 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0092 00
GROUP 0512 10K CARGO TIE-DOWN
2 through 4
3
4
Figure 27. 10K Cargo Tie-down
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0512, 10K Cargo Tie-down

Figure 27, 10K Cargo Tie-down
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-937-0271 81337 11-1-721 Tie-down, Cargo, 10K AR
2 PAOZZ 5310-00-937-0147 96906 MS22046-8 D-Ring, Heavy-Duty 1
3 PAOZZ 3990-00-437-0292 81337 11-1-901 Binder, Load 1
4 PAOZZ 5340-00-937-0273 81337 11-1-892 Strap, Tie-down 1
END OF FIGURE
0092 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0093 00
GROUP 0513 QUICK-RELEASE CARGO TIE-DOWN
Figure 28. Quick-Release Cargo Tie-down
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0513, Quick-Release Cargo Tie-down

Figure 28, Quick-Release Cargo Tie-down
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-333-6082 81337 11-1-3922 Tie-down, Cargo, Quick-

AR
Release
END OF FIGURE
0093 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0094 00
GROUP 0514 TYPE IV DRIVE-OFF AID
Figure 29. Type IV Drive-Off Aid
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0514, Type IV Drive-Off Aid

Figure 29, Type IV Drive-Off Aid
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-344-0825 81337 11-1-3771 Drive Off Aid, Type IV
END OF FIGURE
0094 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0095 00
GROUP 0515 AIRCRAFT CARGO TIE-DOWN
Figure 30. Aircraft Cargo Tie-down
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
(3) (4) DESCRIPTION (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NSN CAGEC AND USABLE ON QTY
NO. CODE NUMBER
CODE (UOC)
Group 0515, Aircraft Cargo Tie-down

Figure 30, Aircraft Cargo Tie-down
Tie-down, Cargo,
1 PAOZZ 1670-00-545-9063 81349 MIL-T-25959 AR
Aircraft
2 PAOZZ 1670-01-333-6082 81337 11-1-3922 Ratchet 1
3 PAOZZ 1670-00-516-8405 81349 MIL-DTL-6458D Chain 1
END OF FIGURE
0095 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0096 00
GROUP 0516 3 ¾-IN., 2-Point Link
1
2
2 through 5
5
3
Figure 31. 3 ¾-IN., 2-Point Link
0096 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0096 00
GROUP 0516 3 ¾-IN., 2-Point Link

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0516, 3 ¾-IN., 2-Point Link

Figure 31, 3 ¾-IN., 2-Point Link
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-493-6418 81337 11-1-7026-1 Link, 2-Point, 3 ¾-IN. 1
2 PAOZZ 5310-00-232-5135 81352 AN315-15R Nut, Plain, Hex 2
3 PAOZZ 5365-00-007-3414 98750 65B3650 Spacer, Large 2
4 PAOZZ 5306-00-435-8994 81352 AN17-36A Bolt, Machine 2
5 PAOZZ 1670-00-003-1953 81337 66B1883-1 Plate, Clevis, 3 ¾-IN. 2
END OF FIGURE
0096 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0097 00
GROUP 0517 5 ½-IN., 2-Point Link
1
2
2 through 5
5
3
Figure 32. 5 ½-IN., 2-Point Link
0097 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0097 00
GROUP 0517 5 ½-IN., 2-Point Link

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0517, 5 ½-IN., 2-Point Link

Figure 32, 5 ½-IN., 2-Point Link
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-493-6420 81337 11-1-7026-2 Link, 2-Point, 5 ½-IN. 1
2 PAOZZ 5310-00-232-5165 81352 AN315-15R Nut, Plain, Hex 2
3 PAOZZ 5365-00-007-3414 98750 65B3650 Spacer, Large 2
4 PAOZZ 5306-00-435-8994 81352 AN17-36A Bolt, Machine 2
5 PAOZZ 1670-00-003-1954 81337 66B1883-2 Plate, Clevis, 5 ½-IN. 2
END OF FIGURE
0097 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0098 00
GROUP 0518 RELEASE AWAY STATIC LINE ASSEMBLY
2 through 7 3
2
6
Figure 33. Release Away Static Line Assembly
0098 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0098 00
GROUP 0518 RELEASE AWAY STATIC LINE ASSEMBLY

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0518, Release Away Static Line Assembly

Figure 33, Release Away Static Line Assembly
Assembly, Release
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-487-5461 81337 11-1-4180-1 A/R
Away Static Line
2 XAOZZ 81337 11-1-4179-1 Grommet 2
Release Away Static

3 PAOZZ 1670-01-499-4464 81337 11-1-4177-1 1
Line, Main
Clevis, Riser, Air

4 PAOZZ 4030-00-678-8560 96906 MS70086-1 1
Delivery, Type III
Strap, Connector, 6-
5 PAOZZ 1670-01-487-5466 81337 11-1-4178-1 1
IN.
Link, Connector, 1-
6 PAOZZ 1670-01-487-5462 81337 11-1-4259-1 1
Inch
7 XAOZZ 1HHQ4 PIA-W-5625 Release Line 1
END OF FIGURE
0098 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0099 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
GROUP 06 EXTRACTION PARACHUTE JETTISON SYSTEM (EPJS)
10
Figure 34. Extraction Parachute Jettison System (EPJS)
Change 2 0099 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0099 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
GROUP 06 EXTRACTION PARACHUTE JETTISON SYSTEM (EPJS)

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(1) (2) (5) (6)

(3) (4) (7)
ITEM SMR PART DESCRIPTION AND
NSN CAGEC QTY
NO. CODE NUMBER USABLE ON CODE (UOC)
Group 06, Extraction Parachute Jettison System (EPJS)

Figure 34, Extraction Parachute Jettison System (EPJS)
1 PAOOO 1670-01-475-1990 81337 11-1-7276 Jettison System, Parachute, 1

Extraction (A)
PAOOO NSN PENDING 811-00429-5 Jettison System, Parachute, 1
Extraction (B)
2 PAOOO 1670-01-502-4003 81337 11-1-7277 EPJD (A) 4
PAOOO 1670-01-544-7425 81337 811-00587 EPJD-H (B) 4
3 PAOOO 5340-01-494-6318 81337 11-1-7289 Protective Cover, EPJD (A) 4
4 PAOOO 6150-01-494-8722 81337 11-1-7285 Cable, Squib, EPJD (A) 4
PAOOO 1670-01-544-2674 52497 811-00610 Cable, Squib, EPJD-H (B) 4
5 PAOOO 6150-01-495-0652 81337 11-1-7278 Platform Cable, 10-FT 4
6 PAOOO 6150-01-494-6315 81337 11-1-7287 Extension, Power Cable, 20- 1
FT
7 PAOOO 1670-01-495-2016 81337 11-1-7290 Kit Bag 1
8 PAOOO 1670-01-493-7131 81337 11-1-7281 Control Box 1
9 PAOOO 6150-01-495-2021 81337 11-1-7279 Power, Cable, 20-FT 1
10 PAOOO 6150-01-494-3593 81337 11-1-7286 Extension, Cable, 4-FT 4
11 PAOOO 6150-01-494-6316 81337 11-1-7283 Main Cable, 50-Ft 1
12 PAOOO 6150-01-494-8724 81337 11-1-7282 Interconnect Cable, 10-FT 4
13 PAOOO 1377-01-487-0716 52497 811-00434 Initiator, Cartridge, Activated 4
14 PAOOO 5935-01-494-7965 81337 11-1-7280 Y-Connector 4
15 PAOOO 1670-01-502-7542 81337 11-1-7284 Mounting Box 4
16 PAOZZ 52497 311-81442-2 Clamp, Loop, 0.250 Dia. 24
17 PAOZZ 52497 311-80266-28 Screw, Pan Hd #6-32 Lock 12
18 PAOZZ 52497 311-80762-9 Nut, Hex, #6-32x3/8 12
END OF FIGURE
0099 00-3/(4 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0100 00
GROUP 0601 EXTRACTION PARACHUTE JETTISON DEVICE (EPJD)
Figure 35. Extraction Parachute Jettison Device
Change 2 0100 00-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0100 00
GROUP 0601 EXTRACTION PARACHUTE JETTISON DEVICE
REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0601, Extraction Parachute Jettison Device

Figure 35, Extraction Parachute Jettison Device
1 PAOOO 1670-01-502-4003 81337 11-1-7277 Jettison Device, 4

Parachute, Extraction
2 XAOZZ 52497 311-21644 Stop, Piston (Refurbish 1

Kit PN 811-00469)
3 XAOZZ 52497 311-80313-015 Ring, Backup (Refurbish 1

Kit PN 811-00469)
4 XAOZZ 52497 311-80603-015 O-ring (Refurbish Kit PN 1

811-00469)
5 XAOZZ 52497 311-21643 Piston (Refurbish Kit PN 1

811-00469)
6 XAOZZ 52497 311-21646 Retainer, Shear Bolt 2

(Refurbish Kit PN 811-
00469)
7 PAOZZ 5340-01-494-6312 81337 11-1-7291 Retainer, Latch 1
8 PAOZZ 5340-01-494-6313 81337 11-1-7292 Clamp, Retainer 1

00469)
9 PAOZZ 5305-01-494-6314 81337 11-1-7294 Screw Cap, Hexagon 2

Head
10 PAOZZ 1670-01-496-5833 81337 11-1-7304 Keeper, EPJD 1
11 XAOZZ 52497 311-21645 Bolt, Shear (Refurbish 1

Kit PN 811-00469)
12 PAOZZ 1670-01-502-4061 52497 311-21788 Plug, Cross Hole 1
13 XAOZZ 52497 311-81124 O-ring (Refurbish Kit PN 1

811-00469)
END OF FIGURE
0100 00-3/(4 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0100 01
________________________________________________________________________________________________
GROUP 0622 EXTRACTION PARACHUTE JETTISON DEVICE - HEAVY (EPJD-H)
3
17
18
17
4
16
5
15
14 6
13 7
8
12
9
10
11
Figure 35A. Extraction Parachute Jettison Device – Heavy
Change 2 0100 01-(1 Blank)/2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0100 01
________________________________________________________________________________________________
GROUP 0622 EXTRACTION PARACHUTE JETTISON DEVICE - HEAVY (EPJD-H)

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(1) (2) (5) (6)

(3) (4)
ITEM SMR PART DESCRIPTION AND (7)
NSN CAGEC
NO. CODE NUMBER USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY
Group 0622, Extraction Parachute Jettison Device

Figure 35A, Extraction Parachute Jettison Device - Heavy
PAOOO 1670-01-544-7425 52497 811-00587 Jettison Device, Parachute, 4

Extraction, Heavy
1 PAOZZ 5310-00-776-1963 52497 MS21083-N16 Nut, 1.0-12, Locking 4
2 PAOZZ 52497 311-81406 Screw, .25-20X0.75 3
00609)
3 XAOZZ 52497 311-22015-1 Plate, Cutter, Top (Refurbish 1
Kit PN 811-00609)
4 PAOZZ 52497 311-81025 Caplug 1
5 XAOZZ 52497 311-90648 Nameplate, Cutter 1
6 XAOZZ 52497 311-22016 Block, Cutter 1
7 XAOZZ 52497 311-22019 Shear Pin, Cutter (Refurbish 2
Kit PN 811-00609)
8 PAOZZ 52497 511-00754 Safety Pin Assy, 42K 1
9 XAOZZ 52497 311-81406 Screw, 0.25-20X0.75 3
00609)
10 XAOZZ 52497 311-22015-2 Plate, Cutter, Bottom 1
11 PAOZZ 5306-01-471-5336 52497 11-1-3910-1 Bolt, 1.0-12X3.25 4
12 XAOZZ 52497 311-22018 Blade, Cutter (Refurbish Kit 1
PN 811-00609)
13 XAOZZ 52497 311-22017 Piston, Cutter 1
14 XAOZZ 52497 311-80603- O-ring (Refurbish Kit PN 1
218 811-00609)
15 XAOZZ 52497 311-81406-1 Screw, .164-32X.375 1
00609)
16 XAOZZ 52497 11-1-1716-1 Cam, Link, EPJD-H 1
17 XAOZZ 52497 11-1-1718-1 Spacer, Link (Refurbish Kit 2
PN 811-00609)
18 XAOZZ 52497 11-1-1723-1 Spacer, Large 1
END OF FIGURE
0100 01-3/(4 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0101 00
GROUP 0602 Y-CONNECTOR
Figure 36. Y-Connector
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0602 Y-Connector

Figure 36, Y-Connector
1 PAOOO 5935-01-494-7965 52497 811-00455 Y-Connector 4
2 XAOZZ 52497 311-81126 Screw, Thumb 4
3 PAOZZ 5980-01-495-2018 52497 811-00494 LED Blue 1
4 PAOZZ 5305-00-054-5649 52497 311-80266-15 Screw, Pan Head 5
END OF FIGURE
0101 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0102 00
GROUP 0603 Y-CONNECTOR MOUNTING BOX (C-130; C-141; C-17)
Figure 37. Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-130; C-141; C-17)
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0603, Y-Connector Mounting Box

Figure 37, Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-130; C-141; C-17)
Mounting Box, Y-
1 PAOOO 52497 811-00480 connector (C-130; C- 4
141; C-17)
Stud, Bumper
2 PAOOO 52497 511-00711 2
Assembly
END OF FIGURE
0102 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0103 00
GROUP 0604 Y-CONNECTOR MOUNTING BOX (C-5)
Figure 38. Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-5)
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0604, Y-Connector Mounting Box

Figure 38, Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-5)
Mounting Box,
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-495-2017 52497 811-00480-1 4
Y-connector (C-5)
END OF FIGURE
0103 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0104 00
GROUP 0605 CONTROL BOX
Figure 39. Control Box
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0605, Control Box

Figure 39, Control Box
1 PAOOO 1670-01-493-7131 52497 811-00457 Box, Control 1
2 PAOZZ 5980-01-495-2018 52497 811-00494 LED, Blue 4
3 PAOZZ 5305-00-719-5064 52497 311-80268-30 Screw, Flat Head 4
END OF FIGURE
0104 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0105 00
GROUP 0606 SQUIB ASSEMBLY
Figure 40. Squib Assembly
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0606, Squib Assembly

Figure 40, Squib Assembly
1 PAOZZ 1377-01-487-0716 14720 3205AS269 Assembly, Squib 4
END OF FIGURE
0105 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0106 00
GROUP 0607 EPJS SQUIB CABLE
1 2
Figure 41. EPJS Squib Cable
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0607 EPJS Squib Cable

Figure 41, EPJS Squib Cable
1 PAOZZ 9330-01-502-5498 81337 11-1-7293 Helical Bundle Wrap AR
2 PAOZZ 6150-01-494-8722 81337 11-1-7285 Cable, Squib, EPJS 4
END OF FIGURE
0106 00-1/(2 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0106 01
GROUPS 0623 EPJS-H SQUIB CABLE
J4 J4 TO PLATFORM CABLE J5 TO SQUIB J5
Figure 41A. EPJS-H Squib Cable
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0623, EPJS-H Squib Cable

Figure 41A, EPJS-H Squib Cable
1 PAOZZ 9330-01-502-5498 81337 11-1-7293 Helical Bundle Wrap AR
2 PAOZZ 1670-01-544-2674 52497 811-00610 Cable, Squib, EPJS-H 4
END OF FIGURE
0106 01-1/(2 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0107 00
GROUP 0608 10-FOOT PLATFORM CABLE
Figure 42. 10-Foot Platform Cable
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0608, 10-Foot Platform Cable

Figure 42, 10-Foot Platform Cable
1 PAOZZ 6150-01-495-0652 52497 811-00423 Cable, Platform, 10-FT 4
END OF FIGURE
0107 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0108 00
GROUP 0609 10-FOOT INTERCONNECT CABLE
Figure 43. 10-Foot Interconnect Cable
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0609, 10-Foot Interconnect Cable

Figure 43, 10-Foot Interconnect Cable
1 PAOZZ 6150-01-494-8724 52497 811-00467 Cable, Interconnect, 3

10-FT
END OF FIGURE
0108 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0109 00
GROUP 0610 50-FOOT MAIN CABLE
Figure 44. 50-Foot Main Cable
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0610, 50-Foot Main Cable

Figure 44, 50-Foot Main Cable
1 PAOZZ 6150-01-494-6316 52497 811-00468 Cable, Main, 50-Foot 1
END OF FIGURE
0109 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 1670-296-20&P 0110 00
GROUP 0611 20-FOOT POWER CABLE
P2 TO AIRCRAFT POWER FXC CORPORATION

P1 TO CONTROL BOX
2 AMP FUSE INSIDE P/N 811-00630
Figure 45. 20-Foot Power Cable
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0611 20-Foot Power Cable

Figure 45, 20-Foot Power Cable
1 PAOZZ 6150-01-495-2021 52497 811-00630 Cable, Power, 20-Foot 1

END OF FIGURE
0110 00-1/(2 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0111 00
GROUP 0612 PROTECTIVE COVER
1 2
4 3
4
3
Figure 46. Protective Cover
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0612, Protective Cover

Figure 46, Protective Cover
Cover, Protective, 50-
1 PAOZZ 5340-01-494-6318 52497 811-00430 4
FT
Grommet, Metallic,
2 PAOZZ 5120-00-221-1148 96906 MS20230BPS2 4
Spur, Die Set
Tape, Pile, Fastener,
3 PAOZZ 8315-00-066-5054 52497 MIL-T-21840 AR
¾-IN.
Tape, Hook,
4 PAOZZ 8315-00-006-9835 81349 MIL-T-21840 AR
Fastener, 1 ½-IN.
END OF FIGURE
0111 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0112 00
GROUP 0613 KIT BAG
Figure 47. Kit Bag
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0613, Kit Bag

Figure 47, Kit Bag
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-495-2016 52497 821-00457 Bag, Kit 4
END OF FIGURE
0112 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0113 00
GROUP 0614 4-FOOT EXTENSION CABLE (C-5 and C-17)
FXC CORPORATION
J13 TO "Y" CONNECTOR P/N 811-00488 P13 TO PLATFORM CABLE
Figure 48. 4-Foot Extension Cable (C-5 and C-17)
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0614, 4-Foot Extension Cable

Figure 48, 4-Foot Extension Cable (C-5 and C-17)
Cable, Extension,
1 PAOZZ 6150-01-494-3593 52497 811-00488 4
4-FT (C-5 and C-17)
END OF FIGURE
0113 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0114 00
GROUP 0615 Y-CONNECTOR MOUNTING BOX TIE-DOWN BRACKET (C-5)
Figure 49. Y-Connector Mounting Box Tie-Down Bracket (C-5)
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0615, Y-Connector Mounting Box Tie-Down Bracket (C-5)

Figure 49, Y-Connector Mounting Box Tie-Down Bracket (C-5)
Bracket, Tie-down,
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-494-7966 52497 811-00516 Y-Connector 4
Mounting Box (C-5)
END OF FIGURE
0114 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0115 00
GROUP 0616 20-FOOT POWER CABLE EXTENSION (C-17 ONLY)
FXC CORPORATION P12 TO AIRCRAFT POWER

J12 TO POWER CABLE
P/N 811-00631 2 AMP FUSE INSIDE
Figure 50. 20-Foot Power Cable
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0616 20-Foot Extension Cable (C-17)

Figure 50, 20-Foot Extension Cable (C-17)
1 PAOZZ 6150-01-494-6315 52497 811-00631 Power Cable Extension 1

(C-17) 20-foot (Red/Blue)
Modified
END OF FIGURE
0115 00-1/(2 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0116 00
GROUP 0617 1-FOOT POWER CABLE ADAPTER (C-5)
FXC
J12 TO POWER P12 TO AIRCRAFT
COP/NO811- O
Figure 51. 1-Foot Power Cable Adapter (C-5)
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0617, 1-Foot Power Cable Adapter (C-5)

Figure 51, 1-Foot Power Cable Adapter (C-5)
Adapter, Power
1 PAOZZ 6150-01-494-6317 52497 811-00495 1
Cable, 1-Foot (C-5)
END OF FIGURE
0116 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0117 00
GROUP 0618 SAFETY CAP
Figure 52. Safety Cap
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0618, Safety Cap

Figure 52, Safety Cap
1 PAOZZ 5935-01-494-8723 52497 811-00493 Cap, Safety, Squib 4

Cable
END OF FIGURE
0117 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0118 00
GROUP 0619 INITIATOR SIMULATOR
Figure 53. Initiator Simulator
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0619, Initiator Simulator

Figure 53, Initiator Simulator
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-496-4748 52497 811-00444 Simulator, Initiator 4
END OF FIGURE
0118 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0119 00
GROUP 0620 SQUIB TESTER
Figure 54. Squib Tester
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 6020, Squib Tester

Figure 54, Squib Tester
1 PAOZZ 6625-01-495-2015 52497 811-00491 Tester, Squib 1
2 PAOZZ 5305-00-054-5649 52497 311-80266-15 Screw, Pan HD 3
3 PAOZZ 5980-01-494-8721 52497 811-00534 LED, Red 2
4 PAOZZ 52497 311-81140 Battery, AAA 2
END OF FIGURE
0119 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0120 00
GROUP 0621 28 VDC POWER SUPPLY
A B
ON
28 VDC OFF
POWER
CORPORATIO
Figure 55. 28 VDC Power Supply
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 0621, 28 VDC Power Supply

Figure 55, 28 VDC Power Supply
Power Supply, 28
1 PAOZZ 6130-01-494-8726 52497 611-00189 1
VDC
END OF FIGURE
0120 00-1/(2 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0120 01
GROUP 07 LINK, PARACHUTE CONNECTOR
1
Figure 56. Parachute Connector Link
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 07, Link, Parachute Connector

Figure 56, Link, Parachute Connector
Link, Parachute
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-483-8259 65141 USA-TRMOD 1
Connector
END OF FIGURE
0120 01-1/(2 Blank) Change 1

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0121 00
GROUP 90 BULK MATERIALS

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2)
(3) (4) (5) DESCRIPTION AND (7)
ITEM SMR
NSN CAGEC PART NO. USEABLE ON CODE QTY
NO. CODE
(UOC)
Group 90, Bulk Materials
Cloth, Nylon, Duck, Type

1 PAOZZ 8305-00-765-2863 81349 MIL-C-7219 III, 7.25 Oz, Sage Green
YD
Cloth, Nylon, Parachute,

2 PAOZZ 8305-00-205-1478 81349 MIL-C-7350 Type II, 3.5 Oz, Natural
YD
Cord, Coreless, Type V,

3 PAOZZ 4020-00-965-0473 81349 MIL-C-7515 OD
YD
Cord, Nylon, Coreless,

4 PAOZZ 4020-00-262-2020 81349 MIL-C-7515 Type IV, OD
YD
Cord, Nylon, Coreless,

5 PAOZZ 4020-00-965-0435 81349 MIL-C-7515 Type VI, OD
YD
6 PAOZZ 4020-00-965-0473 81349 MIL-C-7515 Cord, Nylon, Type V, OD YD
Tape, Cotton, Type I,

7 PAOZZ 8315-00-253-6292 81349 MIL-T-43566 1½-IN., Class IV, OD,
YD
8 PAOZZ 4020-00-753-6555 81349 MIL-T-43435 Tape, Lacing and Tying RL
Tape, Nylon, Type III, ½-

9 PAOZZ 8315-00-255-7673 81349 PIA-T-5038 IN. Wide, OD
YD
Tape, Nylon, Type III, ¾-

10 PAOZZ 8315-00-176-8083 81349 PIA-T-5038 IN. Wide, OD
YD
Tape, Pressure
11 PAOZZ 7510-00-633-0199 81348 PPP-T-60 Sensitive, Type III, 1-IN. RL
Wide
Tape, Textile, Type I,

12 PAOZZ 8315-00-253-6292 81349 MIL-T-43566 Class IV, 1½-IN. Wide, YD
OD
Tape, Textile, Type III,
13 PAOZZ 8315-00-126-8083 81349 PIA-T-5038 ¾-IN. Wide
YD
Thread, Cotton, Type I,

14 PAOZZ 8310-00-917-3945 81348 V-T-276 Ticket 8/7, Natural
YD
Thread, Nylon, Type I,

15 PAOZZ 8310-00-248-9714 81348 V-T-295 Size 3, Class I, Natural
YD

16 PAOZZ 8310-00-267-3027 81348 V-T-295 Size 3, Class I, OD
YD

17 PAOZZ 8310-00-248-9716 81348 V-T-295 Size 6, Class I, Natural
YD
0121 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0121 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2)
ITEM SMR
NO. CODE
(UOC)

18 PAOZZ 8310-00-262-2780 81348 V-T-295 YD
Size 6, Class I, OD

19 PAOZZ 8310-00-262-2770 81349 V-T-295 YD
Size E, Class I, Nat.
20 PAOZZ 8310-00-262-2772 81349 V-T-295 YD
Size E, Class I, OD
21 PAOZZ 8310-00-267-3024 81348 V-T-295 YD
Size FF, Class I, Nat.
22 PAOZZ 8310-00-227-1244 81348 V-T-295 YD
Size FF, Class I, OD
Webbing, Cotton,
23 PAOZZ 8305-00-268-2411 81349 MIL-T-5661 Type I, ¼-IN. Wide, YD
Nat.
Webbing, Cotton,
24 PAOZZ 8305-00-753-6086 81349 MIL-W-5665 Type X, 1¾-IN. Wide, YD
OD
Webbing, Nylon,
25 PAOZZ 8305-00-082-5751 81349 PIA-W-5625 Tubular, ¾-IN. Wide, YD
Nat.
Webbing, Nylon,
26 PAOZZ 8305-00-268-2455 81349 PIA-W-5625 Tubular, 1-IN. Wide, YD
OD
Webbing, Nylon,
27 PAOZZ 8305-00-268-2453 81349 PIA-W-5625 Tubular, Textile,½-IN. YD
Wide
Webbing, Nylon, Type

28 PAOZZ 8305-00-263-2472 81349 MIL-T-5038 YD
IV, 1½ -IN. Wide, OD

29 PAOZZ 8305-00-261-8579 81349 PIA-T-5038 YD
IV, 1-IN. Wide, OD

30 PAOZZ 8305-00-263-3598 81349 PIA-W-4088 VIII, 123/32-IN. Wide, YD
OD
0121 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0121 00

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(6)
(1) (2)
ITEM SMR
NO. CODE
(UOC)

31 PAOZZ 8305-00-261-8585 81349 PIA-W-4088 YD
VIII, CG 483

32 PAOZZ 8305-01-206-9219 81349 YD
XXVI
Webbing, Textile,
33 PAOZZ 81349 MIL-W-42765 Cotton, Type VIII, YD
Class R, OD
Webbing, Textile, Nylon,

34 PAOZZ 8305-00-261-8579 81349 MIL-T-5038 Type IV, 1-IN. Wide, OD
YD
Webbing, Textile,
35 PAOZZ 8305-00-260-2564 81349 MIL-W-5665 Type VIII, Class 2B, YD
OD
END OF FIGURE
0121 00-3/(4 Blank)

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0122 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR LOW VELOCITY AIR DROP SYSTEM

SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
Figure 57. EPJD Tool Kit.
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 95, Special Tools

Figure 57, Special Tools
1 PAOZZ 1670-01-502-4014 52497 811-00469 Tool Kit, Refurbish, EPJD 1
2 PAOZZ 5120-01-502-5499 52497 811-00470 Wrench, Piston,

Stop/Shear Bolt Retainer
3 XAOZZ 52497 811-00532 Socket, Hex Bit, 5/32-IN. 1
4 PAOZZ 5120-00-203-4812 52497 811-00531 Wrench, Open End, 1-IN. 1
5 PAOZZ 7920-01-502-7539 52497 811-00471 Brush, Bristle 1
6 PAOZZ 7920-01-502-7540 52497 811-00471-1 Brush, Bristle 1
7 PAOZZ 52497 811-00535 Drive, Hex, T-Handle, 1

5/32-IN.
END OF FIGURE
0122 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0122 00
________________________________________________________________________________________________
1 7
Figure 57A. EPJD-H Tool Kit.
(6)
(1) (2) (5)
ITEM SMR PART
NO. CODE NUMBER
(UOC)
Group 95, Special Tools

Figure 57A, Special Tools
1 1670-01-544-7423 52497 811-00620 Tool Kit, EPJD-H 1
2 1670-01-544-7427 52497 811-00622 Tool Kit Pouch 1
3 5120-00-203-4812 52497 811-00531 1” Wrench 1
4 5120-01-367-7021 52497 811-00621-1 3/16” Hex Key-T-Handle 1
5 7920-01-502-7539 52497 811-00471 ¾” Bristle Brush 1
6 7920-01-502-7540 52497 811-00471-1 ½” Bristle Brush 1
7 5120-01-367-7019 52497 811-00621-2 9/64” Hex Key, T-Handle 1
8 5120-00-544-7426 3/32” Pin Punch 1
9 1670-01-544-7428 52497 811-00629 Pin Inspection Gauge 1

END OF FIGURE
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 2 0122 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0123 00
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) INDEX
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX

STOCK NUMBER FIGURE ITEM
1670-00-003-1953 16 6
1670-00-003-1953 31 5
1670-00-003-1954 16 4
5365-00-003-1954 32 5
5365-00-005-1577 16 3
1670-00-006-2752 17 1
8315-00-006-9835 46 4
5365-00-007-3414 16 7
5365-00-007-3414 31 3
1670-00-007-3414 32 3
5340-00-040-8219 22 1
7510-00-053-0942 1 1
5305-00-054-5649 36 4
5305-00-054-5649 54 2
5305-00-058-4007 5 6
5315-00-058-9765 8 16
8315-00-066-5054 46 3
1670-00-078-4319 25 1
8305-00-082-5751 BULK 25
4030-00-090-5354 19 4
5320-00-117-6829 5 3
8315-00-126-8083 BULK 13
5365-00-139-4990 10 2
5365-00-139-4990 12 17
5365-00-139-4990 13 2
5365-00-139-4990 9 11
1670-00-157-6527 2 14
1670-00-157-6527 7 5
1670-00-162-4979 2 6
1670-00-162-4979 3 1
1670-00-162-4981 2 7
1670-00-162-4981 4 1
8315-00-176-8083 BULK 10
5305-00-177-5617 19 6
5365-00-180-5850 3 3
5315-00-200-3183 8 20
5120-00-203-4812 57 4
5120-00-203-4812 57A 4
8305-00-205-1478 BULK 2
5306-00-207-8362 9 20
0123 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0123 00
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX - continued

5120-00-221-1148 46 2
8310-00-227-1244 BULK 22
5310-00-232-5135 31 2
5310-00-232-5165 16 5
5310-00-232-5165 17 4
5310-00-232-5165 32 2
8310-00-248-9714 BULK 15
8310-00-248-9716 BULK 17
8315-00-253-6292 BULK 12
8315-00-253-6292 BULK 7
8315-00-255-7673 BULK 9
8305-00-260-2564 BULK 35
8305-00-261-8579 BULK 29
8305-00-261-8579 BULK 34
8305-00-261-8585 BULK 31
4020-00-262-2020 BULK 4
8310-00-262-2770 BULK 19
8310-00-262-2772 BULK 20
8310-00-262-2780 BULK 18
8305-00-263-2472 BULK 28
8305-00-263-3598 BULK 30
8310-00-267-3024 BULK 21
8310-00-267-3027 BULK 16
5305-00-267-8953 5 15
8305-00-268-2411 BULK 23
8305-00-268-2453 BULK 27
8305-00-268-2455 BULK 26
1670-00-360-0328 20 2
1670-00-360-0329 18 1
1670-00-400-2771 10 1
1670-00-400-2771 12 15
1600-00-400-2771 13 1
1670-00-400-2771 9 13
1670-00-400-2772 11 1
1670-00-400-2772 12 10
1670-00-400-2772 14 1
1670-00-400-2772 9 25
5365-00-405-9293 23 3
Change 2 0123 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0123 00

5365-00-405-9293 4 2
4010-00-431-8490 9 31
4030-00-432-2516 19 9
1670-00-434-5782 2 4
1670-00-434-5782 7 4
1670-00-434-5783 2 1
1670-00-434-5785 2 2
1670-00-434-5787 2 3
1670-00-434-5795 2 12
1670-00-434-5795 7 3
1670-00-434-5797 2 10
1670-00-434-5797 7 1
1670-00-434-5798 2 11
1670-00-434-5798 7 2
5306-00-435-8994 16 2
5306-00-435-8994 17 2
5306-00-435-8994 31 4
5306-00-435-8994 32 4
3990-00-437-0292 27 3
5306-00-451-1136 10 7
5306-00-451-1136 12 16
5306-00-451-1136 13 7
5306-00-451-1136 9 10
5306-00-451-1138 12 26
5365-00-451-8290 12 21
5365-00-451-8290 9 15
4030-00-452-2568 8 3
1670-00-473-5116 21 1
1670-00-516-8405 30 3
1670-00-516-9063 30 1
5120-00-544-7426 57A 8
5310-00-582-5965 5 14
7510-00-633-0199 BULK 11
4030-00-678-8560 33 4
4030-00-678-8562 19 1
5315-00-702-1301 8 27
5305-00-719-5064 39 3
8305-00-753-6086 BULK 24
0123 00-3 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0123 00

4020-00-753-6555 BULK 8
8305-00-765-2863 BULK 1
5310-00-776-1963 23 4
5310-00-776-1963 3 4
5310-00-776-1963 4 5
5310-00-776-1963 35A 1
1670-00-783-5988 15 1
5310-00-809-8546 8 5
5315-00-812-3752 8 22
5315-00-812-3766 7 7
5315-00-839-2325 7 6
5315-00-839-2325 8 4
5310-00-842-1190 19 3
5310-00-891-3428 19 5
8310-00-917-3945 BULK 14
5310-00-920-9369 12 33
5310-00-925-9642 9 14
5310-00-925-9642 9 4
5310-00-926-1852 9 2
5310-00-937-0147 27 2
1670-00-937-0271 27 1
5340-00-937-0273 27 4
5310-00-939-0783 5 4
5305-00-940-8069 19 2
5310-00-943-9897 10 3
5310-00-943-9897 12 18
5310-00-943-9897 12 23
5310-00-943-9897 13 3
5310-00-943-9897 9 12
5305-00-957-7811 9 5
4020-00-965-0435 BULK 5
4020-00-965-0473 BULK 3
4020-00-965-0473 BULK 6
5310-00-982-6809 12 5
5305-00-983-7428 12 35
5315-00-990-1338 8 19
6645-01-017-9534 11 5
6645-01-017-9534 14 5
5325-01-028-0945 20 1
Change 2 0123 00-4

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0123 00

1670-01-062-6301 1 2
1670-01-062-6302 1 2
1670-01-062-6303 1 2
1670-01-062-6304 1 2
1670-01-062-6305 1 2
1670-01-062-6306 1 2
1670-01-062-6307 1 2
1670-01-062-6308 1 2
1670-01-062-6309 1 2
1670-01-062-6310 1 2
1670-01-062-6311 1 2
1670-01-062-6312 1 2
1670-01-062-6313 1 2
1670-01-063-7760 1 2
1670-01-063-7761 1 2
1670-01-064-4451 1 2
1670-01-064-4452 1 2
1670-01-064-4453 1 2
1670-01-064-4453 1 2
1670-01-064-4454 1 2
1670-01-087-1604 9 18
5325-01-087-1605 9 9
5365-01-092-7849 17 3
1670-01-097-8816 9 1
1670-01-097-8817 12 1
1670-01-098-4189 11 3
1670-01-098-4189 14 3
1670-01-102-8753 12 14
1670-01-102-8753 9 29
5315-01-102-8754 12 13
5315-01-102-8754 9 28
5315-01-102-8755 12 12
5315-01-102-8755 9 27
1670-01-107-7651 1 2
1670-01-107-7652 1 2
6645-01-108-3457 12 11
6645-01-108-3457 9 26
0123 00-5 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0123 00

5315-01-134-9400 8 18
1670-01-141-1522 26 1
1670-01-182-1979 2 15
1670-01-182-1979 8 1
8305-01-206-9209 BULK 32
4010-01-216-6763 8 2
1670-01-307-0155 23 1
1670-01-307-0534 12 9
5340-01-310-2323 12 30
5315-01-312-1188 8 17
3040-01-313-8016 12 32
1670-01-315-4562 12 8
1670-01-315-7001 8 9
5315-01-318-6886 8 13
5306-01-318-9533 12 27
5360-01-320-0999 8 8
5306-01-320-1048 12 19
5307-01-320-7260 12 34
5365-01-320-8511 8 14
5365-01-321-0603 12 29
5365-01-321-2530 12 22
5360-01-322-3607 8 15
5340-01-323-5678 12 25
1670-01-326-7309 2 5
1670-01-333-1748 12 20
1670-01-333-6082 28 1
1670-01-333-6082 30 2
1670-01-344-0825 29 1
5365-01-354-8932 3 2
5365-01-354-8932 6 3
5315-01-357-8453 8 24
5120-01-367-7021 57A 4
5120-01-367-7019 57A 7
5310-01-408-2779 9 3
1620-01-434-5796 2 13
1670-01-470-3696 2 8
1670-01-470-3696 5 1
1670-01-470-8333 2 9
1670-01-470-8333 6 1
5306-01-471-5336 23 2
Change 2 0123 00-6

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0123 00

5306-01-471-5336 4 4
5306-01-471-5336 35A 11
5306-01-471-5419 6 4
5306-01-471-5421 3 6
1670-01-475-1990 34 1
1670-01-483-8259 56 1
1377-01-487-0716 34 13
1377-01-487-0716 40 1
1670-01-487-5461 33 1
1670-01-487-5462 33 6
1670-01-487-5466 33 5
1670-01-493-6418 31 1
1670-01-493-6420 32 1
1670-01-493-7131 34 8
1670-01-493-7131 39 1
6150-01-494-3593 34 10
6150-01-494-3593 48 1
5340-01-494-6312 35 7
5340-01-494-6313 35 8
5305-01-494-6314 35 9
6150-01-494-6315 34 6
6150-01-494-6315 50 1
6150-01-494-6316 34 11
6150-01-494-6316 44 1
6150-01-494-6317 51 1
5340-01-494-6318 34 3
5340-01-494-6318 46 1
5935-01-494-7965 34 14
5935-01-494-7965 36 1
1670-01-494-7966 49 1
5980-01-494-8721 54 3
6150-01-494-8722 34 4
6150-01-494-8722 41 2
5935-01-494-8723 52 1
6150-01-494-8724 34 12
6150-01-494-8724 43 1
6130-01-494-8726 55 1
6130-01-494-8726 56 1
6150-01-495-0652 34 5
6150-01-495-0652 42 1
0123 00-7 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0123 00

6625-01-495-2015 54 1
1670-01-495-2016 34 7
1670-01-495-2016 47 1
1670-01-495-2017 38 1
5980-01-495-2018 36 3
5980-01-495-2018 39 2
6150-01-495-2021 34 9
6150-01-495-2021 45 1
1670-01-496-4748 53 1
1670-01-496-5833 35 10
1670-01-499-4464 33 3
1670-01-502-4003 34 2
1670-01-502-4003 35 1
1670-01-502-4014 57 1
1670-01-502-4061 35 12
9330-01-502-5498 41 1
9330-01-502-5498 41A 1
5120-01-502-5499 57 2
7920-01-502-7539 57 5
7920-01-502-7539 57A 5
7920-01-502-7540 57 6
7920-01-502-7540 57A 6
1670-01-502-7542 34 15
1670-01-544-2674 34 4
1670-01-544-2674 41A 2
1670-01-544-7423 57A 1
1670-01-544-7425 34 2
1670-01-544-7427 57A 2
1670-01-544-7428 57A 9
END OF FIGURE
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 2 0123 00-8

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0124 00

PART NUMBER INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX

PART NUMBER FIGURE ITEM PART NUMBER INDEX - continued
11-1-129 21 1 PART NUMBER FIGURE ITEM
11-1-1487-2 9 1 11-1-1741 8 10
11-1-1488 9 24 11-1-1742 8 21
11-1-1489 9 19 11-1-1743 8 11
11-1-1490 9 18 11-1-1744 8 12
11-1-1491 9 8 11-1-1745 8 6
11-1-1492 9 9 11-1-1746 8 25
11-1-1494 9 22 11-1-1747 8 8
11-1-1495 9 23 11-1-1749 8 23
11-1-1496 9 30 11-1-1750 8 13
11-1-1497 9 17 11-1-1751 8 15
11-1-1499 9 15 11-1-1752 8 14
11-1-1499 12 21 11-1-1753 8 24
11-1-1500 9 7 11-1-2060-1 2 1
11-1-1715-1 2 7 11-1-2060-2 2 2
11-1-1715-1 4 1 11-1-2060-3 2 3
11-1-1715-2 23 1 11-1-2060-4 2 4
11-1-1716 4 6 11-1-2060-5 2 5
11-1-1716-1 35A 17 11-1-2061-1 2 10
11-1-1716-1 35A 16 11-1-2061-1 7 1
11-1-1717 4 3 11-1-2061-2 2 11
11-1-1717 23 5 11-1-2061-2 7 2
11-1-1718 4 2 11-1-2061-3 2 12
11-1-1718 23 3 11-1-2061-3 7 3
11-1-1721 2 6 11-1-2061-4 2 13
11-1-1721 3 1 11-1-2061-4 7 4
11-1-1722 3 2 11-1-2061-5 2 14
11-1-1722 6 3 11-1-2061-5 7 5
11-1-1723 3 3 11-1-2614 14 5
11-1-1723-1 35A 18 11-1-2614-1 9 26
11-1-1724 3 5 11-1-2614-1 11 5
11-1-1725 2 8 11-1-2614-1 12 11
11-1-1725 5 1 11-1-2615 26 1
11-1-1726 5 16 11-1-2660 11 3
11-1-1727-3 5 2 11-1-2660 14 3
11-1-1727-5 5 17 11-1-2666 11 2
11-1-1728 5 10 11-1-2666 14 2
11-1-1729 5 12 11-1-2669 9 29
11-1-1730 5 11 11-1-2669 12 14
11-1-1731 5 9 11-1-2670 9 28
11-1-1732 5 13 11-1-2670 12 13
11-1-1733 5 18 11-1-2671 9 27
11-1-1734 5 5 11-1-2671 12 12
11-1-1735 5 7 11-1-3359 15 1
11-1-1736 5 8 11-1-3441 12 29
11-1-1737 2 15 11-1-3514 12 27
11-1-1737 8 1 11-1-3515 12 19
11-1-1738 8 9 11-1-3718-1 9 13
11-1-1739 8 7 11-1-3718-1 10 1
11-1-1740 8 26 11-1-3718-1 12 15
0124 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0124 00
PART NUMBER INDEX - continued PART NUMBER INDEX - continued

PART NUMBER FIGURE ITEM PART NUMBER FIGURE ITEM
11-1-3718-1 13 1 11-1-567 12 9
11-1-3719-1 10 4 11-1-7026-1 31 1
11-1-3719-1 13 4 11-1-7026-2 32 1
11-1-3720-1 10 6 11-1-721 27 1
11-1-3720-1 13 6 11-1-7276 34 1
11-1-3721-1 10 5 11-1-7277 34 2
11-1-3721-1 13 5 11-1-7277 35 1
11-1-3723 12 22 11-1-7278 34 5
11-1-3724 12 32 11-1-7279 34 9
11-1-3725 12 20 11-1-7280 34 14
11-1-3771 29 1 11-1-7281 34 8
11-1-3904-1 9 10 11-1-7282 34 12
11-1-3904-1 10 7 11-1-7283 34 11
11-1-3904-1 12 16 11-1-7284 34 15
11-1-3904-1 13 7 11-1-7285 41 2
11-1-3905-1 9 11 11-1-7286 34 10
11-1-3905-1 10 2 11-1-7287 34 6
11-1-3905-1 12 17 11-1-7289 34 3
11-1-3905-1 13 2 11-1-7290 34 7
11-1-3907-1 9 16 11-1-7291 35 7
11-1-3907-1 9 21 11-1-7292 35 8
11-1-3910-1 4 4 11-1-7293 41 1
11-1-3910-1 23 2 11-1-7293 41A 1
11-1-3910-1 35A 11 11-1-7294 35 9
11-1-3910-2 6 4 11-1-7304 35 10
11-1-3910-3 3 6 11-1-892 27 4
11-1-3922 28 1 11-1-894-1 9 25
11-1-3922 30 2 11-1-894-1 11 1
11-1-3924 2 9 11-1-894-1 12 10
11-1-3924 6 1 11-1-894-1 14 1
11-1-4100 9 20 11-1-899 12 6
11-1-4177-1 33 3 11-1-901 27 3
11-1-4178-1 33 5 311-21643 35 5
11-1-4179-1 33 2 311-21644 35 2
11-1-4180-1 33 1 311-21645 35 11
11-1-4259-1 33 6 311-21646 35 6
11-1-477 12 31 311-21788 35 12
11-1-478 12 24 311-22015-1 35A 3
11-1-484-2 22 1 311-22015-2 35A 10
11-1-487 12 2 311-22016 35A 6
11-1-488 9 32 311-22017 35A 13
11-1-488 12 3 311-22018 35A 12
11-1-490 12 26 311-22019 35A 7
11-1-491 12 25 311-80266-15 36 4
11-1-493 9 31 311-80266-15 54 2
11-1-493 12 4 311-80266-28 34 17
11-1-511 12 8 311-80268-30 39 3
11-1-512 12 30 311-80313-015 35 3
11-1-513 12 7 311-80603-015 35 4
11-1-562 12 34 311-80603-218 35A 14
11-1-565-2 12 1 311-80762-9 34 18
11-1-566 12 28 311-80762-12 35A 1
Change 2 0124 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0124 00
PART NUMBER INDEX - continued PART NUMBER INDEX - continued

PART NUMBER FIGURE ITEM PART NUMBER FIGURE ITEM
311-81025 35A 4 68F217-60 1 2
311-81124 35 13 68F217-61 1 2
311-81126 36 2 811-00423 42 1
311-81140 54 4 811-00429-5 34 1
311-81204 41A 1 811-00430 46 1
311-81406 35A 9 811-00434 34 13
311-81406 35A 2 811-00444 53 1
311-81406-1 35A 15 811-00455 36 1
311-81442-2 34 16 811-00457 39 1
311-90648 35A 5 811-00467 43 1
3205AS269 40 1 811-00468 44 1
3421A35 57A 9 811-00469 57 1
50C7406 20 2 811-00470 57 2
50C7496 18 1 811-00471 57 5
511-00711 37 2 811-00471 57A 5
511-00754 35A 8 811-00471-1 57 6
53C7084-1 24 1 811-00471-1 57A 6
53C7084-2 25 1 811-00480 37 1
611-00189 55 1 811-00480-1 38 1
65B3650 16 7 811-00488 48 1
65B3650 31 3 811-00491 54 1
65B3650 32 3 811-00493 52 1
65D3663 17 5 811-00494 36 3
65D3820 17 1 811-00494 39 2
66B1883-1 16 6 811-00495 51 1
66B1883-1 31 5 811-00516 49 1
66B1883-2 16 4 811-00531 57 4
66B1883-2 32 5 811-00531 57A 3
66B1887 16 3 811-00532 57 3
67B2211-1 17 6 811-00534 54 3
67B2226 17 3 811-00535 57 7
68B1883 16 1 811-00587 34 2
68F217-2 1 3 811-00587 35A 1
68F217-22 1 2 811-00610 34 4
68F217-30 1 2 811-00610 41A 2
68F217-32 1 2 811-00620 57A 1
68F217-33 1 2 811-00621-1 57A 4
68F217-41 1 2 811-00621-2 57A 7
68F217-45 1 2 811-00622 57A 2
68F217-47 1 2 811-00629 57A 9
68F217-48 1 2 811-00630 45 1
68F217-49 1 2 811-00631 50 1
68F217-5 1 4 821-00457 47 1
68F217-50 1 2 AN17-36A 16 2
68F217-51 1 2 AN17-36A 17 2
68F217-52 1 2 AN17-36A 31 4
68F217-53 1 2 AN17-36A 32 4
68F217-54 1 2 AN315-15R 16 5
68F217-55 1 2 AN315-15R 17 4
68F217-56 1 2 AN315-15R 31 2
68F217-57 1 2 AN315-15R 32 2
68F217-58 1 2 ANSI B18.2.2 6 2
68F217-59 1 2 ANSI B18.6.3 11 4
0124 00-3 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0124 00
ANSI B18.6.3 14 4 ASME B18.8.1 7 6

PART NUMBER INDEX - continued
PART NUMBER FIGURE ITEM
ASME/ANSI B18.3 12 35
B1821BH025F063N 5 15
B1821BH075F450N 19 2
B1821BH100F475N 19 6
MIL-C-7219 BULK 1
MIL-C-7350 BULK 2
MIL-C-7515 BULK 3
MIL-C-7515 BULK 4
MIL-C-7515 BULK 5
MIL-C-7515 BULK 6
MIL-DTL-6458D 30 3
MIL-G-16491 20 1
MIL-T-21840 46 3
MIL-T-21840 46 4
MIL-T-25959 30 1
MIL-T-43435 BULK 8
MIL-T-43566 BULK 7
MIL-T-43566 BULK 12
MIL-T-5038 BULK 29
MIL-T-5038 BULK 34
MIL-T-5661 BULK 23
MIL-W-42765 BULK 33
MIL-W-5665 BULK 24
MIL-W-5665 BULK 35
MS21083-N16 35A 1
PIA-T-5038 BULK 9
PIA-T-5038 BULK 10
PIA-T-5038 BULK 13
PIA-W-4088 BULK 30
PIA-W-4088 BULK 31
PIA-W-5625 BULK 25
PIA-W-5625 BULK 26
PIA-W-5625 BULK 27
PPP-T-60 BULK 11
USA-TRMOD 56 1
V-T-276 BULK 14
V-T-295 BULK 15
V-T-295 BULK 16
V-T-295 BULK 17
V-T-295 BULK 18
V-T-295 BULK 19
V-T-295 BULK 20
V-T-295 BULK 21
V-T-295 BULK 22
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 2 0124 00-4

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0125 00

EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
SCOPE
This work package lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and maintain the 28-
Foot Diameter, Cargo Extraction Parachute. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970,
Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items) or CTA 8-100,
Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items.
Column 1, Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the
narrative instructions to identify the item (e.g., Use Cloth, Abrasive (Item 6,WP 0125 00)).
Column 2, Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item. (O
= Unit Maintenance).
Column 3, National Stock Number (NSN). This is the NSN assigned to the item; use it to request or
requisition the item.
Column 4, Item Name, Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC), and Part
Number (P/N). This column provides the other information you need to identify the item.
Column 5, Unit of Measure (U/M). This code shows the physical measurement or count of an item,
such as gallon, dozen, gross, etc.
Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List
(1) (3) (4) (5)

(2)
ITEM NATIONAL STOCK ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, CAGE, UNIT OF
LEVEL
NUMBER NUMBER PART NUMBER MEASURE
1 O 7510-00-240-1525 Marker, China, White

2 O Local Purchase Battery, AAA
Beeswax, Technical, 1 Lb (81348) C-B-
3 O 9160-00-253-1171 LB
191
Brush, Scrub Household (81348) H-B-
4 O 7920-00-282-2490 EA
1490
5 O 7520-00-248-9285 Brush, Stenciling (81348) H-B-00621 EA
Cloth, Abrasive, Ferric Oxide and Quartz
6 O 5350-00-221-0872 EA
(81349) MIL-C-4279
7 O 4020-00-240-2146 Cord, Nylon, Type III (Natural)
8 O 4020-00-246-0688 Cord, Nylon, Type III (OD)
9 O 5350-00-221-0872 Crocus Cloth (58536)
0125 00-1 Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0125 00
Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List - continued
(1) (3) (4) (5)

(2)
LEVEL
Dishwashing Compound, Hand Flake
10 O 7930-00-281-4730 LB
(81348) P-D-410
Fastener Tape, Hook, 1 ½-inch (81349)

11 O 8315-00-448-5663 RL
MIL-F-21840, Type II, Class 1
Fastener Tape, Pile, 3/4-inch (81349) MIL-
12 O 8315-01-066-5855 RL
F-21840, Type II, Class 1
13 O 5325-00-929-1824 Grommet, Metallic (96906)
Ink, Marking, Parachute, Strata-Blue

14 O 7510-00-286-5362 PT
(81349)
15 O Kit, Refurbish, EPJD (52497) EA
15A O Kit, Refurbish, EPJD-H (52497) EA
16 O 5980-01-495-2018 LED, Blue (52497) 811-00494
17 O 5980-01-494-8721 LED, Red (52497) 811-00534

18 O 8090-01-054-3968 Locktite, No. 222
19 O 9150-01-132-8871 Lube, O-Ring (52497) 884-2 TU
20 O 9150-01-260-2534 Lubricant, Solid Film, MIL-L-23398 CN
Marker, Felt Tip, Black (81348) GG-M-
21 O 7580-00-230-2734 EA
0014
22 O 8010-01-331-6113 Paint, Olive Drab; A-A-2787 PT
23 O 8010-01-122-1969 Paint, Yellow Enamel CN
24 O 7520-00-491-2917 Pen, Ballpoint (81348) GG-B-0060 EA
25 O 7920-00-205-3570 Rag, Wiping (81348) DDD-R-0060 BL
Stencilboard, Oiled (81348) UU-S-625
26 O 9310-00-160-7858 SH
Type II
27 O 7510-00-053-0942 Tape, Adhesive, Pressure Sensitive YD
28 O 4020-00-753-6555 Tape, Lacing and Tying RO
Tape, Pressure Sensitive, 1-Inch (81348)

29 O 7510-00-582-4772 RL
PPP-T-97, Type II
Tape, Pressure Sensitive, 1-Inch (81348)
30 O 7510-00-053-0942 RL
PPP-T-97, Type IV
Thread, Nylon, Size 6, OD (81348) V-T-

31 O 8310-00-262-2780 YD
295
Change 2 0125 00-2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0125 00
Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List - continued
(1) (3) (4) (5)

(2)
LEVEL
Thread, Nylon, Size E, OD (81348) V-T- YD or TU
32 O 8130-00-262-2772
295
Thread, Nylon, Size FF, OD (81348) V-T-
33 O 8310-00-267-3024 YD
295
Wax, Paraffin, Technical, Type 1, Grade
34 O 9160-00285-2044 LB
A, 1 Lb (81348) VV-W-95
Webbing, Cotton, Type I, ¼-Inch, Natural
35 O 8305-00-268-2411 RL
(81349) MIL-T-5661
Webbing, Nylon, Type VIII, CG 483; PIA-

36 O 8305-00-261-8585 RL
W-4088
37 O 8305-01-206-9219 Webbing, Nylon, Type XXVI RL
38 O As Applicable Weight, 10-ounce (283 gram) EA
39 O Locally Manufactured Wire, 20 Gauge N/A
END OF TABLE
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0125 00-3/(4 Blank) Change 2

TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0126 00

ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS
SCOPE
This WP includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be manufactured or fabricated at
the unit maintenance level.
How to Use the Index of Manufactured Items

A part number index in alphanumeric order is provided for cross-referencing the part number of the item
to be manufactured to the page that covers fabrication criteria.
Explanation of the Illustrations of Manufactured Items

All instructions needed by maintenance personnel to manufacture the item are included on the
illustrations. All bulk materials needed for manufacture of an item are listed by part number or
specification number in a tabular list on the illustration.
MANUFACTURED ITEMS PART NUMBER INDEX
Part Number CAGE Code Nomenclature
68F217-2 81337 Keeper, Sliding
68F217-3 81337 Keeper, Fixed
68F217-5 81337 Buffer
11-1-488 81337 Lanyard, Arming Wire
0126 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0126 00

SLIDING KEEPER
NOTES:
1. Make from nylon webbing, type VIII, class 2, color OD-7, and thread, type I, II or III, class A, color
ODS-1.
2. All machine stitching to be IAW FED-STD-751 type 301, 5 to 8 stitches per inch (2 to 3 stitches per
centimeter).
3. Stitch together so as to obtain as snug a fit as possible while still being large enough to sled in place
onto loop with buffer stitched in place.
4. The keepers shall be stitched and shaped to the contour of the assembled line, after which they shall
be dipped in a melted mixture of the 50% beeswax and 50% paraffin at a temperature of 180 +/- 20
degrees F (82 degrees +/- 11 degrees C).
0126 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0126 00

FIXED KEEPER
NOTES:
1. Use tape, pressure sensitive 1 ¼-inch (32 MM), type IV.
2. Wrap a tape strip around an outer ply with the gummed side against the webbing.
3. Wrap tape around the outside of all plies for two full turns with the gummed side away from the
webbing.
4. Wrap tape in the opposite direction, two full turns with the gummed side toward the previous wraps.
Cut tape.
0126 00-3
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0126 00

BUFFER
NOTES:
1. Make from nylon webbing, type XXVI, class 2, color OD-7.
2. Cut a length 20-IN. (50 CM) long.
0126 00-4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0126 00

10-FOOT ARMING WIRE LANYARD
NOTES:
1. Make from webbing, nylon, ½-IN. tubular, color OD, P/N MIL-W-4088 and thread, nylon, size FF,
color OD.
2. Cut a 124 ½-IN. length and a 7 ½-IN., length of webbing and sear the ends of both webbing lengths.
3. Mark the 124 ½-IN. length of webbing at points 3, 4 ½, and 13-inches from one end.
4. Form the arming wire attaching loop on the webbing length by folding the marked end of the webbing
back at the 4 ½-IN. mark.
5. Using a zig-zag sewing machine stitching 7 to 11 stitches per inch, secure the webbing fold-back.
Beginning at the 3-inch mark, stitch a 2 15/16 –IN. long row of ¼-inch-wide double throw zigzag
stitching toward the fold-back seared end. End the stitch row at a point 1/6-IN. back from the fold-back
seared end.
6. Mark the 7 ½-IN. webbing length at points 3 and 4-inches from one end.
7. Form the safety tie loop by doubling the webbing length at the 4-IN. mark, allowing one end to overlap
the opposite end by ½-IN.
8. Position the folded 7 ½-IN. webbing length on the 124 ½-IN. webbing length with the 3-IN. long end of
the folded webbing face-down and the folded end aligned with the 13-IN. mark made in step 2.,
above.
9. Beginning at the 3-IN. mark, secure the folded webbing length by stitching as outlined in step 5.,
above.
0126 00-5
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0126 00

25-FOOT ARMING WIRE LANYARD
300 IN.
NOTES:
1. Make from webbing, nylon, ½-IN. tubular, color OD, P/N MIL-W-4088 and thread, nylon, size FF,
color OD.
2. Cut a 304 ½-IN. length and a 7 ½-IN., length of webbing and sear the ends of both webbing lengths.
3. Mark the 304 ½-IN. length of webbing at points 3, 4 ½, and 13-inches from one end.
4. Form the arming wire attaching loop on the webbing length by folding the marked end of the webbing
back at the 4 ½-IN. mark.
5. Using a zigzag sewing machine stitching 7 to 11 stitches per inch, secure the webbing fold-back.
Beginning at the 3-IN. mark, stitch a 2 15/16 –IN. long row of ¼-inch-wide double throw zig-zag
stitching toward the fold-back seared end. End the stitch row at a point 1/6-IN. back from the fold-back
seared end.
6. Mark the 7 ½-IN. webbing length at points 3 and 4-inches from one end.
7. Form the safety tie loop by doubling the webbing length at the 4-IN. mark, allowing one end to overlap
the opposite end by ½-IN.
8. Position the folded 7 ½-IN webbing length on the 304 ½-IN. webbing length with the 3-IN. long end of
the folded webbing face-down and the folded end aligned with the 13-IN. mark made in step 2.,
above.
9. Beginning at the 3-IN. mark, secure the folded webbing length by stitching as outlined in step 5.,
above.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0126 00-6
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0127 00

TORQUE LIMITS
SCOPE
This work package provides torque limits for general use fasteners. The torque values given in this work
package shall be used when specific torque values are not identified in the maintenance instructions.
TORQUE LIMITS
All figures provided in table 1 are foot-pounds except those marked with an asterick (*), which are inch-
pounds. There is no difference between torque figures for fine or course threads. The torque figure for
finely threaded fasteners as compared to coarsely threaded fasteners of the same diameter may be
slightly higher.
Table 1. Torque Limits
Body Size or Outside Diameter of Fastener

Minimum
Tensile 1 1 1 1 5 3 1 3 7
Type
Strength
Material /16 /10 /8 /4 /16 /8 /2 /4 /8 1 11/8 11/4 13/8 11/2
Low
SAE 74,000
Carbon 32 12 20 6 69 99 47 155 206 210 460 675 900 1100
0-1-2 PSI
Steel
Medium
100,000
Carbon 47 17 30 9 103 145 69 234 372 551 872 1211 1624 1943
SAE 3 PSI
Steel
Medium
Carbon
120,000 Heat 54 19 33 10 114 154 78 257 382 587 794 1105 1500 1775
SAE 5 PSI Treat
Steel
Medium
Carbon
133,000 Steel 69 24 43 125 150 209 106 350 550 825 1304 1815 2434 2913
SAE 6 PSI Quenched
Tempered
Medium
133,000
Carbon 71 25 44 13 154 215 110 360 570 840 1325 1825 2500 3000
SAE 7 PSI
Steel
Medium
Carbon 78 29 47 14 169 230 119 380 600 900 1430 1975 2650 3200
150,000
SAE 8 Alloy
PSI
Steel
High
Socket
Carbon
Head
160,000 Case 84 33 54 16 180 250 125 400 640 970 1520 2130 2850 3450
Cap
PSI Hardened
Screw
Steel
High
Carbon
Socket
212,000 Case 29 140* 18 70* 63 100 43 146
Set
PSI Hardened
Screw
Steel
Machine Copper
Screw (CU) 63% 27 110* 17 65* 49 78 37 104 160 215 325 400 595
60,000
Yellow Zinc (ZU)
PSI
Brass 37%
Copper
(CU) 96%
Silicone Zinc (ZU) 30 125* 20 70* 53 88 41 117 180 250 365 450 655
Bronze 70,000 2%
Type B PSI Silicon
(SI) 2%
0127 00-1
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 0127 00

TORQUE LIMITS
Table 1. Torque Limits – continued

Minimum Body Size or Outside Diameter of Fastener
Type Tensile Material
5
Strength 1 /8 13/4 17/8 2 21/4 21/2 23/4 3 4 5 6 7 10
Low
SAE 74,000
Carbon
0-1-2 PSI 1470 1900 2360 2750 3450 4400 7350 9500
Steel
Medium
100,000
Carbon
SAE 3 PSI 2660 3463 4695 5427 7226 8049 13450 17548
Steel
Medium
Carbon
120,000 Heat
SAE 5 PSI Treat 2425 3150 4200 4550 6550 7175 13000 16000
Steel
Medium
Carbon
133,000 Steel
SAE 6 PSI Quenched 3985 5189 6980 7491 10825 14983 20151 26286
Tempered
Medium
133,000
Carbon
SAE 7 PSI 4000 5300 7000 7500 11000 15500 21000 27000
Steel
Medium
Carbon
150,000
SAE 8 Alloy 4400 5650 7600 8200 12000 17000 23000 29000
PSI
Steel
High
Socket
Carbon
Head
160,000 Case
Cap
PSI Hardened 4700 6100 8200 8800 13000 18000 24000 31000
Screw
Steel
High
Carbon
Socket
212,000 Case
Set
PSI Hardened 9* 18* 30*
Screw
Steel
Machine Copper
Screw (CU) 63%
60,000
Yellow Zinc (ZU) 2* 33* 44* 64* 8* 16* 20*
PSI
Brass 37%
Copper
(CU) 96%
Silicone Zinc (ZU)
Bronze 70,000 2%
2.3* 37* 49* 72* 10* 19* 22*
Type B PSI Silicon
(SI) 2%
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0127 00-2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Subject WP Sequence No. – Page No.
A
Accomplishing a Log Record .........................................................................................................0003 00-4
Acronyms and Abbreviations ..........................................................................................................0001 00-4
Aerial Delivery Clevis ......................................................................................................................0028 00-1
Air Force Technical Order Forms....................................................................................................0063 00-3
Aircraft Cargo Tie-Down..................................................................................................................0039 00-1
Army Regulations............................................................................................................................0063 00-2
B
Basting and Temporary Tacking .....................................................................................................0010 00-1
C
Checking Unpacked Equipment .....................................................................................................0003 00-2
Cleaning Agents..............................................................................................................................0004 00-5
Cleaning and Drying........................................................................................................................0008 00-1
Cleaning Fabric Items With A Solution of Hand Dishwashing Compound .....................................0008 00-1
Cleaning Metal Items ......................................................................................................................0008 00-2
Clevis Cover....................................................................................................................................0029 00-1
Common Name ...............................................................................................................................0001 00-4
Common Tools and Equipment ......................................................................................................0001 00-5
Control Box .....................................................................................................................................0047 00-1
Corrosion Prevention And Control (CPC) .......................................................................................0001 00-2
D
Destruction Of Army Materiel To Prevent Enemy Use ...................................................................0001 00-2
Drop Testing Procedures ................................................................................................................0004 00-3
Drying Fabric Items .........................................................................................................................0008 00-2
E
Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities, And Features..................................................................0002 00-1
Equipment Description and Data ....................................................................................................0002 00-1
Equipment Disposition ....................................................................................................................0007 00-3
Equipment Improvements and Recommendations, Reporting (EIR)..............................................0001 00-2
Equipment Name ............................................................................................................................0001 00-1
Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List ...........................................................................0125 00-1
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Adapter Link Assembly .........................................................0014 00-1
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling ................................................................................................0013 00-1
Index -1 Change 2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
E - Continued
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling 3-Point Adapter Link Assembly .............................................0015 00-1
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Actuator Assembly .................................................................0019 00-1
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Cable Assembly .....................................................................0018 00-1
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Connector Latch Assembly ....................................................0016 00-1
Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Latch Assembly Coupling ......................................................0017 00-1
Extraction Parachute Jettison Device (EPJD), Squib, and Squib Cable ........................................0044 00-1
Extraction Parachute Jettison Device (EPJD-H), Squib, and Squib Cable.....................................0044 01-1
Extraction Parachute Jettison System (EPJS)................................................................................0043 00-1
F
1-Foot Power Cable Adapter (C-5 only)..........................................................................................0056 00-1
10-Foot Interconnect Cable.............................................................................................................0049 00-1
20-Foot Power Cable ......................................................................................................................0051 00-1
20-Foot Power Cable Extension (C-17 only) ..................................................................................0055 00-1
50-Foot Main Cable.........................................................................................................................0050 00-1
Forms ...........................................................................................................................................0063 00-3
Field Manuals..................................................................................................................................0063 00-2
G
General Information ........................................................................................................................0001 00-1
General Procedures for Air Delivery Equipment .............................................................................0003 00-1
H
Heavy-Duty Link Assembly .............................................................................................................0025 00-1
How to Use This Manual .............................................................................................................................. v
I
3 ¾-Inch, 2-Point Link .....................................................................................................................0040 00-1
5 ½-Inch, 2-Point Link .....................................................................................................................0041 00-1
Illustrated List of Manufactured Items ............................................................................................0126 00-1
Initial Receipt...................................................................................................................................0003 00-1
Initiator Simulator ............................................................................................................................0058 00-1
Inspection Personnel ......................................................................................................................0003 00-1
Inspection ........................................................................................................................................0007-00-1
Installing Attaching Tie ....................................................................................................................0003 00-3
J
Jump, Inspection, and Repack Data Page......................................................................................0003 00-7
Change 2 Index -2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
K
10K Cargo Tie-Down.......................................................................................................................0036 00-1
Kit Bag ...........................................................................................................................................0053 00-1
L
List of Acronyms and Abbreviations................................................................................................0001 00-4
List of Effective Pages...................................................................................................................................A
Location And Description of Major Components.............................................................................0002 00-1
M
M-1 Cargo Parachute Release .......................................................................................................0020 00-1
M-2 Cargo Parachute Release .......................................................................................................0021 00-1
M-35 Suspension Bracket ...............................................................................................................0033 00-1
M-59 Suspension Bracket ...............................................................................................................0034 00-1
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) Introduction..........................................................................0064 00-1
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC), Table 1................................................................................0064 00-3
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC), Table 2................................................................................0064 00-8
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC), Table 3..............................................................................0064 00-11
Maintenance Forms, Forms, Records and Reports........................................................................0001 00-2
Marine Corps Forms .......................................................................................................................0063 00-3
Marking, Restencilling and Repainting............................................................................................0011 00-1
Modification Work Order (MWO) Compliance Record Page ..........................................................0003 00-6
Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap..............................................................................................0031 00-1
Multi-Loop Line................................................................................................................................0012 00-1
N
National Stock Number (NSN) Index ..............................................................................................0123 00-1
Nomenclature Cross-Reference List...............................................................................................0001 00-4
P
3-Point Coupling Link Assembly Coupling ......................................................................................0032 00-1
4-Point Link .....................................................................................................................................0026 00-1
Parachute Connector ......................................................................................................................0022 00-1
Parachute Connector Link ………………………………………………………………………………..0120 01-1
Parachute Log Record ...................................................................................................................0003 00-2
Part Number and Equipment Name................................................................................................0001 00-1
Part Number Index ..........................................................................................................................0124 00-1
Platform Cable (All)/4-Foot Extension Cable (C-5 and C-17 only) .................................................0048 00-1
Preparation for Shipment ...............................................................................................................0062 00-1
Preparation for Storage...................................................................................................................0061 00-1
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS), After Procedures ..................................0006 00-1
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS), Before Procedures ...............................0005 00-1
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS), Introduction ...........................................0004 00-1
Processing Unpacked Equipment...................................................................................................0003 00-2
Protective Cover..............................................................................................................................0052 00-1
Purpose of Equipment.....................................................................................................................0001 00-1
Index -3 Change 2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
Q
Quick-Release Cargo Tie-Down .....................................................................................................0037 00-1
R
References ......................................................................................................................................0063 00-1
Air Force Technical Order Forms.................................................................................................0063 00-3
Air Force Technical Orders..........................................................................................................0063 00-3
Army Regulations.........................................................................................................................0063 00-2
Field Manuals...............................................................................................................................0063 00-2
Forms ...........................................................................................................................................0063 00-3
Marine Corps Forms ....................................................................................................................0063 00-3
Miscellaneous ..............................................................................................................................0063 00-2
Pamphlets ....................................................................................................................................0063 00-1
Publication Indexes......................................................................................................................0063 00-1
Technical Bulletins .......................................................................................................................0063 00-3
Technical Manuals .......................................................................................................................0063 00-1
Release Away Static Line Assembly...............................................................................................0042 00-1
Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL), Introduction............................................................0065 00-1
Repair Parts List
Group 01 Multi-Loop Line ............................................................................................................0066 00-2
Group 02 Extraction Force Transfer Coupling.............................................................................0067 00-2
Group 0201 Extraction Force Transfer Coupling Adapter Link Assembly...................................0068 00-2
Group 0202 EFTC 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly ...................................................................0069 00-2
Group 0203 EFTC Connector Latch Assembly Coupling ............................................................0070 00-2
Group 0204 Connector Latch Assembly......................................................................................0071 00-2
Group 0205 Coupling Cable Assembly........................................................................................0072 00-2
Group 0206 Actuator Assembly...................................................................................................0073 00-2
Group 03 M-1Cargo Parachute Release .....................................................................................0074 00-2
Group 0301 Parachute Connector...............................................................................................0075 00-2
Group 0302 Timer Delay Assembly.............................................................................................0076 00-2
Group 04 M-2 Cargo Parachute Release ....................................................................................0077 00-2
Group 0401 Parachute Connector...............................................................................................0078 00-2
Group 0402 Timer Delay Assembly.............................................................................................0079 00-2
Group 05 Type IV Single Suspension Link Assembly .................................................................0080 00-1
Group 0501 Heavy-Duty Link Assembly......................................................................................0081 00-2
Group 0502 4-Point Link ..............................................................................................................0082 00-2
Group 0503 Type IV Link Cover ..................................................................................................0083 00-1
Group 0504 Aerial Delivery Clevis...............................................................................................0084 00-2
Group 0505 Clevis Cover ............................................................................................................0085 00-1
Group 0506 Single Knife Parachute Release Strap ....................................................................0086 00-1
Group 0507 Multi-Knife Parachute Release Strap ......................................................................0087 00-1
Group 0508 3-Point Coupling Link Assembly..............................................................................0088 00-2
Group 0509 M-35 Suspension Bracket........................................................................................0089 00-1
Group 0510 M-59 Suspension Bracket........................................................................................0090 00-1
Group 0511 Suspension Plate.....................................................................................................0091 00-1
Group 0512 10K Cargo Tie-Down ...............................................................................................0092 00-1
Group 0513 Quick-Release Cargo Tie-Down..............................................................................0093 00-1
Group 0514 Type IV Drive-Off Aid...............................................................................................0094 00-1
Group 0515 Aircraft Cargo Tie-Down ..........................................................................................0095 00-1
Group 0516 3 ¾-IN., 2-Point Link ................................................................................................0096 00-2
Group 0517 5 ½-IN., 2-Point Link ................................................................................................0097 00-2
Change 2 Index -4
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
R- Continued
Group 0518 Release Away Static Line Assembly .......................................................................0098 00-2
Group 06 Extraction Parachute Jettison System (EPJS) ............................................................0099 00-2
Group 0601 Extraction Parachute Jettison Device (EPJD) .........................................................0100 00-2
Group 0602 Y-Connector.............................................................................................................0101 00-2
Group 0603 Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-130; C-141; C-17) ..................................................0102 00-1
Group 0604 Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-5) ............................................................................0103 00-1
Group 0605 Control Box ..............................................................................................................0104 00-1
Group 0606 Squib Assembly .......................................................................................................0105 00-1
Group 0607 EPJS Squib Cable ...................................................................................................0106 00-1
Group 0608 10-Foot Platform Cable............................................................................................0107 00-1
Group 0609 10-Foot Interconnect Cable .....................................................................................0108 00-1
Group 0610 50-Foot Main Cable .................................................................................................0109 00-1
Group 0611 20-Foot Power Cable...............................................................................................0110 00-1
Group 0612 Protective Cover ......................................................................................................0111 00-1
Group 0613 Kit Bag .....................................................................................................................0112 00-1
Group 0614 4-Foot Extension Cable (C-5 and C-17) ..................................................................0113 00-1
Group 0615 Y-Connector Mounting Box Tie-Down Bracket (C-5) ..............................................0114 00-1
Group 0616 20-Foot Power Cable Extension (C-17 Only) ..........................................................0115 00-1
Group 0617 1-Foot Power Cable Adapter (C-5)..........................................................................0116 00-1
Group 0618 Safety Cap ...............................................................................................................0117 00-1
Group 0619 Initiator Simulator.....................................................................................................0118 00-1
Group 0620 Squib Tester ............................................................................................................0119 00-1
Group 0621 28 VDC Power Supply .............................................................................................0120 00-1
Group 0622 Extraction Parachute Jettison Device-Heavy (EPJD-H)..........................................0100 01-2
Group 0623 EPJS-H Squib Cable ...............................................................................................0106 01-1
Group 07 Parachute Connector Link……………………………………………………..…………...0120 01-1
Group 90 Bulk Materials ..............................................................................................................0121 00-1
Group 95 Special Tools ...............................................................................................................0122 00-1
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR) .......................................................0001 00-2
Rinsing Equipment Immersed in Fresh-Water ...............................................................................0008 00-4
Rinsing Equipment Immersed in Salt-Water ...................................................................................0008 00-3
Routine Inspection ..........................................................................................................................0007 00-2
S
Safety Cap ......................................................................................................................................0057 00-1
Safety, Care and Handling ..............................................................................................................0001 00-5
Salt-/Fresh Water Contamination Test............................................................................................0009 00-1
Service Upon Receipt .....................................................................................................................0003 00-1
Sewing Machine Code Symbols, Table 1 .......................................................................................0010 00-2
Sewing Procedures .........................................................................................................................0010 00-1
Single Knife Parachute Release Strap............................................................................................0030 00-1
Special Tools, TMDE and Support Equipment ...............................................................................0001 00-5
Squib Tester....................................................................................................................................0059 00-1
Suspension Plate ............................................................................................................................0035 00-1
Index -5 Change 2
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
T
Table of Contents...........................................................................................................................................ii
Technical Bulletins ..........................................................................................................................0063 00-3
Technical Manuals ..........................................................................................................................0063 00-1
Timer Delay Assembly ....................................................................................................................0023 00-1
Torque Limits ..................................................................................................................................0127 00-1
Type IV Drive Off Aid ......................................................................................................................0038 00-1
Type IV Link Cover..........................................................................................................................0027 00-1
Type IV Single Suspension Link Assembly.....................................................................................0024 00-1
V
28 VDC Power Supply ....................................................................................................................0060 00-1
W
Warning Summary ........................................................................................................................................ a
Warranty Information.......................................................................................................................0001 00-3
Y
Y-Connector ....................................................................................................................................0045 00-1
Y-Connector Mounting Box (C-130, C-141, C-17, C-5) ..................................................................0046 00-1
Y-Connector Mounting Box Tie-Down Bracket (C-5)......................................................................0054 00-1
Change 2 Index -6
TM 10-1670-296-20&P
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and the Air Force:
ERIC K. SHINSEKI
Official: Chief of Staff
JOEL B. HUDSON
0228307
DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 256283, requirements
for TM 10-1670-296-20&P.
These are the instructions for sending an electronic 2028
The following format must be used if submitting an electronic 2028. The subject
line must be exactly the same and all fields must be included; however only the
following fields are mandatory: 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 15, 16, 17, and 27.
From: “Whomever” <[email protected]>

To: [email protected]
Subject: DA Form 2028

1. From: Joe Smith
2. Unit: home
3. Address: 4300 Park
4. City: Hometown
5. St: MO
6. Zip: 77777
7. Date Sent: 19--OCT--93
8. Pub no: 55--2840--229--23
9. Pub Title: TM
10. Publication Date: 04--JUL--85
11. Change Number: 7
12. Submitter Rank: MSG
13. Submitter FName: Joe
14. Submitter MName: T
15. Submitter LName: Smith
16. Submitter Phone: 123--123--1234
17. Problem: 1
18. Page: 2
19. Paragraph: 3
20. Line: 4
21. NSN: 5
22. Reference: 6
23. Figure: 7
24. Table: 8
25. Item: 9
26. Total: 123
27. Text:
This is the text for the problem below line 27.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool DATE
Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals
BLANK FORMS (SC/SM). 21 October 2003
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
COMMANDER
U.S. ARMY TANK-AUTOMOTIVE AND ARMAMENT COMMAND PFC Jane Doe
ATTN: AMSTA-LC-SECT CO A 3rd Engineer BR
15 KANSAS STREET
NATICK, MA 01760-5052
Ft. Leonardwood, MO 63108
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 10-1670-296-23&P 30 October 2002 Ancillary Equipment for Low Velocity Air Drop Systems
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).
0036 00-2
1 In table 1, Sewing Machine Code Symbols, the second
sewing machine code symbol should be MD ZZ not MD
22.
Change the manual to show Sewing Machine, Industrial:

Zig-Zag; 308 stitch; medium-duty; NSN 3530-01-181-1421
as a MD ZZ code symbol.
*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS SIGNATURE
EXTENSION
Jane Doe, PFC 508-233-4141 Jane Doe Jane Doe

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
COMMANDER PFC Jane Doe
U.S. ARMY TANK-AUTOMOTIVE AND ARMAMENT COMMAND 21 October 2003
ATTN: AMSTA-LC-SECT CO A 3rd Engineer BR
15 KANSAS STREET Ft. Leonardwood, MO 63108
NATICK, MA 01760-5052
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 10-1670-296-23&P 30 October 2002 Ancillary Equipment for Low Velocity Air Drop
Systems
TOTAL NO. OF
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM MAJOR ITEMS
NO. NO. NO. STOCK NUMBER NO. NO. NO. SUPPORTED RECOMMENDED ACTION
0066 00-1
4 Callout 16 in figure 4 is pointed
to a D-Ring. In the Repair Parts
List key for figure 4, item 16 is
called a Snap Hook. Please
correct one or the other.
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE
UASPPC V3.00
BLANK FORMS (SC/SM).
COMMANDER
U.S. ARMY TANK-AUTOMOTIVE AND ARMAMENT COMMAND
ATTN:AMSTA-LC-SECT
15 KANSAS STREET
NATICK, MA 01760-5052
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 30 October 2002 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR LOW VELOCITY AIR
DROP SYSTEM (LVADS)

EXTENSION
COMMANDER
ATTN:AMSTA-LC-SECT
15 KANSAS STREET
NATICK, MA 01760-5052
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 30 October 2002 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR LOW
VELOCITY AIR DROP SYSTEM (LVADS)
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
UASPPC V3.00
BLANK FORMS (SC/SM).
COMMANDER
ATTN:AMSTA-LC-SECT
15 KANSAS STREET
NATICK, MA 01760-5052
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 30 October 2002 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR LOW VELOCITY AIR
DROP SYSTEM (LVADS)

EXTENSION
COMMANDER
ATTN:AMSTA-LC-SECT
15 KANSAS STREET
NATICK, MA 01760-5052
TM 10-1670-296-20&P 30 October 2002 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR LOW
VELOCITY AIR DROP SYSTEM (LVADS)
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
UASPPC V3.00
The Metric System and Equivalents
Linear Measure Liquid Measure
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters = .39 inch 1 centiliter = 10 milliliters = .34 fl. ounce
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters = 3.94 inches 1 deciliter = 10 centiliters = 3.38 fl. ounces
1 meter = 10 decimeters = 39.37 inches 1 liter = 10 deciliters = 33.81 fl. ounces
1 dekameter = 10 meters = 32.8 feet 1 dekaliter = 10 liters = 2.64 gallons
1 hectometer = 10 dekameters = 328.08 feet 1 hectoliter = 10 dekaliters = 26.42 gallons
1 kilometer = 10 hectometers = 3,280.8 feet 1 kiloliter = 10 hectoliters = 264.18 gallons
Weights Square Measure
1 centigram = 10 milligrams = .15 grain 1 sq. centimeter = 100 sq. millimeters = .155 sq. inch
1 decigram = 10 centigrams = 1.54 grains 1 sq. decimeter = 100 sq. centimeters = 15.5 sq. inches
1 gram = 10 decigrams = .035 ounce 1 sq. meter (centare) = 100 sq. decimeters = 10.76 sq. feet
1 dekagram = 10 grams = .35 ounce 1 sq. dekameter (are) = 100 sq. meters = 1,076.4 sq. feet
1 hectogram = 10 dekagrams = 3.52 ounces 1 sq. hectometer (hectare) = 100 sq. dekameters = 2.47 acres
1 kilogram = 10 hectograms = 2.2 pounds 1 sq. kilometer = 100 sq. hectometers = .386 sq. mile
1 quintal = 100 kilograms = 220.46 pounds
1 metric ton = 10 quintals = 1.1 short tons Cubic Measure
1 cu. centimeter = 1000 cu. millimeters = .06 cu. inch
1 cu. decimeter = 1000 cu. centimeters = 61.02 cu. inches
1 cu. meter = 1000 cu. decimeters = 35.31 feet
Approximate Conversion Factors

To change To Multiply by To change To Multiply by
inches centimeters 2.540 ounce--inches newton--meters .007062
feet meters .305 centimeters inches .394
yards meters .914 meters feet 3.280
miles kilometers 1.609 meters yards 1.094
square inches square centimeters 6.451 kilometers miles .621
square feet square meters .093 square centimeters square inches .155
square yards square meters .836 square meters square feet 10.764
square miles square kilometers 2.590 square meters square yards 1.196
acres square hectometers .405 square kilometers square miles .386
cubic feet cubic meters .028 square hectometers acres 2.471
cubic yards cubic meters .765 cubic meters cubic feet 35.315
fluid ounces milliliters 29.573 cubic meters cubic yards 1.308
pints liters .473 milliliters fluid ounces .034
quarts liters .946 liters pints 2.113
gallons liters 3.785 liters quarts 1.057
ounces grams 28.349 liters gallons .264
pounds kilograms .454 grams ounces .035
short tons metric tons .907 kilograms pounds 2.205
pound--feet newton--meters 1.356 metric tons short tons 1.102
pound--inches newton--meters .11296
Temperature (Exact)
_F Fahrenheit 5/9 (after Celsius _C
temperature subtracting 32) temperature
PIN: 074106-000
This fine document...
Was brought to you by me:
Liberated Manuals -- free army and government manuals
Why do I do it? I am tired of sleazy CD-ROM sellers, who take publicly

available information, slap “watermarks” and other junk on it, and sell it.
Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that
sell free information, come up first in search engines. They did not create it...
They did not even scan it... Why should they get your money? Why are not
letting you give those free manuals to your friends?
I am setting this document FREE. This document was made by the US

Government and is NOT protected by Copyright. Feel free to share,
republish, sell and so on.
I am not asking you for donations, fees or handouts. If you can, please
provide a link to liberatedmanuals.com, so that free manuals come up first in
search engines:
<A HREF=http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/>Free Military and Government Manuals</A>
– Sincerely
Igor Chudov
http://igor.chudov.com/
– Chicago Machinery Movers

Technical Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

*ARMY TM 10-1670-296-20&P

AIR FORCE T.O. 13C7-49-2

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY AND AIR FORCE 30 OCTOBER 2002

Personnel performing instructions involving operations, procedures, and

For artificial respiration, refer to FM 4-25.11.

Defective, unsatisfactory or expired, unfired squibs must be repackaged in

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

TM 10-1670-296-20&P, 30 October 2002, is updated as follows:

1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.

5. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below:

Remove Pages Insert Pages

6. Replace the following work packages with their revised version:

Work Work Work Work

7. Add the following work packages:

Work Work Work Work

GEORGE W. CASEY, JR.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

TM 10-1670-296-20&P, 30 October 2002, is updated as follows:

1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.

5. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below:

Remove Pages Insert Pages

6. Replace the following work packages with their revised version:

Work Work Work Work

By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and Air Force:

DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with initial distribution number (IDN) 256283

INSERT LATEST UPDATED PAGES / WORK PACKAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED DATA.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

Original 30 October 2002

Page/WP No. Change No. Page/WP No. Change No.

A/(B Blank) Change 2

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

*This manual supercedes TM 10-1670-296-20&P, dated 15 September 1995

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL V

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION

General Information .............................................................................................................................. 0001 00

CHAPTER 2 – OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Service Upon Receipt ........................................................................................................................... 0003 00

CHAPTER 3 – UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Inspection .............................................................................................................................................. 0007 00

Suspension Plate .................................................................................................................................. 0035 00

CHAPTER 4 – SUPPORTING INFORMATION

Preparation For Storage ....................................................................................................................... 0061 00

RPSTL Group 0503 Type IV Link Cover ............................................................................................... 0083 00

ALPHABETICAL INDEX ...................................................................................................................... INDEX 1

HOW TO OBTAING TECHNICAL MANUALS

Instructions for Unit Publications Clerk

ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR LOW VELOCITY AIR DROP SYSTEMS (LVADS)

Part Number Name

0001 00-1 Change 2

MAINTENANCE FORMS, FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)

DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Change 2 0001 00-2

Exercise extreme care when using petroleum products to destroy

PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT

0001 00-3 Change 2

NOMENCLATURE CROSS REFERENCE LIST